Table of Contents



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2012
Commission file number 1-11749
 
Lennar Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
 
95-4337490
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
700 Northwest 107th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33172
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (305) 559-4000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Common Stock, par value 10¢
 
New York Stock Exchange
Class B Common Stock, par value 10¢
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ý NO ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ¨ NO ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ý NO ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES ý NO ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ý
Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Smaller reporting company ¨
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)            
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  YES ¨ NO ý
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Class A and Class B common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (151,415,536 Class A shares and 9,695,238 Class B shares) as of May 31, 2012, based on the closing sale price per share as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on such date, was $4,280,079,309.
As of December 31, 2012, the registrant had outstanding 160,676,634 shares of Class A common stock and 31,303,195 shares of Class B common stock.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Related Section
Documents
III
Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before March 29, 2013.




Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.
Business
Overview of Lennar Corporation
We are one of the nation’s largest homebuilders, a provider of financial services and through our Rialto Investments (“Rialto”) segment, an investor, and manager of funds that invest in real estate assets. Our homebuilding operations include the construction and sale of single-family attached and detached homes, as well as the purchase, development and sale of residential land directly and through unconsolidated entities in which we have investments. We have grouped our homebuilding activities into five reportable segments, which we refer to as Homebuilding East, Homebuilding Central, Homebuilding West, Homebuilding Southeast Florida and Homebuilding Houston. Information about homebuilding activities in states in which our homebuilding activities are not economically similar to those in other states in the same geographic area is grouped under “Homebuilding Other.” Our reportable homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other have operations located in:
East: Florida (1) , Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia
Central: Arizona, Colorado and Texas (2)  
West: California and Nevada
Southeast Florida : Southeast Florida
Houston : Houston, Texas
Other: Illinois, Minnesota, Oregon and Washington
(1)
Florida in the East reportable segment excludes Southeast Florida, which is its own reportable segment.
(2)
Texas in the Central reportable segment excludes Houston, Texas, which is its own reportable segment.
We have two other reportable segments: a Financial Services reportable segment and a Rialto reportable segment.
Our Financial Services reportable segment provides mortgage financing, title insurance and closing services for both buyers of our homes and others. Substantially all of the loans we originate are sold within a short period in the secondary mortgage market on a servicing released, non-recourse basis. After the loans are sold, we retain potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that we breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreements. Our Financial Services segment operates generally in the same states as our homebuilding operations, as well as in other states.
Our Rialto reportable segment focuses on real estate investments and asset management. Rialto utilizes its vertically-integrated investment and operating platform to underwrite, diligence, acquire, manage, workout and add value to diverse portfolios of real estate loans, properties and securities, as well as providing strategic real estate capital. Rialto's primary focus is to manage third party capital and has invested in or commenced the workout and/or oversight of billions of dollars of real estate assets across the United States, including commercial and residential real estate loans and properties, as well as mortgage backed securities with the objective of generating superior, risk-adjusted returns. To date, many of its investment and management opportunities have arisen from the dislocation in the United States real estate markets and the restructuring and recapitalization of those markets.
Rialto is the sponsor of and an investor in private equity vehicles that invest in and manage real estate related assets. This has included Rialto Real Estate Fund, LP (“Fund I”) in which investors have committed a total of $700 million of equity (including $75 million by us). In addition, subsequent to November 30, 2012, Rialto Real Estate Fund II, LP (“Fund II”) had its first closing of investor commitments of $260 million (including $100 million by us). Rialto also earns fees for its role as a manager of these vehicles and for providing asset management and other services to those vehicles and other third parties.  
For financial information about our Homebuilding, Lennar Financial Services and Rialto operations, you should review Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which is Item 7 of this Report, and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to our consolidated financial statements, which are included in Item 8 of this Report.
A Brief History of Our Company
We are a national homebuilder that operates in various states with deliveries of 13,802 new homes in 2012 . Our company was founded as a local Miami homebuilder in 1954. We completed our initial public offering in 1971, and listed our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange in 1972. During the 1980s and 1990s, we entered and expanded operations in some of our current major homebuilding markets including California, Florida and Texas through both organic growth and acquisitions such as Pacific Greystone Corporation in 1997, amongst others. In 1997, we completed the spin-off of our commercial real estate business to LNR Property Corporation. In 2000, we acquired U.S. Home Corporation, which expanded our operations into New Jersey, Maryland, Virginia, Minnesota and Colorado and strengthened our position in other states.

1

Table of Contents

From 2002 through 2005, we acquired several regional homebuilders, which brought us into new markets and strengthened our position in several existing markets. During 2010 and 2011, we made several investments through our Rialto segment, and the funds it manages, in distressed real estate assets to take advantage of opportunities arising from dislocation in the United States real estate market. Towards the end of 2011, we started-up operations in Portland, Oregon with purchases of distressed finished homesites. In 2012, we expanded our operations into the Seattle market with the acquisition of approximately 650 finished homesites in 20 communities from Premier Communities. During 2012, we also started to incubate our Multifamily business, by acquiring land and beginning the construction phase of some multifamily rental properties. The Multifamily business will focus on assembling a geographically diversified portfolio of institutional quality multifamily rental properties using a development strategy in select U.S. markets through unconsolidated entities. Subsequent to November 30, 2012, our Rialto segment completed the first closing of its second real estate investment fund.
Recent Business Developments
Overview
During 2012 , we saw a housing market that stabilized and began to recover. We have seen demand for home purchases return to the market place with regard to most of our communities, driven by a combination of affordable home prices, low interest rates and reduced competition from foreclosures, as evidenced by our increase in new orders of 37% year over year.
We reported net earnings attributable to Lennar of $679.1 million , or $3.11 per diluted share, for the year ended November 30, 2012 , which includes a partial reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $491.5 million, or $2.25 per diluted share, compared to net earnings attributable to Lennar of $92.2 million , or $0.48 per diluted share, for the year ended November 30, 2011 . In 2012 , we benefited greatly from the strategic capital investments we made in recent years and our increased operating leverage due to higher deliveries. In addition to the increased demand for new homes, our intense focus on efficient business practice through our Everything’s Included program, product re-engineering and reduced selling, general and administrative expenses all contributed to our increase in profitability.
We ended 2012 with $1.1 billion in Lennar Homebuilding cash and cash equivalents. We extended our debt maturities by issuing $400 million of 4.75% senior notes due 2017 and $350 million of 4.750% senior notes due 2022, while retiring $302.6 million of senior notes and other debt. Our strong balance sheet and liquidity will allow us to capitalize on future opportunities as they present themselves.
During 2012, our Lennar Financial Services segment had operating earnings of $84.8 million, compared to $20.7 million in the same period last year. The increase in operating earnings was primarily due to increased volume and margins in the segment’s mortgage operations and increased volume in the segment's title operations, as a result of a significant increase in refinance transactions and homebuilding deliveries.
During 2012, our Rialto segment, which invests, and manages funds that invest, in distressed real estate opportunities, had operating earnings of $26.0 million (which is comprised of $11.6 million of operating earnings and an add back of $14.4 million of net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests), compared to operating earnings of $34.6 million (which included $63.5 million of operating earnings offset by $28.9 million of net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests) in 2011. The segment’s operating earnings came primarily from equity in earnings from our investment in the Alliance Bernstein L.P. (“AB”) Public-Private Investment Program (“PPIP”) fund and our investment in the real estate investment fund managed by the Rialto segment ("Fund I"). Those earnings were partially offset by operating losses related to the the FDIC Portfolios in which we invested in 2010. For the year ended November 30, 2012, the Rialto segment had revenues of $138.9 million , which consisted primarily of accretable interest income associated with the segment’s portfolio of real estate loans and fees for managing and servicing assets, expenses of $139.0 million , which consisted primarily of costs related to its portfolio operations and other general and administrative expenses, and other income (expense), net, of ($29.8) million , which consisted primarily of expenses related to owning and maintaining REO and impairments on REO, partially offset by gains from sales of REO and rental income.
Homebuilding Operations
Overview
We primarily sell single-family attached and detached homes in communities targeted to first-time, move-up and active adult homebuyers. The average sales price of a Lennar home was $255,000 in fiscal 2012, compared to $244,000 in fiscal 2011 and $243,000 in fiscal 2010. We operate primarily under the Lennar brand name.
Through our own efforts and those of unconsolidated entities in which Lennar Homebuilding has investments, we are involved in all phases of planning and building in our residential communities, including land acquisition, site planning, preparation and improvement of land and design, construction and marketing of homes. We use independent subcontractors for most aspects of home construction. At November 30, 2012 we were actively building and marketing homes in 457 communities, excluding unconsolidated entities. During 2012, we became actively involved, primarily through unconsolidated

2

Table of Contents

entities, in the development of multifamily rental properties. The Multifamily business will focus on assembling a geographically diversified portfolio of institutional quality multifamily rental properties using a development strategy in select U.S. markets. For additional information about our investments in and relationships with unconsolidated entities, see Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Report.
Management and Operating Structure
We balance a local operating structure with centralized corporate level management. Decisions related to our overall strategy, acquisitions of land and businesses, risk management, financing, cash management and information systems are centralized at the corporate level. Our local operating structure consists of divisions, which are managed by individuals who generally have significant experience in the homebuilding industry and, in most instances, in their particular markets. They are responsible for operating decisions regarding land identification, entitlement and development, the management of inventory levels for our current volume levels, community development, home design, construction and marketing of our homes.
Diversified Program of Property Acquisition
We generally acquire land for development and for the construction of homes that we sell to homebuyers. Land is subject to specified underwriting criteria and is acquired through our diversified program of property acquisition, which may consist of the following:
Acquiring land directly from individual land owners/developers or homebuilders;
Acquiring local or regional homebuilders that own, or have options to purchase, land in strategic markets;
Acquiring land through option contracts, which generally enables us to control portions of properties owned by third parties (including land funds) and unconsolidated entities until we have determined whether to exercise the options;
Acquiring parcels of land through joint ventures, primarily to reduce and share our risk, among other factors, by limiting the amount of our capital invested in land, while increasing our access to potential future homesites and allowing us to participate in strategic ventures; and
Acquiring distressed assets from banks, government sponsored enterprises, opportunity funds and through relationships established by our Rialto segment.
At November 30, 2012, we owned 107,138 homesites and had access through option contracts to an additional 21,346 homesites, of which 13,312 homesites were through option contracts with third parties and 8,034 homesites were through option contracts with Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which we have investments. At November 30, 2011, we owned 94,684 homesites and had access through option contracts to an additional 16,702 homesites, of which 8,314 homesites were through option contracts with third parties and 8,388 homesites were through option contracts with Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which we have investments.
Construction and Development
We generally supervise and control the development of land and the design and building of our residential communities with a relatively small labor force. We hire subcontractors for site improvements and virtually all of the work involved in the construction of homes. Arrangements with our subcontractors generally provide that our subcontractors will complete specified work in accordance with price schedules and applicable building codes and laws. The price schedules may be subject to change to meet changes in labor and material costs or for other reasons. We believe that the sources and availability of raw materials to our subcontractors are adequate for our current and planned levels of operation. We generally do not own heavy construction equipment. We finance construction and land development activities primarily with cash generated from operations, debt issuances and equity offerings.
Marketing
We offer a diversified line of homes for first-time, move-up and active adult homebuyers in a variety of environments ranging from urban infill communities to golf course communities. Our Everything’s Included ® marketing program simplifies the homebuying experience by including most desirable features as standard items. This marketing program enables us to differentiate our homes from those of our competitors by creating value through standard upgrades and competitive pricing, while reducing construction and overhead costs through a simplified manufacturing process, product standardization and volume purchasing. We sell our homes primarily from models that we have designed and constructed. During 2012, the homes we delivered had an average sales price of $255,000.
We employ sales associates who are paid salaries, commissions or both to conduct on-site sales of homes. We also sell homes through independent brokers. We advertise our communities through newspapers, radio advertisements and other local

3

Table of Contents

and regional publications, on billboards and on the Internet, including our website, www.lennar.com. In addition, we advertise our active adult communities in areas where prospective active adult homebuyers live.
Quality Service
We strive to continually improve homeowner customer satisfaction throughout the pre-sale, sale, construction, closing and post-closing periods. Through the participation of sales associates, on-site construction supervisors and customer care associates, all working in a team effort, we strive to create a quality homebuying experience for our customers, which we believe leads to enhanced customer retention and referrals. The quality of our homes is substantially affected by the efforts of on-site management and others engaged in the construction process, by the materials we use in particular homes and by other similar factors.
We warrant our new homes against defective materials and workmanship for a minimum period of one year after the date of closing. Although we subcontract virtually all segments of construction to others and our contracts call for the subcontractors to repair or replace any deficient items related to their trades, we are primarily responsible to the homebuyers for the correction of any deficiencies.
Deliveries
The table below indicates the number of deliveries for each of our current reportable homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other during our last three fiscal years:
 
Years Ended November 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
5,440

 
4,576

 
4,539

Central
2,154

 
1,661

 
1,682

West
2,301

 
1,846

 
2,079

Southeast Florida
1,314

 
904

 
536

Houston
1,917

 
1,411

 
1,645

Other
676

 
447

 
474

Total
13,802

 
10,845

 
10,955

Of the total home deliveries listed above, 95, 99 and 96, respectively, represent deliveries from unconsolidated entities for the years ended November 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010.
Backlog
Backlog represents the number of homes under sales contracts. Homes are sold using sales contracts, which are generally accompanied by sales deposits. In some instances, purchasers are permitted to cancel sales contracts if they fail to qualify for financing or under certain other circumstances. We experienced a cancellation rate of 17% in 2012, compared to 19% and 17% , respectively, in 2011 and 2010. The cancellation rate for the year ended November 30, 2012 was within a range that is consistent with historical cancellation rates and substantially below those we experienced from 2007 through 2009. Substantially all homes currently in backlog will be delivered in fiscal year 2013. We do not recognize revenue on homes under sales contracts until the sales are closed and title passes to the new homeowners.
The table below indicates the backlog dollar value for each of our current reportable homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other as of the end of our last three fiscal years:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
$
368,361

 
220,974

 
176,588

Central
168,912

 
65,256

 
52,923

West
202,959

 
97,292

 
58,072

Southeast Florida
141,146

 
52,013

 
39,035

Houston
135,282

 
79,800

 
58,822

Other
143,725

 
45,324

 
21,852

Total
$
1,160,385

 
560,659

 
407,292


4

Table of Contents

Of the dollar value of homes in backlog listed above, $3.5 million, $1.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively, represent the backlog dollar value from unconsolidated entities at November 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010.
Inventory Impairments and Valuation Adjustments related to Lennar Homebuilding Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
We evaluated our balance sheet quarterly for possible impairment on a community by community basis during fiscal 2012. Based on our evaluations and assessments, during the years ended November 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we recorded the following inventory impairments:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Valuation adjustments to finished homes, CIP and land on which we intend to build homes
$
12,574

 
35,726

 
44,717

Valuation adjustments to land we intend to sell or have sold to third parties
666

 
456

 
3,436

Write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs
2,389

 
1,784

 
3,105

 
$
15,629

 
37,966

 
51,258

During the years ended November 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we recorded the following valuation adjustments related to Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Our share of valuation adjustments related to assets of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities
$
12,145

 
8,869

 
10,461

Valuation adjustments to Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities
18

 
10,489

 
1,735

 
$
12,163

 
19,358

 
12,196

The inventory impairments and valuation adjustments to Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities recorded above were estimated based on market conditions and assumptions made by management at the time the valuation adjustments were recorded, which may differ materially from actual results if market conditions or our assumptions change.
Lennar Homebuilding Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
For a number of years, we created and participated in joint ventures that acquired and developed land for our homebuilding operations, for sale to third parties or for use in their own homebuilding operations. Through these joint ventures, we reduced the amount we had to invest in order to assure access to potential future homesites, thereby mitigating certain risks associated with land acquisitions, and, in some instances, we obtained access to land to which we could not otherwise have obtained access or could not have obtained access on as favorable terms. Although these ventures initially served their intended purpose of risk mitigation, as the homebuilding market deteriorated and asset impairments resulted in the loss of equity, some of our joint venture partners became financially unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations. During 2012, we continued to reevaluate all of our joint venture arrangements, with particular focus on those ventures with recourse indebtedness, and we continued a process, begun in 2008 of reducing the number of joint ventures in which we were participating as well as the recourse indebtedness of those joint ventures. As of November 30, 2012, we had reduced the number of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated joint ventures in which we were participating to 36 from 270 joint ventures at the peak in 2006 and reduced our maximum recourse debt exposure related to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated joint ventures to $66.7 million from $1,764.4 million at the peak in 2006. As of November 30, 2011, we were participating in 35 Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated joint ventures, with maximum recourse debt exposure related to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated joint ventures of $108.7 million . At November 30, 2012 and 2011, our net recourse exposure related to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities was $49.9 million and $74.9 million , respectively. In addition, we have 2 multifamily unconsolidated entities as of November 30, 2012.
Lennar Financial Services Operations
Mortgage Financing
We primarily originate conforming conventional, FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed residential mortgage loan products and other products to our homebuyers and others through our financial services subsidiary, Universal American Mortgage Company, LLC, which includes Universal American Mortgage Company, LLC, d/b/a Eagle Home Mortgage, located generally

5

Table of Contents

in the same states as our homebuilding operations as well as some other states. In 2012, our financial services subsidiaries provided loans to 77% of our homebuyers who obtained mortgage financing in areas where we offered services. Because of the availability of mortgage loans from our financial services subsidiaries, as well as independent mortgage lenders, we believe creditworthy purchasers of our homes have access to financing.
During 2012, we originated approximately 19,700 mortgage loans totaling $4.4 billion , compared to 13,800 mortgage loans totaling $2.9 billion during 2011. Substantially all of the loans we originate are sold within a short period in the secondary mortgage market on a servicing released, non-recourse basis. After the loans are sold, we retain potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that we breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreements. Therefore, we have limited direct exposure related to the residential mortgages we originate. At November 30, 2012 we had a reserve of $7.3 million related to claims of that type.
We have a corporate risk management policy under which we hedge our interest rate risk on rate-locked loan commitments and loans held-for-sale to mitigate exposure to interest rate fluctuations. We finance our mortgage loan activities with borrowings under our financial services warehouse facilities or from our operating funds. One of our 364-day warehouse repurchase facilities with a maximum aggregate commitment of $150 million and an additional uncommitted amount of $50 million matures in February 2013 , a 364-day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $250 million matures in July 2013 , and a 364-day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $150 million (plus a $100 million temporary accordion feature that expired December 31, 2012) and a 364-day warehouse facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $60 million , both of which mature in November 2013 . We expect the facilities to be renewed or replaced with other facilities when they mature.
Title Insurance and Closing Services
We provide title insurance and closing services to our homebuyers and others. During 2012, we provided title and closing services for approximately 108,200 real estate transactions, and issued approximately 149,300 title insurance policies through our underwriter, North American Title Insurance Company, compared to 86,400 real estate transactions and 121,800 title insurance policies issued during 2011. Title and closing services are provided by agency subsidiaries in Arizona, California, Colorado, District of Columbia, Florida, Illinois, Maryland, Minnesota, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, Virginia and Wisconsin . Title insurance services are provided in these same states, except New York, as well as in Alabama, Delaware, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Michigan, Mississippi, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Washington and Wyoming.
Rialto Investments Operations
The Rialto segment focuses on real estate investments and asset management. Rialto utilizes its vertically-integrated investment and operating platform to underwrite, diligence, acquire, manage, workout and add value to diverse portfolios of real estate loans, properties and securities, as well as providing strategic real estate capital. Rialto's primary focus is to manage third party capital and has invested in or commenced the workout and/or oversight of billions of dollars of real estate assets across the United States, including commercial and residential real estate loans and properties, as well as mortgage backed securities with the objective of generating superior, risk-adjusted returns. To date, many of its investment and management opportunities have arisen from the dislocation in the United States real estate markets and the restructuring and recapitalization of those markets.
In 2010, our Rialto segment acquired indirectly 40% managing member equity interests in two limited liability companies (“LLCs”), in partnership with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), for approximately $243 million (net of transaction costs and a $22 million working capital reserve). The LLCs hold performing and non-performing distressed residential and commercial real estate loans (“FDIC Portfolios”). The FDIC retained a 60% equity interest in the LLCs and provided $626.9 million of financing with 0% interest, which is non-recourse to us and the LLCs. As of November 30, 2012, the notes payable balance was $470.0 million, however, $223.8 million of cash collections on the loans in excess of expenses were deposited in a defeasance account, established for the repayment of the notes payable, under the agreement with the FDIC.
In 2010, our Rialto segment also acquired distressed residential and commercial real estate loans and real estate owned (“REO”) properties from three financial institutions (“Bank Portfolios”). We paid $310 million for the Bank Portfolios, of which $124 million was financed through a 5-year senior unsecured note provided by one of the selling institutions. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , we retired $33.0 million principal amount of the 5-year senior unsecured note, thus, as of November 30, 2012, the remaining balance on the note was $90.9 million.
In 2012, our Rialto segment had equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities of $20.9 million related to our investment in the AB PPIP fund, which included $17.0 million of net gains primarily related to gains realized by the AB PPIP fund from the sale of investments in its portfolio and $6.1 million of interest income earned by the AB PPIP fund. During the second half of 2012, all of the securities in the investment portfolio underlying the AB PPIP fund were monetized in connection with the unwinding of its operations, resulting in liquidating distributions to us of $83.5 million . We also earned $9.1 million in

6

Table of Contents

fees from the segment's role as a sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund, which were included in the Rialto Investments segment's revenue. As our role as sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund has been completed, no further management fees will be received for these services. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011, the carrying value of our investment in the AB PPIP fund was $0.2 million and $65.2 million, respectively. The AB PPIP fund was formed in 2010 under the Federal government’s PPIP to purchase real estate related securities from banks and other financial institutions. Rialto is a sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund and receives management fees for its sub-advisory services. When it was formed, we committed to invest $75 million in the AB PPIP fund. Total equity commitments of approximately $1.2 billion were made by private investors in this fund, and the U.S. Treasury committed to a matching amount of approximately $1.2 billion of equity in the fund, and agreed to extend up to approximately $2.3 billion of debt financing.
In 2012, our Rialto segment also had equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities of $21.0 million related to Fund I that it closed in 2010 with initial equity commitments of $300 million (including $75 million committed and contributed by us). As of November 30, 2012, the equity commitments of Fund I were $700 million (including the $75 million committed and contributed by us). All capital commitments have been called and funded, thus Fund I is closed to additional commitments. Fund I’s objective during its three-year investment period is to invest in distressed real estate assets and other related investments that fit within Fund I’s investment parameters. As of November 30, 2012, the carrying value of our investment in Fund I was $98.9 million.
Subsequent to November 30, 2012, our Rialto segment completed the first closing of Fund II with initial equity commitments of approximately $260 million (including $100 million committed by us).
For both Fund I and Fund II, in order to protect investors in the Funds against the possibility that we would keep attractive investment opportunities for ourselves instead of presenting them to the Funds, we agreed that we would not make investments that are suitable for Fund I or Fund II, as the case may be, except to the extent an Advisory Committee of the applicable fund decides that the fund should not make particular investments, with an exception enabling us to purchase properties for use in connection with our homebuilding operations.
Seasonality
We have historically experienced variability in our results of operations from quarter-to-quarter due to the seasonal nature of the homebuilding business.
Competition
The residential homebuilding industry is highly competitive. We compete for homebuyers in each of the market regions where we operate with numerous national, regional and local homebuilders, as well as with resales of existing homes and with the rental housing market. In recent years, lenders’ efforts to sell foreclosed homes have become an increasingly competitive factor within the homebuilding industry. We compete for homebuyers on the basis of a number of interrelated factors including location, price, reputation, amenities, design, quality and financing. In addition to competition for homebuyers, we also compete with other homebuilders for desirable properties, raw materials and access to reliable, skilled labor. We compete for land buyers with third parties in our efforts to sell land to homebuilders and others. We believe we are competitive in the market regions where we operate primarily due to our:
Balance sheet, where we continue to focus on inventory management and liquidity;
Access to land, particularly in land-constrained markets;
Access to distressed assets through relationships established by our Rialto segment;
Pricing to current market conditions through sales incentives offered to homebuyers;
Cost efficiencies realized through our national purchasing programs and production of value-engineered homes;
Quality construction and home warranty programs, which are supported by a responsive customer care team; and
Everything’s Included ® marketing program, which simplifies the homebuying experience by including most desirable features as standard items.
Our financial services operations compete with other mortgage lenders, including national, regional and local mortgage bankers and brokers, banks, savings and loan associations and other financial institutions, in the origination and sale of mortgage loans. Principal competitive factors include interest rates and other features of mortgage loan products available to the consumer. We compete with other title insurance agencies and underwriters for closing services and title insurance. Principal competitive factors include service and price.
The business of Rialto, and the funds it manages, of purchasing distressed assets is highly competitive and fragmented. A number of entities and funds have formed in recent years for the purpose of acquiring real estate related assets at prices that

7

Table of Contents

reflect the depressed state of the real estate market, and it is likely that additional entities and funds will be formed for this purpose during the next several years. We compete with other purchasers of distressed assets. We compete in the marketplace for distressed asset portfolios based on many factors, including purchase price, representations, warranties and indemnities, timeliness of purchase decisions and reputation. We believe that our major distinction from the competition is that our team is made up of already in place managers who are already working out loans and dealing with similar borrowers. Additionally, because of the high content of loans made to developers, we believe having our homebuilding team participating in the underwriting process provides us with a distinct advantage in our evaluation of these assets. We believe that our experienced team and the infrastructure already in place, including our investment in a service provider, are ahead of our competitors. This has us well positioned for the large pipeline of opportunity that has been building. In marketing real estate investment funds it sponsors, Rialto competes with a large variety of asset managers, including investment banks and other financial institutions and real estate investment firms.
Regulation
Homes and residential communities that we build must comply with state and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things, zoning, construction permits or entitlements, construction material requirements, density requirements, and requirements relating to building design and property elevation, building codes and handling of waste. These include laws requiring the use of construction materials that reduce the need for energy-consuming heating and cooling systems. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent change and often increase construction costs. In some instances, we must comply with laws that require commitments from us to provide roads and other offsite infrastructure to be in place prior to the commencement of new construction. These laws and regulations are usually administered by counties and municipalities and may result in fees and assessments or building moratoriums. In addition, certain new development projects are subject to assessments for schools, parks, streets and highways and other public improvements, the costs of which can be substantial. Also, some states are attempting to make homebuilders responsible for violations of wage and other labor laws by their subcontractors.
The residential homebuilding industry is also subject to a variety of local, state and federal statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning the protection of health and the environment. These environmental laws include such areas as storm water and surface water management, soil, groundwater and wetlands protection, subsurface conditions and air quality protection and enhancement. Environmental laws and existing conditions may result in delays, may cause us to incur substantial compliance and other costs and may prohibit or severely restrict homebuilding activity in environmentally sensitive regions or areas.
In recent years, several cities and counties in which we have developments have submitted to voters “slow growth” initiatives and other ballot measures that could impact the affordability and availability of land suitable for residential development within those localities. Although many of these initiatives have been defeated, we believe that if similar initiatives were approved, residential construction by us and others within certain cities or counties could be seriously impacted.
In order to make it possible for some of our homebuyers to obtain FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages, we must construct the homes they buy in compliance with regulations promulgated by those agencies.
Various states have statutory disclosure requirements relating to the marketing and sale of new homes. These disclosure requirements vary widely from state-to-state. In addition, some states require that each new home be registered with the state at or before the time title is transferred to a buyer (e.g., the Texas Residential Construction Commission Act).
In some states, we are required to be registered as a licensed contractor and comply with applicable rules and regulations. In various states, our new home consultants are required to be registered as licensed real estate agents and to adhere to the laws governing the practices of real estate agents.
Our mortgage and title subsidiaries must comply with applicable real estate laws and regulations. The subsidiaries are licensed in the states in which they do business and must comply with laws and regulations in those states. These laws and regulations include provisions regarding capitalization, operating procedures, investments, lending and privacy disclosures, forms of policies and premiums.
A subsidiary of Newhall, an unconsolidated entity of which we currently indirectly own 15%, provides water to a portion of Los Angeles County, California. This subsidiary is subject to extensive regulation by the California Public Utilities Commission.
Several federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and ordinances, including, but not limited to, the Federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (“FDCPA”) and the Federal Trade Commission Act and comparable state statutes, regulate consumer debt collection activity. Although, for a variety of reasons, we may not be specifically subject to the FDCPA or certain state statutes that govern debt collectors, it is our policy to comply with applicable laws in our collection activities. To the extent that some or all of these laws apply to our collection activities our failure to comply with such laws could have a material adverse effect on us.

8

Table of Contents

We will be subject to regulations regarding residential mortgage loans that were proposed in January 2013 by the Federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.
Because Rialto manages two real estate asset investment funds and two entities partly owned by the FDIC, a Rialto segment entity is required to be registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. This Act has requirements related to dealings between investment advisers and the entities they advise and imposes record keeping and disclosure obligations on investment advisers.
Compliance Policy
We have a Code of Business and Ethics that requires every associate (i.e., employee) and officer to at all times deal fairly with the Company’s customers, subcontractors, suppliers, competitors and associates, and states that all our associates, officers and directors are expected to comply at all times with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. Despite this, there are instances in which subcontractors or others through which we do business engage in practices that do not comply with applicable regulations and guidelines. There have been instances in which some of our associates were aware of these practices and did not take adequate steps to prevent them. When we learn of practices relating to homes we build or financing we provide that do not comply with applicable regulations or guidelines, we move actively to stop the non-complying practices as soon as possible and we have taken disciplinary action with regard to our associates who were aware of the practices and did not take steps to remedy them, including in some instances terminating their employment. Our Code of Business and Ethics also has procedures in place that allow whistleblowers to submit their concerns regarding our operations, financial reporting, business integrity or any other related matter anonymously to the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors and/or to the non-management directors of our Board of Directors, which is intended to give potential whistleblowers a means of making their concerns known without a possibility of retaliation.
Associates
At December 31, 2012, we employed 4,722 individuals of whom 2,327 were involved in the Lennar Homebuilding operations, 2,150 were involved in the Lennar Financial Services operations and 245 were involved in the Rialto operations, compared to November 30, 2011, when we employed 4,062 individuals of whom 2,192 were involved in the Lennar Homebuilding operations, 1,682 were involved in Lennar Financial Services operations and 188 were involved in the Rialto operations. We do not have collective bargaining agreements relating to any of our associates. However, we subcontract many phases of our homebuilding operations and some of the subcontractors we use have associates who are represented by labor unions.
Relationship with LNR Property Corporation
In 1997, we transferred our commercial real estate investment and management business to LNR Property Corporation (“LNR”), and spun-off LNR to our stockholders. As a result, LNR became a publicly-traded company, and the family of Stuart A. Miller, our Chief Executive Officer and a Director, which had voting control of our company, became the controlling shareholder of LNR.
Since the spin-off, we have entered into a number of joint ventures and other transactions with LNR. Many of the joint ventures were formed to acquire and develop land, part of which was subsequently sold to us or other homebuilders for residential building and part of which was subsequently sold to LNR for commercial development. In February 2005, LNR was acquired by a privately-owned entity. Although Mr. Miller’s family was required to purchase a 20.4% financial interest in that privately-owned entity, this interest was non-voting and neither Mr. Miller nor anyone else in his family was an officer or director, or otherwise was involved in the management, of LNR or its parent. Nonetheless, because the Miller family had a financial interest in LNR’s parent, we adopted a bylaw that required that all significant transactions with LNR, or entities in which it has an interest, be reviewed and approved by an Independent Directors Committee of our Board of Directors. In 2011, the Miller family ceased to have any interest in LNR or its parent. Accordingly, in January 2013, the bylaw requiring Independent Director Committee review of transactions involving LNR was deleted.
NYSE Certification
We submitted our 2011 Annual CEO Certification to the New York Stock Exchange on April 20, 2012. The certification was not qualified in any respect.
Available Information
Our corporate website is www.lennar.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these documents with, or furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information on our website is not part of this document.

9

Table of Contents

Our website also includes printable versions of our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the charters for each of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees of our Board of Directors. Each of these documents is also available in print to any stockholder who requests a copy by addressing a request to:
Lennar Corporation
Attention: Office of the General Counsel
700 Northwest 107 th Avenue
Miami, Florida 33172

Item 1A.
Risk Factors.
The following are what we believe to be the principal risks that might materially affect us and our businesses.
Homebuilding Market and Economic Risks
Although demand for new homes has begun strengthening, there continue to be factors that are adversely affecting demand and could lead to a return of the downturn that for several years severely reduced the number of homes we could sell and the prices for which we could sell them
From 2007 at least until the second half of 2011, the homebuilding industry experienced a significant downturn. This severely affected both the numbers of homes we could sell and the prices for which we could sell them. Beginning in 2010, our margins improved to closer to their historically normal levels, and beginning in the middle of 2011, demand for our homes began to increase in many of our communities. However, there continue to be factors that are adversely affecting demand for our homes, including limited availability of mortgage financing for potential homebuyers and a significant inventory of used homes, including foreclosed homes. If these or other factors caused demand for homes to return to their pre-2011 levels, we could have significant difficulty generating profits from our homebuilding activities.
Demand for new homes is sensitive to economic conditions over which we have no control, such as the availability of mortgage financing and the level of employment.
Demand for new homes is sensitive to changes in economic conditions such as the level of employment, consumer confidence, consumer income, the availability of financing and interest rate levels. Currently, unemployment is above historically normal levels and many lenders have limited their willingness to make, and tightened their credit requirements with regard to, residential mortgage loans. Regulations that have been proposed by the Federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau could make it even more difficult for some potential home buyers to finance their purchases. Partially offsetting these factors, mortgage interest rates are very low, which has reduced the monthly cost of owning a home. However, interest rates on residential mortgage loans could increase at any time, and this, together with the reluctance of many lenders to make residential mortgage loans, and possible effects of new governmental regulations, could significantly reduce demand for the homes we build.
High unemployment affects us in two ways. Not only are people who are not employed or are concerned about loss of their jobs unlikely to purchase new homes, but they may be forced to sell the homes they own. Therefore, high unemployment can adversely affect us both by reducing demand for the homes we build and by increasing the supply of homes for sale.
Most of our 2012 earnings resulted from non-cash reversals of reserves relating to future tax benefits.
During 2007, 2008 and 2009, we suffered losses for financial statement purposes totaling more than $4.4 billion, before tax benefit. Those losses generated large tax benefits, some of which we used to recover taxes we had paid in prior years, but some of which resulted in deferred tax assets in the form of net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"), from which we could benefit only if we had taxable income in the future. Because it was not certain whether we would have sufficient taxable income to enable us to take advantage of the available future tax benefits, during 2008 and 2009, we recorded a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets totaling $647.4 million (net of a reversal due to a change in the tax laws). At November 30, 2011, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance still totaled $576.9 million. During fiscal 2012, because our improved operating results made it appear more likely than not that the majority of our deferred tax assets would be utilized, we reversed a majority of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which had the effect of increasing our net earnings by $491.5 million. As of November 30, 2012, our net deferred tax assets were $467.6 million and our deferred tax asset valuation allowance was $88.8 million, which is primarily related to state NOLs.
Mortgage defaults, particularly by homebuyers who financed homes using non-traditional financing products, have increased the number of homes available for resale.
During the period of high demand prior to 2007, many homebuyers financed their purchases using non-traditional adjustable rate or interest only mortgages or other mortgages, including sub-prime mortgages, that involved, at least during

10

Table of Contents

initial years, monthly payments that were significantly lower than those required by conventional fixed rate mortgages. As a result, new homes became more affordable. However, as monthly payments for these homes increased either as a result of increasing adjustable interest rates or as a result of principal payments coming due, many of these homebuyers defaulted on their payments and had their homes foreclosed, which increased the inventory of homes available for resale. There continue to be foreclosures, and foreclosure sales and other distress sales continue to exert a downward pressure on the prices for which homes, including homes in some of our communities, can be sold.
It has become more difficult for potential homebuyers to obtain mortgage financing, which is reducing demand for homes we offer.
Many lenders and other holders of mortgage loans have been adversely affected in recent years by a combination of reduced ability of homeowners to meet mortgage obligations and reduced value of the homes that secure mortgage loans. As a result, lenders and secondary market mortgage purchasers have eliminated most of their non-traditional and sub-prime financing products and increased the qualifications needed to obtain mortgage loans. Among other things, if a home appraises for less than the purchase price, the potential homebuyer may need to provide a greater down-payment in order to meet the lender requirement or the purchase price (which is our sale price) may need to be reduced. Also, in January 2013, the Federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau proposed regulations that could make it more difficult for some potential buyers to finance home purchases. Although mortgage interest rates have been very low during 2010, 2011 and 2012, the difficulty of obtaining mortgage loans has reduced the effect that low interest rates probably would otherwise have had upon home sales.
We have had to take significant write-downs of the carrying values of land we own and of our investments in unconsolidated entities, and a future decline in land values could result in additional write-downs.
Some of the land we currently own was purchased in or before 2007 at prices that were significantly above those for which similar land was available for sale under the depressed market conditions that prevailed in 2008 and subsequent years. Also, prior to 2007, we obtained options to purchase land at prices that became unattractive. When we obtained those options, we often made substantial non-refundable deposits and, in some instances, we incurred substantial infrastructure development and other pre-acquisition costs before we decided whether to exercise the options. When demand for homes fell, we were required to take significant write-downs of the carrying value of our land inventory and we elected not to exercise many high price options, even though that required us to forfeit deposits and write-off pre-acquisition costs.
Additionally, as a result of the depressed market conditions between 2008 and 2011, we recorded significant reductions in the carrying value of our investments in unconsolidated entities and, in addition, we had to record our share of reductions made by unconsolidated entities in the carrying values of their assets.
The combination of land inventory impairments, write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs and valuation adjustments related to unconsolidated entities in which we had investments were a major cause of the net losses we incurred in fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009. Write downs related to our homebuilding activities were significantly lower during 2010, 2011 and 2012 and resulted primarily from changes in strategy or losses suffered by our joint ventures (we also had some write downs in 2011 and 2012 with regard to loans receivable and foreclosed real estate held by our Rialto segment). However, if market conditions were to deteriorate significantly in the future, we could be required to make additional write downs with regard to our land inventory, which would decrease the asset values reflected on our balance sheet and adversely affect our earnings and our stockholders' equity.
Inflation can adversely affect us, particularly in a period of declining home sale prices.
Inflation can have a long-term impact on us because increasing costs of land, materials and labor require us to attempt to increase the sale prices of homes in order to maintain satisfactory margins. Although the rate of inflation has been low for the last several years, we have begun to experience increases in the prices of some materials and some economists predict that government spending programs and other factors could lead to significant inflation in the future. An excess of supply over demand for new homes may require us to reduce the prices for which we sell homes, but not be accompanied by reductions, or prevent increases, in the costs of materials and labor. The effect of cost increases that we cannot recover by increasing prices would be to reduce the margins on the homes we sell. In addition to directly reducing our profit from home sales, that would make it more difficult for us to recover the full cost of previously purchased land, and could lead to significant further reductions in the value of our land inventory.
We face significant competition in our efforts to sell new homes.
The homebuilding industry is highly competitive. We compete in each of our markets with numerous national, regional and local homebuilders. This competition with other homebuilders can reduce the number of homes we deliver or cause us to accept reduced margins in order to maintain sales volume. We also compete with the resale of existing homes, including foreclosed homes (many of which had been owned by housing speculators) and rental housing.

11

Table of Contents

Operational Risks
Homebuilding is subject to warranty and liability claims in the ordinary course of business that can be significant.
As a homebuilder, we are subject to home warranty and construction defect claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are also subject to liability claims for injuries that occur in the course of construction activities. We record warranty and other reserves for the homes we sell based on historical experience in our markets and our judgment of the qualitative risks associated with the types of homes we built. We have, and many of our subcontractors have, general liability, property, errors and omissions, workers compensation and other business insurance. These insurance policies protect us against a portion of our risk of loss from claims, subject to certain self-insured retentions, deductibles and other coverage limits. However, because of the uncertainties inherent in these matters, we cannot provide assurance that our insurance coverage or our subcontractors' insurance and financial resources will be adequate to address all warranty, construction defect and liability claims in the future. Additionally, the coverage offered and the availability of general liability insurance for construction defects are currently limited and costly. As a result, an increasing number of our subcontractors are unable to obtain insurance, and we have in many cases waived our customary insurance requirements, and assumed responsibility for certain risks and liabilities of those subcontractors. There can be no assurance that coverage will not be further restricted and become even more costly.
Things done by subcontractors can expose us to warranty costs and other risks.
We rely on subcontractors to perform the actual construction of our homes, and in many cases, to select and obtain building materials. Despite our detailed specifications and quality control procedures, in some cases, improper construction processes or defective materials, such as defective Chinese drywall that at one time was installed in homes built for the Company and many other homebuilders in Florida and elsewhere, were used in the construction of our homes. When we find these issues, we repair them in accordance with our warranty obligations. Defective products widely used by the homebuilding industry can result in the need to perform extensive repairs to large numbers of homes. The cost of complying with our warranty obligations in these cases may be significant if we are unable to recover the cost of repair from subcontractors, materials suppliers and insurers.
We also can suffer damage to our reputation, and may be exposed to possible liability, if subcontractors fail to comply with all applicable laws, including laws involving things that are not within our control. When we learn about possibly improper practices by subcontractors, we try to cause the subcontractors to discontinue them. However, we are not always able to do that, and even when we can, it may not avoid claims against us relating to what the subcontractors had been doing.
Natural disasters and severe weather conditions could delay deliveries, increase costs and decrease demand for new homes in affected areas.
Many of our homebuilding operations are conducted in areas that are subject to natural disasters and severe weather. The occurrence of natural disasters or severe weather conditions can delay new home deliveries, increase costs by damaging inventories and lead to shortages of labor and materials in areas affected by the disasters, and can negatively impact the demand for new homes in affected areas. If our insurance does not fully cover business interruptions or losses resulting from these events, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Supply shortages and other risks related to the demand for skilled labor and building materials could increase costs and delay deliveries.
Increased costs or shortages of skilled labor and/or lumber, framing, concrete, steel and other building materials could cause increases in construction costs and construction delays. By the end of 2012, we had begun to experience increases in the prices of some building materials and shortages of skilled labor in some areas. We generally are unable to pass on increases in construction costs to customers who have already entered into purchase contracts, as those contracts generally fix the price of the homes at the time the contracts are signed, which may be well in advance of the construction of the home. Sustained increases in construction costs may, over time, erode our margins, particularly if pricing competition restricts our ability to pass on any additional costs of materials or labor, thereby decreasing our margins.
Reduced numbers of home sales extend the time it takes us to recover land purchase and property development costs.
We incur many costs even before we begin to build homes in a community. These include costs of preparing land and installing roads, sewers and other utilities, as well as taxes and other costs related to ownership of the land on which we plan to build homes. Reducing the rate at which we build and sell homes extends the length of time it takes us to recover these costs.
We have substantially reduced our corporate credit line.
Our business requires that we be able to finance the development of our residential communities. Until 2010, we had a corporate credit facility (with Lennar Corporation as the borrower and most of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, other than finance company subsidiaries, as guarantors) that we used to help finance development activities. Prior to 2008, this credit line

12

Table of Contents

was as high as $3.1 billion. However, because of the decline in our land purchasing, development and building activities, and our ability to obtain debt and equity financing through the capital markets, we gradually reduced the credit line, and in February 2010, we terminated it (although, we established and continue to maintain letter of credit facilities). In 2012, we established a new $500 million credit line, which has an accordion feature that could enable us to increase it to $525 million. However, this is still substantially less than the credit line we maintained in and prior to 2008. We believe that under current circumstances, the funds we generate through our operations, together with our ability to sell debt and equity securities into capital markets and our new credit line, give us access to all the funds we need. If market conditions strengthen to the point that we need additional funding, but we are not able to significantly increase our credit facility, the relatively small size of our credit facility might prevent us from taking full advantage of market opportunities.
We could lose our credit line if we fail to make required payments or to comply with financial covenants.
We have a credit line that is available for us to use to help finance our homebuilding and other activities. The agreement relating to that credit line makes it a default for us to fail to pay principal or interest when it is due (subject in some instances to grace periods) or to comply with covenants, including covenants regarding various financial ratios. If we default under the credit agreement, the lenders will have the right to terminate their commitments to lend and to require immediate repayment of all outstanding borrowings. This could reduce our available funds at a time when we are having difficulty generating all the funds we need from our operations, in capital markets or otherwise.
We do not have an investment grade credit rating, which makes it more costly for us to sell debt securities.
Our ability to sell debt securities on favorable terms has been an important factor in financing our business and operations in a profitable manner. In 2007 and 2008, each of the principal credit rating agencies lowered our credit ratings, and as a result we no longer have investment grade ratings. This makes it more costly, and under some circumstances could make it more difficult, for us to access the debt capital markets for funds we may require in order to implement our business plans and achieve our growth objectives.
Despite not having an investment grade rating, during 2010, 2011 and 2012, we were able to sell debt securities in capital market transactions at significantly lower interest rates than in previous years. During 2010, we sold $250 million principal amount of 6.95% senior notes due 2018, $276.5 million of 2.00% convertible senior notes due 2020 and $446 million of 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2020. During 2011, we sold $350 million principal amount of 3.25% convertible senior notes due 2021, and we sold an additional $50 million principal amount of those notes shortly after November 30, 2011, when the initial purchasers of the notes exercised an option to purchase additional notes to cover over-allotments. During 2012 we sold a total of $750 million principal amount of senior notes that mature in 2017 and 2022, respectively, and bear interest at 4.75%. Despite the relatively low interest rates with regard to the notes we sold in 2010 through 2012, the rates probably would have been even lower if we had had an investment grade rating. If we became subject to further downgrades, that would increase the cost and difficulty of accessing debt capital markets.
The repurchase warehouse credit facilities of our Financial Services segment will expire in 2013.
Our Lennar Financial Services segment has a 364-day warehouse repurchase facilities with a maximum aggregate commitment of $150 million and an additional uncommitted amount of $50 million that matures in February 2013 , a 364-day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $250 million that matures in July 2013 , and a 364-day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $150 million (plus a $100 million temporary accordion feature that expired December 31, 2012) and a 364-day warehouse facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $60 million , both of which mature in November 2013 . The Financial Services segment uses these facilities to finance its mortgage lending activities until the mortgage loans it originates are sold to investors. It expects all three facilities to be renewed or replaced with other facilities when they mature. If we were unable to renew or replace these facilities when they mature, that could seriously impede the activities of our Financial Services segment, unless Lennar itself is willing and able to provide the funds our Financial Services segment needs to finance its mortgage originations until the mortgages can be sold.
We conduct some of our operations through unconsolidated joint ventures with independent third parties in which we do not have a controlling interest and we can be adversely impacted by joint venture partners' failure to fulfill their obligations.
For a number of years, we created and participated in a large number of joint ventures that acquired and developed land for our homebuilding operations, for sale to third parties or for use in the joint ventures' own homebuilding operations. By using these joint ventures, we reduced the amount we had to invest in order to assure access to potential future homesites, and, in some instances, we obtained access to land to which we could not otherwise have obtained access or could not have obtained access on as favorable terms. However, as the homebuilding market deteriorated after 2006, many of our joint venture partners became financially unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations.
Most joint ventures borrowed money to help finance their activities, and although recourse on the loans was generally limited to the joint ventures and their properties, frequently we and our joint venture partners were required to provide

13

Table of Contents

maintenance guarantees (guarantees that the values of the joint ventures' assets would be at least specified percentages of their borrowings) or limited repayment guarantees.
If a joint venture partner does not perform its obligations, we may be required to make significant financial expenditures or otherwise undertake the performance of our partner's obligations at what can be a significant cost to us. Also, when we have guaranteed joint venture obligations, we have had the right to be reimbursed by our joint venture partners for any amounts by which we pay more than our pro rata share of the joint ventures' obligations. However, particularly when our joint venture partners were having financial problems, we often had difficulty collecting the sums they owed us, and therefore, we sometimes were required to pay a disproportionately large portion of the guaranteed amounts. In addition, because we lacked controlling interests in these joint ventures, we were usually unable to require that they sell assets, return invested capital or take any other action without the consent of at least one of our joint venture partners. As a result, without joint venture partner consent, we were unable to liquidate our joint venture investments to generate cash. Even when we were able to liquidate joint venture investments, the amounts received upon liquidation sometimes were insufficient to cover the costs we had incurred in satisfying joint venture obligations.
By 2012, we had significantly reduced both the number of joint ventures in which we participate and our exposure to recourse indebtedness of the remaining joint ventures. However, because most of the remaining joint ventures in which we participate were formed with regard to particular properties, and the extent to which the value of residential real estate has stabilized is not the same in all areas, we continue to have risks of loss with regard to at least some of the joint ventures in which we are a participant. In addition, as part of our multifamily business, and its joint ventures, we have assumed certain obligations to complete construction of multifamily residential buildings at agreed upon costs and we could be responsible for cost overruns.
The unconsolidated entities in which we have investments may not be able to modify the terms of their debt arrangements.
Many of the joint ventures in which we participate will in the relatively near future be required to repay, refinance, renegotiate or extend their loans. If any of those joint ventures are unable to do this, we could be required to provide at least a portion of the funds the joint ventures need to be able to repay the loans and to conduct the activities for which they were formed.
We could be adversely impacted by the loss of key management personnel.
Our future success depends, to a significant degree, on the efforts of our senior management. Our operations could be adversely affected if key members of senior management cease to be active in our company.
Our Financial Services segment is adversely affected by reduced demand for our homes.
Approximately 50% of the mortgage loans made by our Financial Services segment are made to buyers of homes we build. Therefore, a decrease in the demand for our homes would adversely affect the financial results of this segment of our business.
If our ability to resell mortgages is impaired, we may be required to reduce home sales unless we are willing to become a long term investor in loans we originate.
Substantially all of the loans we originate are sold within a short period in the secondary mortgage market on a servicing released, non-recourse basis. After the loans are sold, we retain potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that we breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreements. The secondary mortgage market was severely impacted by the decline in property values between 2007 and 2011 and it has not recovered fully even though property values in many areas of the country stabilized significantly, and even began to rise, during the last part of 2011 and during 2012. To date, our finance company subsidiaries have been able to sell substantially all the mortgages they have originated. If, however, we became unable to sell loans into the secondary mortgage market or directly to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, we would have to either curtail our origination of mortgage loans, which among other things, could significantly reduce our ability to sell homes, or commit our own funds to long term investments in mortgage loans, which could, among other things, delay the time when we recognize revenues from home sales on our statements of operations.
Our Financial Services segment has received demands that it repurchase mortgage loans it sold in the secondary mortgage market and we may be required to repurchase loans in excess of amounts reserved.
Particularly during 2009, 2010 and 2011, our Financial Services segment received demands that it repurchase certain loans that it had previously sold in the secondary mortgage market. The demands related primarily to loans originated during 2005 through 2007 and were frequently based on assertions that information borrowers gave our Financial Services segment was not accurate. In many instances, we have successfully disputed the claims. However, in some instances we have settled claims to maintain our business relationships with the claimants or to avoid litigation costs. In other instances, there are active disputes regarding certain loans. While we believe we have significant defenses against virtually all of the currently unresolved

14

Table of Contents

repurchase demands, we have established a reserve based upon, among other things, an analysis of repurchase requests received, an estimate of potential repurchase claims not yet received and our actual past repurchases and losses through the disposition of loans we repurchased, as well as previous settlements. At November 30, 2012 and 2011, this reserve was $7.3 million and $6.1 million, respectively. If there is an unexpected increase in the amount of repurchase demands we receive that we believe we should settle, or if we are not able to resolve existing repurchase demands on a basis consistent with our experience to date, the cost to us with regard to the repurchase demands could exceed the reserve we have established.
Although our Rialto segment's investments in distressed real estate assets have been at significant discounts, if the real estate markets deteriorate significantly we could suffer losses.
Until 2011, the principal activity of our Rialto segment involved acquisitions of portfolios of, or interests in portfolios of, distressed debt instruments and foreclosed properties. That was consistent with the Rialto segment's objective of focusing on commercial and residential real estate opportunities arising from dislocations in the United States real estate markets and the restructuring and recapitalization of those markets. Since 2011, investments have been made primarily by Fund I managed by the Rialto segment, rather than by the Rialto segment itself, and the Rialto segment is in the process of marketing Fund II. Lennar is an investor in Fund I and has committed to make an investment in Fund II. Investing in distressed debt and foreclosed properties presents many risks in addition to those inherent in normal lending activities, including the risk that the anticipated restructuring and recapitalization of the United States real estate markets will not be completed for many years, the risk that defaults on debt instruments in which the Rialto segment or the funds it manages invests will be greater than anticipated and the risk that if the Rialto segment or any of the funds it manages has to liquidate its investments into the market, it will suffer severe losses in doing so. There is also the possibility that, even if the investments made by the Rialto segment or the funds it manages perform as expected, absence of a liquid market for these investments will result in a need to reduce the values at which they are carried on our financial statements.
If Rialto's investments in real estate are not properly valued or sufficiently reserved to cover actual losses and we are required to increase our valuation reserves, our earnings could be reduced.
When a loan is foreclosed upon and we take title to the property, we obtain a valuation of the property and base its book value on that valuation. The book value of the foreclosed property is periodically compared to the updated market value of the foreclosed property if classified as held-and-used, or the market value of the foreclosed property less estimated selling costs if classified as held-for-sale (fair value), and a charge-off is recorded for any excess of the property's book value over its fair value. If the valuation we establish for a property proves to be too high, we may have to record additional charge-offs in subsequent periods. Material additional charge-offs could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, and possibly even on our financial condition.
There is substantial competition for the types of investments on which our Rialto segment is focused, and this may limit the ability of the Rialto segment or the investment fund it manages to make investments on terms that are attractive to it.
Our Rialto segment, and its funds, Fund I and Fund II, that it created and manages, currently are focused on investments in distressed mortgage debt, foreclosed properties and other real estate related assets that have been adversely affected by the dislocations during the last several years in the markets for real estate, mortgage loans and real estate related securities. Some of the opportunities to acquire these types of assets arise under programs involving co-investments with and financing provided by agencies of the Federal government. There are many firms and investment funds that are trying to acquire the types of assets on which our Rialto segment and the investment fund it manages are focused, and it is likely that a significant number of additional investment funds will be formed in the future with the objective of acquiring those types of assets. At least some of the firms with which the Rialto segment competes, or will compete, for investment opportunities have, or will have, a cost of capital that is lower than that of the Rialto segment or the investment funds it manages, and therefore those firms may be able to pay more for investment opportunities than would be prudent for our Rialto segment or the investment funds it manages.
Our Rialto segment could be adversely affected by court and governmental responses to improper mortgage foreclosure procedures.
During recent years it appears that mortgage lenders and mortgage loan servicers have in a number of instances failed to comply with the requirements for obtaining and foreclosing mortgage loans. Although our Rialto segment owns or manages entities that own large numbers of mortgage loans, those loans all were acquired by our Rialto segment and the entities it manages within the past two years, and our Rialto segment has procedures designed to ensure that any mortgage foreclosures which it undertakes will comply with all applicable requirements. However, even if neither our Rialto segment nor any servicing organization it uses does anything improper in foreclosing mortgages held by the Rialto segment or entities it manages, reaction by courts and regulatory agencies against apparently widespread instances of improper mortgage foreclosure procedures could make it more difficult and more expensive for our Rialto segment to foreclose mortgages that secure loans that it or entities it manages own.

15

Table of Contents

The ability of our Rialto segment to profit from the investments it makes may depend to a significant extent on its ability to manage resolutions related to the distressed mortgages and other real estate related assets.
A principal factor in a prospective purchaser's decision regarding the price it will pay for a portfolio of mortgage loans or other real estate related assets is the cash flow the prospective purchaser expects the portfolio to generate. The cash flow a portfolio of distressed mortgage loans and related assets will generate can be affected by the way the assets in the portfolio are managed. We believe the backgrounds and experience of the personnel in our Rialto segment will enable the Rialto segment to generate better cash flows from the distressed assets it manages than what is generally expected with regard to similar assets. If it is not able to do that, the Rialto segment probably will not generate the returns it is seeking.
The supply of real estate related assets available at discounts from normal prices will likely decrease if the real estate markets continue to improve, which could require our Rialto segment to change its investment strategy.
The current strategy of our Rialto segment is to seek above normal risk adjusted returns for itself or the investment funds it manages by focusing on investments in commercial and residential real estate related assets that are available at below market prices because of the dislocations in the United States real estate markets over the past several years. A continued recovery of the real estate markets would probably benefit the investments the Rialto segment and the funds it manages have made, but it probably would substantially reduce or end the availability of the types of distressed asset investments they have made. That would require the Rialto segment to rethink, and probably to change, its investment strategy.
Restrictions in agreements related to Fund I, that the Rialto segment manages could prevent the Rialto segment from making investments.
The Rialto segment manages Fund I, a fund that was formed to make investments in, among other things, distressed real estate related debt and foreclosed properties. In order to protect investors in Fund I against the possibility that we would keep attractive investment opportunities for ourselves instead of presenting them to Fund I, we agreed that we would not make investments that are suitable for Fund I except to the extent an Advisory Committee consisting of representatives of Fund I investors decides that Fund I should not make particular investments, and we will probably make similar commitments with regard to subsequent funds the Rialto segment creates. There is an exception that permits us to purchase properties for use in connection with our homebuilding operations. However, it is likely that for several years the restrictions will prevent the Rialto segment from making investments in distressed mortgage loans or foreclosed properties other than through Fund I (of which we currently own approximately 10.7%), except to the extent the applicable Advisory Committee decides that a fund should not make particular investments.
Regulatory Risks
Federal laws and regulations that adversely affect liquidity in the secondary mortgage market could hurt our business.
There have been significant concerns about the continuing viability of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and a number of proposals to curtail their activities. These organizations provide significant liquidity to the secondary mortgage market. Any curtailment of their activities could increase mortgage interest rates and increase the effective cost of our homes, which could reduce demand for our homes and adversely affect our results of operations.
Our homebuyers' ability to qualify for and obtain affordable mortgages could be impacted by changes made by government sponsored entities and private mortgage insurance companies supporting the mortgage market.
Changes made by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA/VA sponsored mortgage programs, as well as changes made by private mortgage insurance companies, have reduced the ability of many potential homebuyers to qualify for mortgages. Principal among these have been tighter lending standards such as higher income requirements, larger required down payments, increased reserves and higher required credit scores. Higher income requirements reduce the amounts for which some homebuyers can qualify when buying new homes. Larger down payment requirements and increased asset reserve thresholds appear to be preventing or delaying some homebuyers from entering the market. Increased credit score requirements eliminate a segment of potential homebuyers.
New government regulations may make it more difficult for potential purchasers to finance home purchases and may reduce the number of mortgage loans our Financial Services segment makes.
In January 2013, the Federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau proposed regulations that would impose minimum qualifications for mortgage borrowers. These regulations could make it more difficult for some potential buyers to finance home purchases and could result in our Financial Services segment originating fewer mortgages, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on future revenues and earnings.
Government entities in regions where we operate have adopted or may adopt, slow or no growth initiatives, which could adversely affect our ability to build or timely build in these areas.

16

Table of Contents

Some state and local governments in areas where we operate have approved, and others where we operate may approve, various slow growth or no growth homebuilding initiatives and other ballot measures that could negatively impact the availability of land and building opportunities within those jurisdictions. Approval of slow growth, no growth or similar initiatives (including the effect of these initiatives on existing entitlements and zoning) could adversely affect our ability to build or timely build and sell homes in the affected markets and/or create additional administrative and regulatory requirements and costs, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our future revenues and earnings.
Compliance with federal, state and local regulations related to our business could create substantial costs both in time and money, and some regulations could prohibit or restrict some homebuilding ventures.
We are subject to extensive and complex laws and regulations that affect the land development and homebuilding process, including laws and regulations related to zoning, permitted land uses, levels of density, building design, elevation of properties, water and waste disposal and use of open spaces. In addition, we are subject to laws and regulations related to workers' health and safety, and there are efforts to subject us to other labor related laws or rules, some of which may make us responsible for things done by our subcontractors over which we have little or no control. We also are subject to a variety of local, state and federal laws and regulations concerning the protection of health and the environment. In some of the markets where we operate, we are required by law to pay environmental impact fees, use energy-saving construction materials and give commitments to municipalities to provide infrastructure such as roads and sewage systems. We generally are required to obtain permits, entitlements and approvals from local authorities to commence and carry out residential development or home construction. These permits, entitlements and approvals may, from time-to-time, be opposed or challenged by local governments, neighboring property owners or other interested parties, adding delays, costs and risks of non-approval to the process. Our obligation to comply with the laws and regulations under which we operate, and our need to ensure that our associates, subcontractors and other agents comply with these laws and regulations, could result in delays in construction and land development, cause us to incur substantial costs and prohibit or restrict land development and homebuilding activity in certain areas in which we operate. Budget reductions by state and local governmental agencies may increase the time it takes to obtain required approvals and therefore may aggravate the delays we could encounter.
We can be injured by failures of persons who act on our behalf to comply with applicable regulations and guidelines.
Although we expect all of our associates (i.e., employees), officers and directors to comply at all times with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, there may be instances in which subcontractors or others through whom we do business engage in practices that do not comply with applicable regulations or guidelines. When we learn of practices relating to homes we build or financing we provide that do not comply with applicable regulations or guidelines, we move actively to stop the non-complying practices as soon as possible and we have taken disciplinary action with regard to associates of ours who were aware of the practices and did not take steps to address them, including in some instances terminating their employment. However, regardless of the steps we take after we learn of practices that do not comply with applicable regulations or guidelines, we can in some instances be subject to fines or other governmental penalties, and our reputation can be injured, due to the practices' having taken place.
Tax law changes could make home ownership more expensive or less attractive.
Historically, significant expenses of owning a home, including mortgage interest expense and real estate taxes, generally have been deductible expenses for the purpose of calculating an individual's federal, and in some cases state, taxable income as itemized deductions. The Federal government has been considering eliminating some deductions, or limiting the tax benefit of deductions, with regard to people with incomes above specified levels. As part of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, enacted on January 1, 2013, beginning in 2013 certain taxpayers will have their itemized deductions limited. Such limits will increase the after-tax cost of owning a home, which is likely to impact adversely the demand for homes we build and could reduce the prices for which we can sell homes, particularly in higher priced communities.
Other Risks
We have a stockholder who can exercise significant influence over matters that are brought to a vote of our stockholders.
Stuart A. Miller, our Chief Executive Officer and a Director, has voting control, through personal holdings and holdings by family-owned entities of Class B, and to a lesser extent Class A, common stock that enables Mr. Miller to cast approximately 46% of the votes that can be cast by the holders of all our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock combined. That effectively gives Mr. Miller the power to control the election of our directors and the approval of matters that are presented to our stockholders. Mr. Miller's voting power might discourage someone from seeking to acquire us or from making a significant equity investment in us, even if we needed the investment to meet our obligations and to operate our business. Also, because of his voting power, Mr. Miller could be able to authorize actions that are contrary to our other stockholders' desires.

17

Table of Contents

The trading price of our Class B common stock is substantially less than that of our Class A common stock.
The only difference between our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock is that the Class B common stock entitles the holders to 10 votes per share, while the Class A common stock entitles holders to only one vote per share. Yet the trading price of the Class B common stock on the New York Stock exchange normally is 20% to 30% lower than the NYSE trading price of our Class A common stock.
We may not be able to benefit from net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards.
We suffered significant losses in 2007, 2008 and 2009 for tax (as well as for financial statement) purposes. We were able to carry back part of these losses to recover taxes we had paid with regard to prior years. However, we will not receive any tax benefits with regard to tax losses we could not carry back, except to the extent we have taxable income in the 20 year NOL carryforward period. From 2008 until 2011, we fully reserved in our financial statements against all our deferred tax assets due to the possibility that we might not have taxable income that would enable us to benefit from them. However, because in 2012 it became more likely than not that we would have sufficient future taxable income to take advantage of our deferred tax assets, in 2012 we reversed a majority of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance and we currently carry the net deferred tax assets on our balance sheet. Nonetheless, we will not actually realize the deferred tax benefits unless and until we have taxable income, and if we do not have sufficient taxable income during the 20 year NOL carryforward period, we may be required to fully reserve against our deferred tax assets again and/or, we will not receive the full tax benefit of the losses we incurred.
Trading in our shares could substantially reduce our ability to use tax loss carryforwards.
Under the Internal Revenue Code, if during any three year period there is a greater than 50% change of ownership of our stock by persons who own more than 5% of our stock, our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards would be limited to the market value of our company at the time of the change in ownership times the long-term federal tax exempt rate. This change of ownership limitation can occur as a result of purchases and sales in the market by persons who become owners of more than 5% of our stock, even without anybody becoming a new majority owner. During the past three years, there have not been any significant changes in the holdings of our stock by 5% stockholders. However, it is possible that as a result of future stock trading, within a three-year period buyers could acquire in the market 5% or greater ownership interests in our stock totaling more than 50%. If that occurs, our ability to apply our tax loss carryforwards could become limited.

Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments.
Not applicable.
Executive Officers of Lennar Corporation
The following individuals are our executive officers as of January 29, 2013:
Name
Position
Age
Stuart A. Miller
Chief Executive Officer
55
Richard Beckwitt
President
53
Jonathan M. Jaffe
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
53
Bruce E. Gross
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
54
Diane J. Bessette
Vice President and Treasurer
52
Mark Sustana
Secretary and General Counsel
51
David M. Collins
Controller
43
Mr. Miller is one of our Directors and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since 1997. Mr. Miller served as our President from 1997 to April 2011. Before 1997, Mr. Miller held various executive positions with us.
Mr. Beckwitt served as our Executive Vice President from March 2006 to 2011. Since April 2011, Mr. Beckwitt has served as our President. As our Executive Vice President and then our President, Mr. Beckwitt has been involved in all operational aspects of our company. Mr. Beckwitt served on the Board of Directors of D.R. Horton, Inc. from 1993 to November 2003. From 1993 to March 2000, he held various executive officer positions at D.R. Horton, including President of the company. From March 2000 to April 2003, Mr. Beckwitt was the owner and principal of EVP Capital, L.P., (a venture capital and real estate advisory company). Mr. Beckwitt retired in May 2003 to design and personally construct a second home in Maine.
Mr. Jaffe has served as Vice President since 1994 and has served as our Chief Operating Officer since December 2004. Before that time, Mr. Jaffe served as a Regional President in our Homebuilding operations. Additionally, prior to his appointment as Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Jaffe was one of our Directors from 1997 through June 2004.

18

Table of Contents

Mr. Gross has served as Vice President and our Chief Financial Officer since 1997. Before that, Mr. Gross was Senior Vice President, Controller and Treasurer of Pacific Greystone Corporation.
Ms. Bessette joined us in 1995 and served as our Controller from 1997 to 2008. Since February 2008, she has served as our Treasurer. She was appointed a Vice President in 2000.
Mr. Sustana has served as our Secretary and General Counsel since 2005.
Mr. Collins joined us in 1998 and has served as our Controller since February 2008. Before becoming Controller, Mr. Collins served as our Executive Director of Financial Reporting.

Item 2.
Properties.
We lease and maintain our executive offices in an office complex in Miami, Florida. Our homebuilding, financial services and Rialto Investments offices are located in the markets where we conduct business, primarily in leased space. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current and planned levels of operation.
Because of the nature of our homebuilding operations, significant amounts of property are held as inventory in the ordinary course of our homebuilding business. We discuss these properties in the discussion of our homebuilding operations in Item 1 of this Report.

Item 3.
Legal Proceedings.
We are party to various claims and lawsuits which arise in the ordinary course of business, but we do not consider the volume of our claims and lawsuits unusual given the number of homes we deliver and the fact that the lawsuits often relate to homes delivered several years before the lawsuits are commenced. Although the specific allegations in the lawsuits differ, they most commonly involve claims that we failed to construct homes in particular communities in accordance with plans and specifications or applicable construction codes and seek reimbursement for sums allegedly needed to remedy the alleged deficiencies, assert contract issues or relate to personal injuries. Lawsuits of these types are common within the homebuilding industry. We are a plaintiff in many cases in which we seek contribution from our subcontractors for home repair costs. The costs incurred by us in construction defect lawsuits may be offset by warranty reserves, our third party insurers, subcontractor insurers and indemnity contributions from subcontractors. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these claims or lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. From time-to-time, we also receive notices from environmental agencies or other regulators regarding alleged violations of environmental or other laws. We typically settle these matters before they reach litigation for amounts that are not material to us.


19

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Our Class A and Class B common stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols “LEN” and “LEN.B,” respectively. The following table shows the high and low sales prices for our Class A and Class B common stock for the periods indicated, as reported by the NYSE, and cash dividends declared per share:
 
Class A Common  Stock
High/Low Prices
 
Cash Dividends
Per  Class A Share
Fiscal Quarter
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
First
$24.35 - 18.12
 
$21.54 - 15.41
 
 
Second
$30.12 - 22.20
 
$20.60 - 17.34
 
 
Third
$32.85 - 23.48
 
$19.10 - 12.39
 
 
Fourth
$39.33 - 32.17
 
$18.82 - 12.14
 
 
 
Class B Common  Stock
High/Low Prices
 
Cash Dividends
Per  Class B Share
Fiscal Quarter
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
First
$19.63 - 13.73
 
$17.40 - 12.43
 
 
Second
$24.52 - 17.91
 
$16.75 - 14.00
 
 
Third
$26.20 - 18.14
 
$15.46 -   9.30
 
 
Fourth
$32.03 - 25.56
 
$14.36 -   8.95
 
 
As of December 31, 2012, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock was $38.67 and the last reported sale price of our Class B common stock was $30.54. As of December 31, 2012, there were approximately 900 and 650 holders of record, respectively, of our Class A and Class B common stock.
On January 17, 2013, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.04 per share for both our Class A and Class B common stock, which is payable on February 15, 2013 to holders of record at the close of business on February 1, 2013. Our Board of Directors evaluates each quarter the decision whether to declare a dividend and the amount of the dividend.
In June 2001, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to permit future purchases of up to 20 million shares of our outstanding common stock. During the year ended November 30, 2012, there were no shares repurchased under this program. At November 30, 2012, we still had authorization to purchase up to 6.2 million shares under the program.
The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is provided in Item 12 of this Report.

20

Table of Contents

Performance Graph
The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total return of our Class A common stock with the Dow Jones U.S. Home Construction Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Total Market Index. The graph assumes $100 invested on November 30, 2007 in our Class A common stock, the Dow Jones U.S. Home Construction Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Total Market Index, and the reinvestment of all dividends.

 
2007
 
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
Lennar Corporation
$
100

 
47

 
89

 
108

 
133

 
277

Dow Jones U.S. Home Construction Index
$
100

 
69

 
82

 
74

 
79

 
144

Dow Jones U.S. Total Market Index
$
100

 
61

 
79

 
88

 
95

 
110


21

Table of Contents


Item 6.
Selected Financial Data.
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial and operating information as of or for each of the years ended November 30, 2008 through 2012. The information presented below is based upon our historical financial statements.
 
At or for the Years Ended November 30,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
Results of Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding
$
3,581,232

 
2,675,124

 
2,705,639

 
2,834,285

 
4,263,038

Lennar Financial Services
$
384,618

 
255,518

 
275,786

 
285,102

 
312,379

Rialto Investments
$
138,856

 
164,743

 
92,597

 

 

Total revenues
$
4,104,706

 
3,095,385

 
3,074,022

 
3,119,387

 
4,575,417

Operating earnings (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding (1)
$
253,101

 
109,044

 
100,060

 
(676,293
)
 
(404,883
)
Lennar Financial Services (2)
$
84,782

 
20,729

 
31,284

 
35,982

 
(30,990
)
Rialto Investments
$
11,569

 
63,457

 
57,307

 
(2,528
)
 

Corporate general and administrative expenses
$
127,338

 
95,256

 
93,926

 
117,565

 
129,752

Earnings (loss) before income taxes
$
222,114

 
97,974

 
94,725

 
(760,404
)
 
(565,625
)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Lennar (3)
$
679,124

 
92,199

 
95,261

 
(417,147
)
 
(1,109,085
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
$
3.11

 
0.48

 
0.51

 
(2.45
)
 
(7.01
)
Cash dividends declared per each - Class A and Class B common stock
$
0.16

 
0.16

 
0.16

 
0.16

 
0.52

Financial Position:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
10,362,206

 
9,154,671

 
8,787,851

 
7,314,791

 
7,424,898

Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding
$
4,005,051

 
3,362,759

 
3,128,154

 
2,761,352

 
2,544,935

Rialto Investments
$
574,480

 
765,541

 
752,302

 

 

Lennar Financial Services
$
457,994

 
410,134

 
271,678

 
217,557

 
225,783

Stockholders’ equity
$
3,414,764

 
2,696,468

 
2,608,949

 
2,443,479

 
2,623,007

Total equity
$
4,001,208

 
3,303,525

 
3,194,383

 
2,558,014

 
2,788,753

Shares outstanding (000s)
191,548

 
188,403

 
186,636

 
184,896

 
160,558

Stockholders’ equity per share
$
17.83

 
14.31

 
13.98

 
13.22

 
16.34

Lennar Homebuilding Data (including unconsolidated entities):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of homes delivered
13,802

 
10,845

 
10,955

 
11,478

 
15,735

New Orders
15,684

 
11,412

 
10,928

 
11,510

 
13,391

Backlog of home sales contracts
4,053

 
2,171

 
1,604

 
1,631

 
1,599

Backlog dollar value
$
1,160,385

 
560,659

 
407,292

 
479,571

 
456,270

(1)
  Lennar Homebuilding operating earnings (loss) include $15.6 million, $38.0 million, $51.3 million, $359.9 million and $340.5 million, respectively, of inventory valuation adjustments for the years ended November 30, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008. In addition, it includes $12.1 million, $8.9 million, $10.5 million, $101.9 million and $32.2 million, respectively, of valuation adjustments related to assets of unconsolidated entities in which we have investments for the years ended November 30, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and $10.5 million, $1.7 million, $89.0 million and $172.8 million, respectively, of valuation adjustments to our investments in unconsolidated entities for the years ended November 30, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
(2)
Lennar Financial Services operating loss for the year ended November 30, 2008 includes a $27.2 million impairment of the Lennar Financial Services segment’s goodwill.
(3)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Lennar for the year ended November 30, 2012 includes $435.2 million of benefit for income taxes, which includes a partial reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $491.5 million, partially offset by a tax provision for fiscal year 2012 pretax earnings. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Lennar for the years ended November 30, 2011 and 2010 include $14.6 million and $25.7 million, respectively, of benefit for income taxes, primarily due to settlements with various taxing authorities. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Lennar for the year ended

22

Table of Contents

November 30, 2009 primarily include a partial reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $351.8 million, primarily due to a change in tax legislation, which allowed us to carry back our fiscal year 2009 tax loss to recover previously paid income taxes. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Lennar for the year ended November 30, 2008 include a $730.8 million valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets.

Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Report.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Some of the statements in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are “forward-looking statements,” as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include statements regarding our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, strategies and prospects. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that these statements do not relate strictly to historical or current matters. Rather, forward-looking statements relate to anticipated or expected events, activities, trends or results. Because forward-looking statements relate to matters that have not yet occurred, these statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. Many factors could cause our actual activities or results to differ materially from the activities and results anticipated in forward-looking statements. These factors include those described under the caption “ Risk Factors ” in Item 1A of this Report. We do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements, except as required by Federal securities laws.

Outlook
Throughout 2012 we have seen fundamental shifts and resulting trends that indicate the housing market has stabilized and is currently recovering. This shift has been driven by a combination of low home prices, low interest rates, reduced foreclosures and an extremely favorable rent-to-own comparison making the decision for qualified homebuyers to buy homes more attractive than the escalating cost of renting. Overall, we are experiencing more traffic in our communities, and have seen an increased sales pace at increasing prices in many of our markets during fiscal 2012 as reflected in our new orders and sales backlog, which increased 37% and 87%, respectively, from the prior year. In 2013, housing should continue to assume its traditional role in the economy, driving employment upward, increasing consumer confidence and overall helping to accelerate the economic recovery.
In fiscal 2013, our principal focus in our homebuilding operations will continue to be on maintaining and improving our operating margin on the homes we sell by increasing sales prices and reducing sales incentives, as well as taking advantage of the steps we have taken over the past several years to reduce costs and right-size our overhead structure. In addition, we continue to invest in carefully underwritten strategic land acquisitions in well-positioned markets that we expect to continue to support our homebuilding operations going forward and help us increase operating leverage as deliveries increase. Our Financial Services segment benefited in 2012 from a robust refinancing market and our growing homebuilding operations. Although we expect a less robust refinancing market in 2013, our Financial Services segment should continue to be a strong profit generator in 2013. Our Rialto Investments segment also produced profitability during fiscal 2012 as it continued to grow its business. We believe that 2013 will be a transitional year for our Rialto Investments segment as the PPIP fund was successfully completed at the end of 2012 and the first closing of our second fund was completed in December of 2012 and will be ramping up throughout 2013.
As we enter fiscal 2013, we believe that all the segments of our company are well positioned. We are on track to achieve another year of substantial profitability in 2013 as the housing market recovery continues and we continue to benefit from our strategic land acquisitions and new community openings.


23

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Overview
Our net earnings attributable to Lennar in 2012 were $679.1 million , or $3.11 per diluted share ( $3.58 per basic share), compared to $92.2 million , or $0.48 per diluted share ( $0.49 per basic share), in 2011 . A substantial portion of our net earnings resulted from the reversal of a majority of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $491.5 million, or $2.25 per diluted share. Our 2012 earnings before taxes were $222.1 million, compared to $98.0 million in 2011.
The following table sets forth financial and operational information for the years indicated related to our operations.
 
Years Ended November 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Lennar Homebuilding revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
$
3,492,177

 
2,624,785

 
2,631,314

Sales of land
89,055

 
50,339

 
74,325

Total Lennar Homebuilding revenues
3,581,232

 
2,675,124

 
2,705,639

Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of homes sold
2,698,831

 
2,101,414

 
2,113,393

Cost of land sold
78,808

 
42,611

 
52,968

Selling, general and administrative
438,727

 
384,798

 
376,962

Total Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses
3,216,366

 
2,528,823

 
2,543,323

Lennar Homebuilding operating margins
364,866

 
146,301

 
162,316

Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities
(26,676
)
 
(62,716
)
 
(10,966
)
Lennar Homebuilding other income, net
9,264

 
116,109

 
19,135

Other interest expense
(94,353
)
 
(90,650
)
 
(70,425
)
Lennar Homebuilding operating earnings
$
253,101

 
109,044

 
100,060

Lennar Financial Services revenues
$
384,618

 
255,518

 
275,786

Lennar Financial Services costs and expenses
299,836

 
234,789

 
244,502

Lennar Financial Services operating earnings
$
84,782

 
20,729

 
31,284

Rialto Investments revenues
$
138,856

 
164,743

 
92,597

Rialto Investments costs and expenses
138,990

 
132,583

 
67,904

Rialto Investments equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
41,483

 
(7,914
)
 
15,363

Rialto Investments other income (expense), net
(29,780
)
 
39,211

 
17,251

Rialto Investments operating earnings
$
11,569

 
63,457

 
57,307

Total operating earnings
$
349,452

 
193,230

 
188,651

Corporate general administrative expenses
127,338

 
95,256

 
93,926

Earnings before income taxes
$
222,114

 
97,974

 
94,725

Net earnings attributable to Lennar
$
679,124

 
92,199

 
95,261

Gross margin as a % of revenue from home sales
22.7
%
 
19.9
%
 
19.7
%
S,G&A expenses as a % of revenues from home sales
12.6
%
 
14.7
%
 
14.3
%
Operating margin as a % of revenues from home sales
10.2
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.4
%
Average sales price
$
255,000

 
244,000

 
243,000

2012 versus 2011
Revenues from home sales increased 33% in the year ended November 30, 2012 to $3.5 billion from $2.6 billion in 2011. Revenues were higher primarily due to a 28% increase in the number of home deliveries, excluding unconsolidated entities, and a 4% increase in the average sales price of homes delivered. New home deliveries, excluding unconsolidated entities, increased to 13,707 homes in the year ended November 30, 2012 from 10,746 homes last year. There was an increase in home deliveries in all of our Homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other. The average sales price of homes delivered increased to $255,000 in the year ended November 30, 2012 from $244,000 in the same period last year, driven primarily by an increase in the average sales price of home deliveries in all of our Homebuilding segments, primarily due to increased pricing in

24


many of our markets as the market recovers. Sales incentives offered to homebuyers were $28,300 per home delivered in the year ended November 30, 2012 , or 10.0% as a percentage of home sales revenue, compared to $33,700 per home delivered in the same period last year, or 12.1% as a percentage of home sales revenue. Currently, our biggest competition is from the sales of existing and foreclosed homes. We differentiate our new homes from those homes by issuing new home warranties, and in certain markets emphasizing energy efficiency and new technologies.
Gross margins on home sales were $793.3 million , or 22.7% , in the year ended November 30, 2012 , which included $12.6 million of valuation adjustments, compared to gross margins on home sales of $523.4 million , or 19.9% , in the year ended November 30, 2011 , which included 35.7 million of valuation adjustments. Gross margin percentage on home sales improved compared to last year, primarily due to a greater percentage of deliveries from our new higher margin communities, a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenue from home sales, an increase in the average sales price of homes delivered and lower valuation adjustments.
Gross profits on land sales totaled $10.2 million in the year ended November 30, 2012 , compared to gross profits on land sales of $7.7 million in the year ended November 30, 2011 .
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $438.7 million in the year ended November 30, 2012 , compared to selling, general and administrative expenses of $384.8 million last year, which included $8.4 million related to expenses associated with remedying pre-existing liabilities of a previously acquired company, offset by $8.0 million related to the receipt of a litigation settlement. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues from home sales improved to 12.6% in the year ended November 30, 2012 , from 14.7% in 2011 , primarily due to improved operating leverage and lower advertising costs.
Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities was $26.7 million in the year ended November 30, 2012 , primarily related to our share of operating losses of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, which included $12.1 million of valuation adjustments primarily related to asset sales at Lennar Homebuilding's unconsolidated entities. This compared to Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities of $62.7 million in the year ended November 30, 2011 , which included our share of valuation adjustments of $57.6 million related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity as the result of a linked transaction. This was offset by a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million included in 2011 Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, related to that unconsolidated entity’s net asset distribution. The transaction resulted in a net pre-tax gain of $4.7 million in the year ended November 30, 2011 . In addition, in the year ended November 30, 2011 , Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities included $8.9 million of valuation adjustments related to assets of Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities, offset by our share of a gain on debt extinguishment at one of Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities totaling $15.4 million.
Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, totaled $9.3 million in the year ended November 30, 2012 , primarily due to a $15.0 million gain on the sale of an operating property, partially offset by a pre-tax loss of $6.5 million related to the repurchase of $204.7 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.95% senior notes due 2013 ("5.95% Senior Notes") through a tender offer. This compared to Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, of $116.1 million in the year ended November 30, 2011, which included the $62.3 million pre-tax gain related to an unconsolidated entity's net asset distribution discussed in the previous paragraph and $29.5 million related to the receipt of a litigation settlement. The parties to a litigation in which the Company was a plaintiff entered into a settlement agreement in 2011 in which they agreed the Company may make the following statement: “Lennar recently settled litigation against a third party in connection with Lennar’s ongoing dispute with Nicolas Marsch, III and his affiliates. As a result of the settlement, the third party paid Lennar total cash consideration of $37.5 million and that the terms are confidential.” Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, in the year ended November 30, 2011 also included $5.1 million related to the favorable resolution of a joint venture and the recognition of $10.0 million of deferred management fees related to management services previously performed for one of Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities. These amounts were partially offset by $10.5 million of valuation adjustments to our investments in Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities and $4.9 million of write-offs of other assets in the year ended November 30, 2011.
Homebuilding interest expense was $181.4 million in the year ended November 30, 2012 ( $85.1 million was included in cost of homes sold, $1.9 million in cost of land sold and $94.4 million in other interest expense), compared to $163.0 million in the year ended November 30, 2011 ( $70.7 million was included in cost of homes sold, $1.6 million in cost of land sold and $90.7 million in other interest expense). Interest expense increased primarily due to an increase in our outstanding debt compared to the prior year.
Operating earnings for our Lennar Financial Services segment were $84.8 million in the year ended November 30, 2012 , compared to operating earnings of $20.7 million in the same period last year. The increase in profitability was primarily due to increased volume and margins in the segment’s mortgage operations and increased volume in the segment's title operations, as a result of a significant increase in refinance transactions and homebuilding deliveries.
In the year ended November 30, 2012 , operating earnings for the Rialto Investments segment were $26.0 million (which is comprised of $11.6 million of operating earnings and an add back of $14.4 million of net loss attributable to

25


noncontrolling interests), compared to operating earnings of $34.6 million (which included $63.5 million of operating earnings offset by $28.9 million of net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests) in the same period last year. In the year ended November 30, 2012 , revenues in this segment were $138.9 million , which consisted primarily of accretable interest income associated with the segment’s portfolio of real estate loans and fees for managing and servicing assets, compared to revenues of $164.7 million in the same period last year. Revenues decreased primarily due to lower interest income as a result of a decrease in the portfolio of loans. In the year ended November 30, 2012 , expenses in this segment were $139.0 million , which consisted primarily of costs related to its portfolio operations, loan impairments of $28.0 million primarily associated with the segment's FDIC loan portfolio (before noncontrolling interests) and other general and administrative expenses, compared to expenses of $132.6 million in the same period last year, which consisted primarily of costs related to its portfolio operations, loan impairments of $13.8 million primarily associated with the segment's FDIC loan portfolio (before noncontrolling interests), due diligence expenses related to both completed and abandoned transactions, and other general and administrative expenses.
In the year ended November 30, 2012 , Rialto Investments other income (expense), net, was ($29.8) million , which consisted primarily of expenses related to owning and maintaining REO and impairments on REO, partially offset by gains from sales of REO and rental income. In the year ended November 30, 2011, Rialto Investments other income (expense), net, was $39.2 million , which consisted primarily of gains from acquisition of real estate owned (“REO”) through foreclosure, as well as gains from sales of REO, partially offset by expenses related to owning and maintaining those assets, and a $4.7 million gain on the sale of investment securities.
In the year ended November 30, 2012 , the segment also had equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities of $41.5 million ,which included $17.0 million of net gains primarily related to realized gains from the sale of investments in the portfolio underlying the the AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AB”) fund formed under the Federal government’s Public-Private Investment Program (“PPIP”), $6.1 million of interest income earned by the AB PPIP fund and $21.0 million of equity in earnings related to our share of earnings from the real estate investment fund managed by the Rialto segment ("Fund I"). During the second half of 2012, all of the securities in the investment portfolio underlying the AB PPIP fund were monetized related to the unwinding of its operations, resulting in liquidating distributions of $83.5 million . As our role as sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund has been completed, no further management fees will be received for these services. This compared to equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities of ($7.9) million in the same period last year, consisting primarily of $21.4 million of unrealized losses related to our share of the mark-to-market adjustments of the investment portfolio underlying the AB PPIP fund, partially offset by $10.7 million of interest income earned by the AB PPIP fund and $2.9 million of equity in earnings related to Fund I.
In the year ended November 30, 2012 , corporate general and administrative expenses were $127.3 million , or 3.1% as a percentage of total revenues, compared to $95.3 million , or 3.1% as a percentage of total revenues, in the same period last year. The increase in corporate general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an increase in personnel related expenses as a result of an increase in share-based and variable compensation expense.
In the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests were ($21.8) million and $20.3 million , respectively. Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests during the year ended November 30, 2012 was attributable to noncontrolling interests related to our homebuilding operations and the FDIC's interest in the portfolio of real estate loans that we hold in partnership with the FDIC in our Rialto Investments segment. Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests during the year ended November 30, 2011 were related to the Rialto Investments operations, partially offset by a net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in our homebuilding operations.
During the year ended November 30, 2012, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the majority of our deferred tax assets would be utilized. This conclusion was based on a detailed evaluation of all relevant evidence, both positive and negative. The positive evidence included factors such as eleven consecutive quarters of earnings, the expectation of continued earnings and evidence of a sustained recovery in the housing markets that we operate. Such evidence is supported by us experiencing significant increases in key financial indicators, including new orders, revenues, gross margin, backlog, gross margin in backlog, and deliveries compared with the prior year. We have also restructured our corporate and field operations, significantly reducing our cost structure and permitting us to generate profits at lower level of activity. Economic data has also been affirming housing market recovery. Housing starts, homebuilding volume and prices are increasing and forecasted to continue to increase. Low mortgage rates, affordable home prices, reduced foreclosures, and a favorable home ownership to rental comparison continue to drive the recovery. Lastly, we project to use the majority of our net operating losses in the allowable carryforward periods, and we have no history of net operating losses expiring unutilized.
We are required to use judgment in considering the relative impact of negative and positive evidence when determining the need for a valuation allowance for our deferred tax asset. The weight given to the potential effect of negative and positive evidence shall be commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists, the more positive evidence is necessary. The most significant direct negative evidence that currently exists is that we are currently in a cumulative four-year loss position. However, our cumulative four-year loss is declining

26


significantly as a result of eleven consecutive quarters of profitability and based on our current earnings level we will realize a majority of our deferred tax assets.
Based on the analysis of positive and negative evidence, we believe that there is enough positive evidence to overcome our current cumulative loss position. Therefore, we concluded that it was more likely than not that we will realize our deferred tax assets, and reversed the majority of the valuation allowance established against our deferred tax assets during the year ended November 30, 2012.
Accordingly, we reversed $491.5 million of the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Based on analysis utilizing objectively verifiable evidence, it was not more likely than not that certain state net operating loss carryforwards would be utilized. As a result, the remaining valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets was $88.8 million , as of November 30, 2012, which is primarily related to state net operating loss carryforwards. In future periods, the remaining valuation allowance could be reversed if additional sufficient positive evidence is present indicating that it is more likely than not that such assets would be realized. The valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets was $576.9 million at November 30, 2011 .
As of November 30, 2012 , we owned 107,138 homesites and had access to an additional 21,346 homesites through either option contracts with third parties or agreements with unconsolidated entities in which we have investments. As of November 30, 2011 , we owned 94,684 homesites and had access to an additional 16,702 homesites through either option contracts with third parties or agreements with unconsolidated entities in which we have investments. Our backlog of sales contracts was 4,053 homes ( $1.2 billion ) at November 30, 2012 , compared to 2,171 homes ( $560.7 million ) at November 30, 2011 .
2011 versus 2010
For both the years ended November 30, 2011 and 2010, revenues from home sales were $2.6 billion. There was a 1% increase in the average sales price of homes delivered, offset by a 1% decrease in the number of homes deliveries, excluding unconsolidated entities. New home deliveries, excluding unconsolidated entities, decreased to 10,746 homes in the year ended November 30, 2011 from 10,859 homes in 2010. The decrease in home deliveries was primarily in our Homebuilding Houston and Homebuilding West segments and Homebuilding Other as a result of the absence of the Federal homebuyer tax credit, partially offset by an increase in home deliveries in our Homebuilding Southeast Florida segment. The increase in deliveries in our Homebuilding Southeast Florida segment was the result of an increase in home deliveries from communities acquired in 2010 that has sales but only a small amount of deliveries during the year ended November 30, 2010. The average sales price of homes delivered increased to $244,000 in the year ended November 30, 2011 from $243,000 in 2010, driven primarily by an increase in the average sales price of home deliveries in all of our Homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other, except for our Homebuilding West segment, primarily due to a higher percentage of home deliveries in higher priced communities. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in average sales price in our Homebuilding West segment due to a shift to smaller square footage homes generating a lower average sales price. Sales incentives offered to homebuyers were $33,700 per home delivered in the year ended November 30, 2011, or 12.1% as a percentage of home sales revenue, compared to $32,800 per home delivered in 2010, or 11.9% as a percentage of home sales revenue. During 2011 our biggest competition was from the sales of existing and foreclosed homes. We differentiate our new homes from those homes by issuing new home warranty, and in certain markets emphasizing energy efficiency and new technology such as keyless door locks and lighting and thermostats controlled remotely from outside the home.
Gross margins on home sales were $523.4 million, or 19.9%, in the year ended November 30, 2011, which included $35.7 million of valuation adjustments, compared to gross margins on home sales of $517.9 million, or 19.7%, in the year ended November 30, 2010, which included $44.7 million of valuation adjustments.
Gross profits on land sales totaled $7.7 million in the year ended November 30, 2011, net of $0.5 million of valuation adjustments and $1.8 million in write-offs of deposits and pre-acquisition costs, compared to gross profits on land sales of $21.4 million in the year ended November 30, 2010, primarily due to a $14.1 million reduction of an obligation related to a profit participation agreement. Gross profits on land sales for the year ended November 30, 2010 were net of $3.4 million of valuation adjustments and $3.1 million in write-offs of deposits and pre-acquisition costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $384.8 million in the year ended November 30, 2011, which included $8.4 million related to additional expenses associated with remedying pre-existing liabilities of a previously acquired company, offset by $8.0 million related to the receipt of a litigation settlement. Selling, general and administrative expenses were $377.0 million in the year ended November 30, 2010. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues from home sales increased to 14.7% in the year ended November 30, 2011, from 14.3% in 2010.
Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities was $62.7 million in the year ended November 30, 2011, which primarily included our share of valuation adjustments of $57.6 million related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity as the result of a linked transaction. This was offset by a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million included in Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, related to that unconsolidated entity’s net asset distribution. The transaction resulted in a net pre-tax gain of $4.7 million. In addition, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated

27


entities included $8.9 million of valuation adjustments related to assets of Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities, offset by our share of a gain on debt extinguishment at one of Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities totaling $15.4 million. In the year ended November 30, 2010, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities was $11.0 million, which included $10.5 million of valuation adjustments related to assets of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, partially offset by a net pre-tax gain of $7.7 million as a result of a transaction by one of Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities.
Lennar Homebuilding other income net, totaled $116.1 million in the year ended November 30, 2011, which included the $62.3 million pre-tax gain discussed in the previous paragraph and $29.5 million related to the receipt of a litigation settlement. Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, in the year ended November 30, 2011 also included $5.1 million related to the favorable resolution of a joint venture and the recognition of $10.0 million of deferred management fees related to management services previously performed for one of Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities. These amounts were partially offset by $10.5 million of valuation adjustments to our investments in Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities. In the year ended November 30, 2010, Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, was $19.1 million, which included a $19.4 million pre-tax gain on the extinguishment of other debt and other income, partially offset by a pre-tax loss of $10.8 million related to the repurchase of senior notes through a tender offer.
Homebuilding interest expense was $163.0 million in the year ended November 30, 2011 ($70.7 million was included in cost of homes sold, $1.6 million in cost of land sold and $90.7 million in other interest expense), compared to $143.9 million in the year ended November 30, 2010 ($71.5 million was included in cost of homes sold, $2.0 million in cost of land sold and $70.4 million in other interest expense). Interest expense increased primarily due to an increase in our outstanding debt compared to 2010.
Operating earnings for our Lennar Financial Services segment were $20.7 million in the year ended November 30, 2011, compared to operating earnings of $31.3 million in 2010. The decrease in profitability was due primarily to decreased volume in the segment’s mortgage operations. In addition, in the year ended November 30, 2010, our Lennar Financial Services segment received $5.1 million of proceeds from the previous sale of a cable system.
In the year ended November 30, 2011, operating earnings in our Rialto Investments segment were $63.5 million (which included $28.9 million of net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests), compared to operating earnings of $57.3 million (which included $33.2 million of net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests) in 2010. In the year ended November 30, 2011, revenues in this segment were $164.7 million, which consisted primarily of accretable interest income associated with the segment’s portfolio of real estate loans and fees for managing and servicing assets, compared to revenues of $92.6 million in 2010. In the year ended November 30, 2011, Rialto Investments other income, net, was $39.2 million, which consisted primarily of gains from acquisition of REO through foreclosure, as well as gains from sales of REO, partially offset by expenses related to owning and maintaining those assets, and a $4.7 million gain on the sale of investment securities. In the year ended November 30, 2010, Rialto Investments other income, net, was $17.3 million, which consisted primarily of gains from acquisition of real estate owned through foreclosure as well as gains from real estate sales.
The segment also had equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities of ($7.9) million in the year ended November 30, 2011, consisting primarily of $21.4 million of unrealized losses related to our share of the mark-to-market adjustments of the investment portfolio underlying the AB PPIP fund, partially offset by $10.7 million of interest income earned by the AB PPIP fund and $2.9 million of equity in earnings related to Fund I. This compares to equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities of $15.4 million in 2010, which included $9.3 million of unrealized gains related to our share of the mark-to-market adjustments of AB PPIP investments. In the year ended November 30, 2011, expenses in this segment were $132.6 million, which consisted primarily of costs related to its portfolio operations, due diligence expenses related to both completed and abandoned transactions, and other general and administrative expenses, compared to expenses of $67.9 million in 2010.
Corporate general and administrative expenses were $95.3 million, or 3.1% as a percentage of total revenues, in the year ended November 30, 2011, compared to $93.9 million, or 3.1% as a percentage of total revenues, in the year ended November 30, 2010.
Net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests were $20.3 million and $25.2 million, respectively, in the year ended November 30, 2011 and 2010. Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests during both the years ended November 30, 2011 and 2010 were primarily related to the FDIC’s interest in the portfolio of real estate loans that we acquired in partnership with the FDIC.
A reduction of the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance is required, if based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Based upon an evaluation of all available evidence, during the year ended November 30, 2011, we recorded a reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $32.6 million, primarily due to net earnings generated during the year.

28


At November 30, 2011, we owned 94,684 homesites and had access to an additional 16,702 homesites through either option contracts with third parties or agreements with unconsolidated entities in which we have investments. At November 30, 2011, 1% of the homesites we owned were subject to home purchase contracts. Our backlog of sales contracts was 2,171 homes ($560.7 million) at November 30, 2011, compared to 1,604 homes ($407.3 million) at November 30, 2010.

Homebuilding Segments
Our Homebuilding operations construct and sell homes primarily for first-time, move-up and active adult homebuyers primarily under the Lennar brand name. In addition, our homebuilding operations also purchase, develop and sell land to third parties. In certain circumstances, we diversify our operations through strategic alliances and attempt to minimize our risks by investing with third parties in joint ventures.
As of and for the year ended November 30, 2012 , we have grouped our homebuilding activities into five reportable segments, which we refer to as Homebuilding East, Homebuilding Central, Homebuilding West, Homebuilding Southeast Florida and Homebuilding Houston. Information about homebuilding activities in states in which our homebuilding activities are not economically similar to other states in the same geographic area is grouped under “Homebuilding Other,” which is not considered a reportable segment. Reference in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to homebuilding segments are to those reportable segments.
At November 30, 2012 , our reportable homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other consisted of homebuilding divisions located in:
East: Florida (1) , Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia
Central: Arizona, Colorado and Texas (2)  
West: California and Nevada
Southeast Florida : Southeast Florida
Houston : Houston, Texas
Other: Illinois, Minnesota, Oregon and Washington
(1)
Florida in the East reportable segment excludes Southeast Florida, which is its own reportable segment.
(2)
Texas in the Central reportable segment excludes Houston, Texas, which is its own reportable segment.

29


The following tables set forth selected financial and operational information related to our homebuilding operations for the years indicated:
Selected Financial and Operational Data
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
East:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
$
1,283,441

 
1,009,750

 
970,355

Sales of land
16,539

 
11,062

 
16,623

Total East
1,299,980

 
1,020,812

 
986,978

Central:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
487,317

 
355,350

 
348,486

Sales of land
19,071

 
9,907

 
9,246

Total Central
506,388

 
365,257

 
357,732

West:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
683,267

 
531,984

 
650,844

Sales of land
14,022

 
8,879

 
32,646

Total West
697,289

 
540,863

 
683,490

Southeast Florida:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
353,841

 
239,608

 
131,091

Sales of land
13,800

 

 

Total Southeast Florida
367,641

 
239,608

 
131,091

Houston:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
449,580

 
321,908

 
357,590

Sales of land
22,043

 
19,802

 
8,348

Total Houston
471,623

 
341,710

 
365,938

Other
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
234,731

 
166,185

 
172,948

Sales of land
3,580

 
689

 
7,462

Total Other
238,311

 
166,874

 
180,410

Total homebuilding revenues
$
3,581,232

 
2,675,124

 
2,705,639


30


 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Operating earnings (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
East:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
$
137,231

 
98,822

 
114,061

Sales of land
2,472

 
233

 
1,108

Equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
542

 
(518
)
 
(602
)
Other income (expense), net (1)
(166
)
 
4,568

 
3,772

Other interest expense
(26,082
)
 
(22,755
)
 
(19,113
)
Total East
113,997

 
80,350

 
99,226

Central:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes (2)
39,388

 
(16,109
)
 
(7,910
)
Sales of land
909

 
2,129

 
(353
)
Equity in loss from unconsolidated entities
(514
)
 
(922
)
 
(4,727
)
Other expense, net
(1,529
)
 
(1,082
)
 
(2,261
)
Other interest expense
(13,427
)
 
(15,184
)
 
(10,661
)
Total Central
24,827

 
(31,168
)
 
(25,912
)
West:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes (2)
39,941

 
(3,071
)
 
4,019

Sales of land
388

 
749

 
16,502

Equity in loss from unconsolidated entities (3)
(25,415
)
 
(57,215
)
 
(6,113
)
Other income, net (4)
2,393

 
117,066

 
5,451

Other interest expense
(31,334
)
 
(31,479
)
 
(25,720
)
Total West
(14,027
)
 
26,050

 
(5,861
)
Southeast Florida:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
65,745

 
34,096

 
16,793

Sales of land
(354
)
 

 

Equity in loss from unconsolidated entities
(961
)
 
(1,152
)
 
(269
)
Other income, net (5)
15,653

 
2,488

 
9,460

Other interest expense
(9,026
)
 
(8,004
)
 
(4,979
)
Total Southeast Florida
71,057

 
27,428

 
21,005

Houston:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
43,423

 
16,115

 
25,138

Sales of land
6,182

 
4,617

 
1,683

Equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
(35
)
 
46

 
766

Other income, net
1,328

 
965

 
1,413

Other interest expense
(4,623
)
 
(4,563
)
 
(2,970
)
Total Houston
46,275

 
17,180

 
26,030

Other
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
28,891

 
8,720

 
(11,142
)
Sales of land
650

 

 
2,417

Equity in loss from unconsolidated entities
(293
)
 
(2,955
)
 
(21
)
Other income (expense), net
(8,415
)
 
(7,896
)
 
1,300

Other interest expense
(9,861
)
 
(8,665
)
 
(6,982
)
Total Other
10,972

 
(10,796
)
 
(14,428
)
Total homebuilding operating earnings
$
253,101

 
109,044

 
100,060

(1)
Other income (expense), net, for the year ended November 30, 2011 includes $5.1 million of income related to the favorable resolution of a joint venture.
(2)
Operating earnings (loss) on the sales of homes in our Homebuilding Central segment for the year ended November 30, 2011 includes $8.4 million of additional expenses associated with remedying pre-existing liabilities of a previously acquired company. Sales of homes

31


in our Homebuilding West segment for the year ended November 30, 2011 includes an $8.1 million benefit related to changes in our cost-to-complete estimates for homebuilding communities in the close-out phase.
(3)
For the year ended November 30, 2012, equity in loss from unconsolidated entities relates primarily to our share of operating losses of our Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, which includes $12.1 million of our share of valuation adjustments primarily related to asset sales at Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities. For the year ended November 30, 2011, equity in loss from unconsolidated entities includes a $57.6 million valuation adjustment related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity that resulted from a linked transaction where there was also a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million related to the distribution of assets of the unconsolidated entity. The pre-tax gain of $62.3 million was included in Lennar Homebuilding other income (expense), net for the year ended November 30, 2011.
(4)
For the year ended November 30, 2011, other income, net, includes a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million related to the distribution of assets of a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity, $29.5 million related to the receipt of a litigation settlement, discussed previously in the Overview section, and the recognition of $10.0 million of deferred management fees related to management services previously performed by us for one of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
(5)
Other income, net for the year ended November 30, 2012, includes a $15.0 million gain on the sale of an operating property.
Summary of Homebuilding Data
Deliveries:
 
Years Ended November 30,
 
Homes
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
5,440

 
4,576

 
4,539

Central
2,154

 
1,661

 
1,682

West
2,301

 
1,846

 
2,079

Southeast Florida
1,314

 
904

 
536

Houston
1,917

 
1,411

 
1,645

Other
676

 
447

 
474

Total
13,802

 
10,845

 
10,955

Of the total home deliveries above, 95 , 99 and 96 , respectively, represent deliveries from unconsolidated entities for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
 
Years Ended November 30,
 
Dollar Value (In thousands)
 
Average Sales Price
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
$
1,290,549

 
1,009,750

 
970,355

 
$
237,000

 
221,000

 
214,000

Central
487,317

 
355,350

 
348,486

 
226,000

 
214,000

 
207,000

West
728,092

 
598,202

 
711,822

 
316,000

 
324,000

 
342,000

Southeast Florida
353,841

 
239,607

 
131,091

 
269,000

 
265,000

 
245,000

Houston
449,580

 
321,908

 
357,590

 
235,000

 
228,000

 
217,000

Other
234,731

 
166,186

 
172,948

 
347,000

 
372,000

 
365,000

Total
$
3,544,110

 
2,691,003

 
2,692,292

 
$
257,000

 
248,000

 
246,000

Of the total dollar value of home deliveries above, $51.9 million , $66.2 million and $61.0 million , respectively, represent the dollar value of home deliveries from unconsolidated entities for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 . The home deliveries from unconsolidated entities had an average sales price of $547,000 , $669,000 and $635,000 , respectively, for the years ended November 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

32


Sales Incentives (1):
 
Years Ended November 30,
 
(In thousands)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
$
169,779

 
148,424

 
127,592

Central
49,028

 
52,117

 
53,034

West
48,341

 
54,000

 
65,988

Southeast Florida
41,529

 
33,092

 
22,248

Houston
62,497

 
54,680

 
63,255

Other
17,050

 
19,421

 
24,370

Total
$
388,224

 
361,734

 
356,487

 
Years Ended November 30,
 
Average Sales Incentives Per
Home Delivered
 
Sales Incentives as a
% of Revenue
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
$
31,300

 
32,400

 
28,110

 
11.7
%
 
12.8
%
 
11.6
%
Central
22,800

 
31,400

 
31,500

 
9.1
%
 
12.8
%
 
13.2
%
West
21,700

 
30,900

 
33,300

 
6.6
%
 
9.2
%
 
9.2
%
Southeast Florida
31,600

 
36,600

 
41,500

 
10.5
%
 
12.0
%
 
14.5
%
Houston
32,600

 
38,800

 
38,500

 
12.2
%
 
14.5
%
 
15.0
%
Other
25,200

 
43,400

 
51,400

 
6.8
%
 
10.5
%
 
12.3
%
Total
$
28,300

 
33,700

 
32,800

 
10.0
%
 
12.1
%
 
11.9
%
(1)
Sales incentives relate to home deliveries during the period, excluding deliveries by unconsolidated entities.
New Orders (2):
 
Years Ended November 30,
 
Homes
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
5,868

 
4,769

 
4,509

Central
2,498

 
1,716

 
1,769

West
2,711

 
1,965

 
1,922

Southeast Florida
1,617

 
947

 
614

Houston
2,078

 
1,521

 
1,641

Other
912

 
494

 
473

Total
15,684

 
11,412

 
10,928

Of the new orders above, 98 , 98 and 90 , respectively, represent new orders from unconsolidated entities for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
 
Years Ended November 30,
 
Dollar Value (In thousands)
 
Average Sales Price
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
$
1,438,268

 
1,051,624

 
954,255

 
$
245,000

 
221,000

 
212,000

Central
591,677

 
367,274

 
365,667

 
237,000

 
214,000

 
207,000

West
834,426

 
638,418

 
625,469

 
308,000

 
325,000

 
325,000

Southeast Florida
441,311

 
254,632

 
156,424

 
273,000

 
269,000

 
255,000

Houston
505,579

 
342,836

 
355,771

 
243,000

 
225,000

 
217,000

Other
333,232

 
189,658

 
169,025

 
365,000

 
384,000

 
357,000

Total
$
4,144,493

 
2,844,442

 
2,626,611

 
$
264,000

 
249,000

 
240,000


33


Of the total dollar value of new orders above, $54.4 million , $65.1 million and $55.9 million , respectively, represent the dollar value of new orders from unconsolidated entities for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 . The new orders from unconsolidated entities had an average sales price of $556,000 , $664,000 and $621,000 , respectively, for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
New orders represent the number of new sales contracts executed by homebuyers, net of cancellations, during the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
Backlog:
 
Years Ended November 30,
 
Homes
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
1,376

 
948

 
755

Central
653

 
309

 
254

West
708

 
298

 
179

Southeast Florida
469

 
166

 
123

Houston
516

 
355

 
245

Other
331

 
95

 
48

Total
4,053

 
2,171

 
1,604

Of the total homes in backlog above, 5 homes, 2 homes and 3 homes, respectively, represent homes in backlog from unconsolidated entities at November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
 
Dollar Value (In thousands)
 
Average Sales Price
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
$
368,361

 
220,974

 
176,588

 
$
268,000

 
233,000

 
234,000

Central
168,912

 
65,256

 
52,923

 
259,000

 
211,000

 
208,000

West
202,959

 
97,292

 
58,072

 
287,000

 
326,000

 
324,000

Southeast Florida
141,146

 
52,013

 
39,035

 
301,000

 
313,000

 
317,000

Houston
135,282

 
79,800

 
58,822

 
262,000

 
225,000

 
240,000

Other
143,725

 
45,324

 
21,852

 
434,000

 
477,000

 
455,000

Total
$
1,160,385

 
560,659

 
407,292

 
$
286,000

 
258,000

 
254,000

Of the total dollar value of homes in backlog above, $3.5 million , $1.0 million and $2.1 million , respectively, represent the dollar value of homes in backlog from unconsolidated entities at November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 . The homes in backlog from unconsolidated entities had an average sales price of $704,000 , $506,000 and $716,000 , respectively, at November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
Backlog represents the number of homes under sales contracts. Homes are sold using sales contracts, which are generally accompanied by sales deposits. In some instances, purchasers are permitted to cancel sales if they fail to qualify for financing or under certain other circumstances.
We experienced cancellation rates in our homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other as follows:
 
Years Ended November 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East
18
%
 
18
%
 
17
%
Central
18
%
 
23
%
 
18
%
West
17
%
 
18
%
 
18
%
Southeast Florida
12
%
 
13
%
 
18
%
Houston
23
%
 
21
%
 
18
%
Other
8
%
 
8
%
 
11
%
Total
17
%
 
19
%
 
17
%
Our cancellation rate during 2012 was within a range that is consistent with historical cancellation rates, but substantially below those we experienced from 2007 through 2009. We do not recognize revenue on homes under sales contracts until the sales are closed and title passes to the new homeowners.

34


The following table details our gross margins on home sales for the years ended November 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 for each of our reportable homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
East:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
$
1,283,441

 
1,009,750

 
970,355

Cost of homes sold
979,219

 
779,538

 
734,328

Gross margins on home sales
304,222

 
230,212

 
236,027

Central:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
487,317

 
355,350

 
348,486

Cost of homes sold
390,823

 
313,311

 
304,329

Gross margins on home sales
96,494

 
42,039

 
44,157

West:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
683,267

 
531,984

 
650,844

Cost of homes sold
540,982

 
426,922

 
525,310

Gross margins on home sales
142,285

 
105,062

 
125,534

Southeast Florida:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
353,841

 
239,608

 
131,091

Cost of homes sold
256,672

 
182,155

 
98,634

Gross margins on home sales
97,169

 
57,453

 
32,457

Houston:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
449,580

 
321,908

 
357,590

Cost of homes sold
354,981

 
263,037

 
289,474

Gross margins on home sales
94,599

 
58,871

 
68,116

Other
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of homes
234,731

 
166,185

 
172,948

Cost of homes sold
176,154

 
136,451

 
161,318

Gross margins on home sales
58,577

 
29,734

 
11,630

Total gross margins on home sales
$
793,346

 
523,371

 
517,921

2012 versus 2011
East: Homebuilding revenues increased in 2012, compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in the number of home deliveries in all of the states in the segment, except Maryland and Virginia, and an increase in the average sales price of homes delivered in all of the states in the segment. The increase in the number of deliveries was primarily driven by an increase in demand as evidenced by higher traffic volume in some of our communities, primarily Florida, New Jersey and Georgia, compared to last year, resulting in an increase in our home sales per community. The increase in the average sales price of homes delivered was primarily because we have been able to increase the sales price of homes delivered and/or reduce sales incentives in certain of our communities as the market stabilized during the year and began to recover in certain areas. Gross margins on home sales were $304.2 million, or 23.7%, in 2012, compared to gross margins on home sales of $230.2 million, or 22.8%, in 2011. Gross margin percentage on homes increased compared to last year primarily due to a greater percentage of deliveries from our new higher margin communities and a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales ( 11.7% in 2012, compared to 12.8% in 2011).
Central: Homebuilding revenues increased in 2012 compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in the number of home deliveries in all of the states in the segment and an increase in the average sales price of homes delivered in all states in the segment, except Colorado. The increase in the number of deliveries was primarily driven by an increase in demand as evidenced by higher traffic volume in some of our communities, compared to last year, resulting in an increase in our home sales per community. The increase in the average sales price of homes delivered was primarily because we have been able to increase the sales price of homes delivered and/or reduce sales incentives in certain of our communities as the market stabilized during the year and began to recover in certain areas. Gross margins on home sales were $96.5 million, or 19.8%, in 2012, compared to gross margins on home sales of $42.0 million, or 11.8%, in 2011. Gross margin percentage on homes sales improved compared to last year primarily due to a greater percentage of deliveries from our new higher margin communities in

35


all the states, except Colorado, a decrease in valuation adjustments and a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales ( 9.1% in 2012, compared to 12.8% in 2011).
West: Homebuilding revenues increased in 2012 compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in the number of home deliveries in all of the states in the segment, compared to last year. The increase in the number of deliveries was primarily driven by an increase in demand as evidenced by higher traffic volume in some of our communities, compared to last year, resulting in an increase in our home sales per community. Gross margins on home sales were $142.3 million, or 20.8%, in 2012, compared to gross margins on home sales of $105.1 million, or 19.7%, in 2011.Gross margin percentage on homes increased compared to last year primarily due to a greater percentage of deliveries from our new higher margin communities and a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales ( 6.6% in 2012, compared to 9.2% in 2011).
Southeast Florida: Homebuilding revenues increased in 2012, compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in the number of home deliveries in this segment driven by an increase in demand as evidenced by higher traffic volume in some of our communities, compared to the same period last year, resulting in an increase in our home sales per community. Gross margins on home sales were $97.2 million, or 27.5%, in 2012, compared to gross margins on home sales of $57.5 million, or 24.0%, in 2011. Gross margin percentage on homes sales improved compared to last year primarily due to a greater percentage of deliveries from our new higher margin communities and a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales ( 10.5% in 2012, compared to 12.0% in 2011).
Houston : Homebuilding revenues increased in 2012, compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in the number of home deliveries driven by an increase in demand as evidenced by higher traffic volume in some of our communities, compared to last year, resulting in an increase in our home sales per community. Gross margins on home sales were $94.6 million, or 21.0%, in 2012, compared to gross margins on home sales of $58.9 million, or 18.3%, in 2011. Gross margin percentage on homes sales improved compared to last year primarily due to a greater percentage of deliveries from our new higher margin communities and a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales ( 12.2% in 2012, compared to 14.5% in 2011).
Other: Homebuilding revenues increased in 2012, compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in the number of home deliveries in all the states of Homebuilding Other, except Illinois. The increase in deliveries was primarily driven by an increase in demand as evidenced by higher traffic volume in some of our communities, compared to last year, resulting in an increase in our home sales per community. Gross margins on home sales were $58.6 million, or 25.0%, in 2012, compared to gross margins on home sales of $29.7 million, or 17.9%, in 2011. Gross margin percentage on homes sales improved compared to last year primarily due to a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales ( 6.8% in 2012, compared to 10.5% in 2011) and lower valuation adjustments.
2011 versus 2010
East: Homebuilding revenues increased in 2011, compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in the average sales price of homes delivered in all of the states in the segment, except New Jersey. The increase in the average sales price of homes delivered was primarily due to a higher percentage of home deliveries in higher priced communities. Gross margins on home sales were $230.2 million, or 22.8%, in 2011 including valuation adjustments of $5.6 million, compared to gross margins on home sales of $236.0 million, or 24.3%, in 2010 including $6.2 million of valuation adjustments. Although gross margin percentage on home sales in this segment remained above average compared to the rest of our homebuilding operations, gross margin percentage on home sales decreased compared to 2010 primarily due to an increase in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales (12.8% in 2011, compared to 11.6% in 2010) and because gross margin on homes sales for the year ended November 30, 2010 included third-party recoveries related to Chinese drywall.
Central: Homebuilding revenues increased in 2011, compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in the average sales price of homes delivered in Texas, excluding Houston, as a result of the introduction of new higher-end homes at a higher average sales price. Gross margins on home sales were $42.0 million, or 11.8%, in 2011 including valuation adjustments of $13.7 million, compared to gross margins on home sales of $44.2 million, or 12.7%, in 2010 including $9.2 million of valuation adjustments. Gross margin percentage on home sales decreased compared to 2010 primarily due to adjustments to pre-existing home warranties in Texas, excluding Houston and an increase in valuation adjustments, partially offset by a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales (12.8% in 2011, compared to 13.2% in 2010).
West: Homebuilding revenues decreased in 2011, compared to 2010, primarily due to a decrease in the number of home deliveries and the averages sales price of homes delivered in California. The decrease in the number of home deliveries in California resulted from a decrease in demand for new homes primarily driven by the absence of the Federal homebuyer tax credit during the entire year in 2011. The decrease in the average sales price of homes delivered in California was due to shift to smaller square footage homes generating a lower average sales price during the year ended November 30, 2011. Gross margins on home sales were $105.1 million, or 19.7%, in 2011 including valuation adjustments of $7.8 million, compared to gross margins on home sales of $125.5 million, or 19.3%, in 2010 including $7.1 million of valuation adjustments. Gross margin

36


percentage on home sales improved compared to 2010 primarily due to an $8.1 million benefit related to changes in our cost-to-complete estimates for homebuilding communities in the close-out phase, partially offset by a higher percentage of home deliveries in lower price point communities and reduced pricing as the segment focused on reducing its completed unsold inventory. Sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales were (9.2% in both 2011 and 2010). Gross profit on land sales were $0.7 million in 2011, compared to gross profits on land sales of $16.5 million in 2010, primarily due to a $14.1 million reduction of an obligation related to a profit participation agreement in 2010.
Southeast Florida: Homebuilding revenues increased in 2011, compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in the number of home deliveries in this segment as a result of home deliveries from communities acquired in 2010 that had sales, but only a few deliveries, during the year ended November 30, 2010. Southeast Florida also had an increase in the average sales price of homes delivered as a result of closing out lower price point communities in the beginning of 2011 and introducing new communities at a higher price point during 2011. Gross margins on home sales were $57.5 million, or 24.0%, in 2011 including valuation adjustments of $5.6 million, compared to gross margins on home sales of $32.5 million, or 24.8%, in 2010 including $4.4 million of valuation adjustments. Although gross margin percentage on home sales in this segment remained above average compared to the rest of our homebuilding operations, gross margin percentage on home sales decreased compared to 2010 primarily due to increased valuation adjustments in 2011 and because gross margin on homes sales for the year ended November 30, 2010 included third-party recoveries related to Chinese drywall. This decrease was partially offset by a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales (12.0% in 2011, compare to 14.5% in 2010).
Houston : Homebuilding revenues decreased in 2011, compared to 2010, primarily due to a decrease in the number of home deliveries resulting from a decrease in demand for new homes primarily driven by the absence of the Federal homebuyer tax credit during the entire year in 2011, partially offset by an increase in the average sales price of homes delivered as a result of the close out of lower average sales priced communities in 2010. Gross margins on home sales were $58.9 million, or 18.3%, in 2011, compared to gross margins on home sales of $68.1 million, or 19.0%, in 2010. Gross margin percentage on home sales decreased compared to 2010 primarily due to reduced pricing in some lower price point communities in an effort to reduce its completed unsold inventory, partially offset by a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales (14.5% in 2011, compared to 15.0% in 2010). Gross profits on land sales were $4.6 million in 2011, compared to profits on land sales of $1.7 million in 2010.
Other: Homebuilding revenues decreased in 2011, compared to 2010, primarily due to a decrease in the number of home deliveries in Illinois primarily driven by the absence of the Federal homebuyer tax credit during the entire year in 2011. Gross margins on home sales were $29.7 million, or 17.9%, in 2011 including valuation adjustments of $2.5 million, compared to gross margins on home sales of $11.6 million, or 6.7%, in 2010 including $17.5 million of valuation adjustments. Gross margin percentage on home sales improved compared to 2010 primarily due to a reduction of valuation adjustments and a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenues from home sales (10.5% in 2011, compared to 12.3% in 2010). There was no gross profit on land sales in 2011, compared to profits on land sales of $2.4 million in 2010.
Lennar Financial Services Segment
We have one Lennar Financial Services reportable segment that provides primarily mortgage financing, title insurance and closing services for both buyers of our homes and others. Substantially all of the loans the Lennar Financial Services segment originates are sold within a short period in the secondary mortgage market on a servicing released, non-recourse basis. After the loans are sold, we retain potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that we breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreements. The following table sets forth selected financial and operational information relating to the Lennar Financial Services segment:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
$
384,618

 
255,518

 
275,786

Costs and expenses
299,836

 
234,789

 
244,502

Operating earnings
$
84,782

 
20,729

 
31,284

Dollar value of mortgages originated
$
4,431,000

 
2,896,000

 
3,272,000

Number of mortgages originated
19,700

 
13,800

 
15,200

Mortgage capture rate of Lennar homebuyers
77
%
 
78
%
 
85
%
Number of title and closing service transactions
108,200

 
86,400

 
102,500

Number of title policies issued
149,300

 
121,800

 
107,600


37


Rialto Investments Segment
Rialto’s objective is to generate superior, risk-adjusted returns, for itself and for funds it creates and manages, by focusing on commercial and residential real estate opportunities arising from dislocations in the United States real estate markets and the eventual restructure and recapitalization of those markets. Rialto believes it will be able to deliver these returns through its abilities to source, underwrite, price, manage and ultimately monetize real estate assets, as well as providing similar services to others in markets across the country. Until November 2010, our Rialto segment acquired interests in real estate related assets for its own account. In November 2010, it completed the first closing of Fund I with initial equity commitments of approximately $300 million (including $75 million committed and contributed by us). Fund I's objective during its three year investment period is to invest in distressed real estate assets and other related investments that fit within Fund I's investment parameters. During 2011 and 2012 investors contributed capital into Fund I, which is managed by Rialto and in which we own a 10.7% interest. Since the formation of Fund I, all distressed real estate asset acquisitions by our Rialto segment have been acquired by Fund I.
The following table presents the results of operations of our Rialto segment for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
$
138,856

 
164,743

 
92,597

Costs and expenses
138,990

 
132,583

 
67,904

Rialto Investments equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
41,483

 
(7,914
)
 
15,363

Rialto Investments other income (expense), net
(29,780
)
 
39,211

 
17,251

Operating earnings (1)
$
11,569

 
63,457

 
57,307

(1)
Operating earnings for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 include ($14.4) million , $28.9 million and $33.2 million , respectively, of net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests.
The following is a detail of Rialto Investments other income (expense), net for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Realized gains (losses) on REO sales
$
21,649

 
6,035

 
2,893

Unrealized gains (losses) on transfer of loans receivable to REO
(11,160
)
 
70,779

 
18,089

REO expenses
(56,745
)
 
(49,531
)
 
(3,902
)
Rental income
16,476

 
7,185

 
171

Gain on sale of investment securities

 
4,743

 

Rialto Investments other income (expense), net
$
(29,780
)
 
39,211

 
17,251

Distressed Asset Portfolios
In February 2010, the Rialto segment acquired indirectly 40% managing member equity interests in two limited liability companies (“LLCs”), in partnership with the FDIC, for approximately $243 million (net of transaction costs and a $22 million working capital reserve). The LLCs hold performing and non-performing loans formerly owned by 22 failed financial institutions and when the Rialto segment acquired its interests in the LLCs, the two portfolios consisted of approximately 5,500 distressed residential and commercial real estate loans (“FDIC Portfolios”). The FDIC retained a 60% equity interest in the LLCs and provided $626.9 million of financing with 0% interest, which is non-recourse to the Company and the LLCs. In accordance with GAAP, interest has not been imputed because the notes are with, and guaranteed by, a governmental agency. The notes are secured by the loans held by the LLCs. Additionally, if the LLCs exceed expectations and meet certain internal rate of return and distribution thresholds, our equity interest in the LLCs could be reduced from 40% down to 30% , with a corresponding increase to the FDIC’s equity interest from 60% up to 70% . As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the notes payable balance was $470.0 million and $626.9 million , respectively; however, as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , $223.8 million and $219.4 million , respectively, of cash collections on loans in excess of expenses were deposited in a defeasance account, established for the repayment of the notes payable, under the agreement with the FDIC. The funds in the defeasance account will be used to retire the notes payable upon their maturity. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the LLCs retired $156.9 million principal amount of the notes payable under the agreement with the FDIC through the defeasance account.

38


The LLCs met the accounting definition of VIEs and since we were determined to be the primary beneficiary, we consolidated the LLCs. We determined to be the primary beneficiary because it has the power to direct the activities of the LLCs that most significantly impact the LLCs’ performance through its management and servicer contracts. At November 30, 2012 , these consolidated LLCs had total combined assets and liabilities of $1.2 billion and $0.5 billion , respectively. At November 30, 2011 , these consolidated LLCs had total combined assets and liabilities of $1.4 billion and $0.7 billion , respectively.
In September 2010, the Rialto segment acquired approximately 400 distressed residential and commercial real estate loans (“Bank Portfolios”) and over 300 REO properties from three financial institutions. We paid $310.0 million for the distressed real estate and real estate related assets of which $124 million was financed through a 5 -year senior unsecured note provided by one of the selling institutions. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , we retired $33.0 million principal amount of the 5-year senior unsecured note.
Investments
An affiliate in the Rialto segment was a sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund and receives management fees for sub-advisory services. We also made a commitment to invest $75 million of the total equity commitments of approximately $1.2 billion made by private investors in this fund, and the U.S. Treasury has committed to a matching amount of approximately $1.2 billion of equity in the fund, as well as agreed to extend up to approximately $2.3 billion of debt financing. During the year ended November 30, 2012, we contributed $1.9 million and received distributions of $87.6 million . Of the distributions received during the year ended November, 30, 2012, $83.5 million related to the unwinding of the AB PPIP fund's operations. We also earned $9.1 million in fees during 2012 from the segment's role as a sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund, which were included in the Rialto Investments revenue. At the end of 2012, the AB PPIP fund finalized the last sales of the underlying securities in the fund and made substantially all of the final liquidating distributions to the partners, including us. As our role as sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund has been completed, no further management fees will be received for these services. During the year ended November 30, 2011, we invested $3.7 million , in the AB PPIP fund. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying value of our investment in the AB PPIP fund was $0.2 million and $65.2 million .
In November 2010, the Rialto segment completed the first closing of Fund I. As of November 30, 2012 , the equity commitments of Fund I were $700 million (including the $75 million committed by us). All capital commitments have been called and funded. Fund I is closed to additional commitments. Fund I’s objective during its three-year investment period is to invest in distressed real estate assets and other related investments that fit within Fund I’s investment parameters. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , we contributed $41.7 million of which $13.9 million was distributed back to us as a return of capital contributions due to a securitization within Fund I. During the year ended November 30, 2011 , we contributed $60.6 million of which $13.4 million was distributed back to us as a return of excess capital contributions as a result of new investors in Fund I. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying value of our investment in Fund I was $98.9 million and $50.1 million , respectively. Total investor contributions to Fund I for the year ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 were $371.8 million and $387.8 million , respectively. Of the total contributions to Fund I during the year ended November 30, 2012, $130.0 million was distributed back to investors as a return of capital contributions due to a securitization within Fund I. During the year ended November 30, 2011, Fund I acquired distressed real estate asset portfolios and invested in CMBS at a discount to par value. For the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , our share of earnings from Fund I was $21.0 million and $2.9 million , respectively.
In addition, in 2010, the Rialto segment invested in approximately $43 million of non-investment grade commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) for $19.4 million , representing a 55% discount to par value. During the year ended November 30, 2011, the Rialto segment sold a portion of its CMBS for $11.1 million , resulting in a gain on sale of CMBS of $4.7 million . The carrying value of the investment securities at November 30, 2012 and 2011 was $15.0 million and $14.1 million , respectively.
Additionally, another subsidiary in the Rialto segment also has approximately a 5% investment in a service and infrastructure provider to the residential home loan market (the “Service Provider”), which provides services to the consolidated LLCs, among others. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying value of our investment in the Service Provider was $8.4 million and $8.8 million , respectively.
Subsequent to November 30, 2012, our Rialto segment completed the first closing of its second real estate investment fund ("Fund II") with initial equity commitments of approximately $260 million (including $100 million committed by us). Among other things, Fund II's documents prohibit us, including our Rialto segment, from acquiring real estate assets that might be suitable for Fund II, other than residential properties we acquire in connection with our homebuilding activities.


39


Financial Condition and Capital Resources
At November 30, 2012 , we had cash and cash equivalents related to our homebuilding, financial services and Rialto operations of $1.3 billion , compared to $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion , respectively, at November 30, 2011 and 2010.
We finance our land acquisition and development activities, construction activities, financial services activities, Rialto activities and general operating needs primarily with cash generated from our operations, debt issuances and equity offerings, as well as cash borrowed under our warehouse lines of credit.
Operating Cash Flow Activities
During 2012 and 2011 , cash used in operating activities totaled $424.6 million and $259.1 million , respectively. During 2012 , cash used in operating activities were impacted by an increase in Lennar Financial Services loans held-for-sale, due to increased home deliveries towards the end of 2012 compared to 2011 and an increase in inventories due to strategic land purchases, partially offset by our net earnings (net of our deferred income tax benefit).
During 2011 , cash used in operating activities were impacted by a decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities, an increase in inventories due to strategic land purchases, an increase in receivables, an increase in other assets and an increase in Lennar Financial Services loans held-for-sale, partially offset by our net earnings.
Investing Cash Flow Activities
During 2012 and 2011 , cash provided by (used in) investing activities totaled $245.3 million and ($136.2) million , respectively. During 2012 , we received $81.6 million of principal payments on Rialto Investments loans receivable and $183.9 million of proceeds from the sales of REO. In addition, cash increased due to $44.7 million of distributions of capital from Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities and $83.4 million of distributions of capital from the Rialto Investments' unconsolidated entities, primarily related to the unwinding of the AB PPIP fund. This was partially offset by $72.6 million of cash contributions to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities primarily for working capital and debt reduction and $43.6 million of cash contributions to the Rialto Investments' unconsolidated entities.
During 2011, we received $74.9 million of principal payments on Rialto Investments loans receivable, $91.0 million of proceeds from the sale of REO and $31.1 million of distributions of capital from Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities. This was offset by $98.5 million of cash contributions to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities primarily for working capital and debt reduction, $64.4 million of cash contributions to Rialto Investments’ unconsolidated entities, $118.1 million increase in Rialto Investments defeasance cash and $53.6 million to purchase held-to-maturity investment securities that mature at various dates within one year by Lennar Financial Services.
We are always evaluating the possibility of acquiring homebuilders and other companies. However, at November 30, 2012 , we had no agreements or understandings regarding any significant transactions.
Financing Cash Flow Activities
During the 2012, our cash provided by financing activities of $326.5 million was primarily attributed to the receipt of proceeds related to the issuance of $400 million of 4.75% senior notes due 2017, $350 million of 4.750% senior notes due 2022 and the sale of an additional $50 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.25% convertible senior notes due 2021 that the initial purchasers acquired to cover over-allotments. This was partially offset by the partial redemption of our 5.95% senior notes due 2013, principal repayments on Rialto Investments notes payable and principal payments on other borrowings.
During 2011, our cash provided by financing activities of $164.8 million was primarily attributed to the issuance of new debt, partially offset by principal payments on other borrowings and the repayment of our 5.95% senior notes due 2011.
During 2012 and 2011, we exercised certain land option contracts from a land investment venture to which we had sold land in 2007, reducing the liabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheet related to consolidated inventory not owned by $50.4 million and $41.0 million, respectively. Due to our continuing involvement, the 2007 transaction did not qualify as a sale under GAAP; thus, the inventory had remained on our balance sheet in consolidated inventory not owned.

40


Debt to total capital ratios are financial measures commonly used in the homebuilding industry and are presented to assist in understanding the leverage of our Lennar Homebuilding operations. Management believes providing a measure of leverage of our Lennar Homebuilding operations enables management and readers of our financial statements to better understand our financial position and performance. Lennar Homebuilding debt to total capital and net Lennar Homebuilding debt to total capital are calculated as follows:
 
November 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
Lennar Homebuilding debt
$
4,005,051

 
3,362,759

Stockholders’ equity
3,414,764

 
2,696,468

Total capital
$
7,419,815

 
6,059,227

Lennar Homebuilding debt to total capital
54.0
%
 
55.5
%
Lennar Homebuilding debt
$
4,005,051

 
3,362,759

Less: Lennar Homebuilding cash and cash equivalents
1,146,867

 
1,024,212

Net Lennar Homebuilding debt
$
2,858,184

 
2,338,547

Net Lennar Homebuilding debt to total capital (1)
45.6
%
 
46.4
%
 
(1)
Net Lennar Homebuilding debt to total capital consists of net Lennar Homebuilding debt (Lennar Homebuilding debt less Lennar Homebuilding cash and cash equivalents) divided by total capital (net Lennar Homebuilding debt plus total stockholders’ equity).
At November 30, 2012 , Lennar Homebuilding debt to total capital was lower compared to the prior year, due to an increase in stockholder’s equity primarily related to our net earnings, which included the partial reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $491.5 million , partially offset by an increase in Lennar Homebuilding debt primarily as a result of the issuance of $800 million in senior notes, partially offset by a $204.7 million retirement of higher interest senior notes that were due to mature in 2013.
In addition to the use of capital in our homebuilding, financial services and Rialto operations, we actively evaluate various other uses of capital, which fit into our homebuilding, financial services and Rialto strategies and appear to meet our profitability and return on capital goals. This may include acquisitions of, or investments in, other entities, the payment of dividends or repurchases of our outstanding common stock or debt. These activities may be funded through any combination of our warehouse lines of credit, cash generated from operations, sales of assets or the issuance into capital markets of debt, common stock or preferred stock.
The following table summarizes our Lennar Homebuilding senior notes and other debts payable:
 
November 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
5.95% senior notes due 2013
$
62,932

 
266,855

5.50% senior notes due 2014
249,294

 
248,967

5.60% senior notes due 2015
500,769

 
500,999

6.50% senior notes due 2016
249,851

 
249,819

4.75% senior notes due 2017
400,000

 

12.25% senior notes due 2017
394,457

 
393,700

6.95% senior notes due 2018
247,873

 
247,598

2.00% convertible senior notes due 2020
276,500

 
276,500

2.75% convertible senior notes due 2020
401,787

 
388,417

3.25% convertible senior notes due 2021
400,000

 
350,000

4.750% senior notes due 2022
350,000

 

Mortgages notes on land and other debt
471,588

 
439,904

 
$
4,005,051

 
3,362,759

Our Lennar Homebuilding average debt outstanding was $3.6 billion in 2012 , compared to $3.1 billion in 2011 . The average rate for interest incurred was 5.4% and 5.7%, respectively in 2012 and 2011 . Interest incurred related to Lennar Homebuilding debt for the year ended November 30, 2012 was $222.0 million , compared to $201.4 million in 2011 . The

41


majority of our short-term financing needs, including financings for land acquisition and development activities and general operating needs, are met with cash generated from operations and proceeds of debt issuances.
In October 2012, we issued $350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.750% senior notes due 2022 (the " 4.750% Senior Notes") at a price of 100% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of expenses, were $346.0 million . We used the net proceeds of the sale of the 4.750% Senior Notes for working capital and general corporate purposes. Interest on the 4.750% Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning May 15, 2013. The 4.750% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are guaranteed by substantially all of our wholly owned homebuilding subsidiaries. At November 30, 2012 , the carrying amount of the 4.750% Senior Notes was $350.0 million .
In July and August 2012, we issued a combined $400 million aggregate principal amount of 4.75% senior notes due 2017 (the " 4.75% Senior Notes") at a price of 100% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of expenses, were $395.9 million . We used a portion of the net proceeds of the sale of the 4.75% Senior Notes to fund purchases pursuant to its tender offer for its 5.95% senior notes due 2013 (the " 5.95% Senior Notes"). We used the remaining net proceeds of the sale of the 4.75% Senior Notes for working capital and general corporate purposes. Interest on the 4.75% Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning October 15, 2012. The 4.75% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are guaranteed by substantially all of our wholly owned homebuilding subsidiaries. At November 30, 2012 , the carrying amount of the 4.75% Senior Notes was $400.0 million .
During the year ended November 30, 2012, we repurchased $204.7 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.95% Senior Notes through a tender offer, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $6.5 million , that was included in our Lennar Homebuilding other income (expense), net.
In November 2011, we issued $350 million aggregate principal amount of 3.25% convertible senior notes due 2021 (the " 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes"). In December 2011, the initial purchasers of the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes purchased an additional $50.0 million aggregate principal amount to cover over-allotments. Proceeds from the offerings, after payment of expenses, were $342.6 million and $49.0 million , respectively. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying and principal amount of the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes was $400.0 million and $350.0 million , respectively. The 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into shares of Class A common stock at any time prior to maturity or redemption at the initial conversion rate of 42.5555 shares of Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes, or 17,022,200 Class A common shares if all the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes are converted, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $23.50 per share of Class A common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. The shares are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Holders of the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes have the right to require us to repurchase them for cash equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest, on November 15, 2016. We have the right to redeem the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes at any time on or after November 20, 2016 for 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest. Interest on the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning May 15, 2012. The 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are guaranteed by substantially all our wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries.
In November 2010, we issued $446 million of 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2020 (the “ 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes”) at a price of 100% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of expenses, were $436.4 million . The net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including repayments or repurchases of existing senior notes or other indebtedness. The 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into cash, shares of Class A common stock or a combination of both, at our election. However, it is our intent to settle the face value of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes in cash. Holders may convert the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes at the initial conversion rate of 45.1794 shares of Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount or 20,150,012 Class A common shares if all the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes are converted, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $22.13 per share of Class A common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. For the year ended November 30, 2011, the shares were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share primarily because it is the Company’s intent to settle the face value of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes in cash and the Company’s stock price did not exceed the conversion price. For the year ended November 30, 2012, the Company's volume weighted average stock price was $28.12 , which exceeded the conversion price, thus 4.0 million shares were included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.
Holders of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes have the right to convert them, during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day. Holders of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes have the right to require us to repurchase them for cash equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest, on December 15, 2015. We have the right to redeem the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes at any time on or after December 20, 2015 for 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest. Interest on the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning June 15, 2011. The 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes are

42


unsecured and unsubordinated, but are currently guaranteed by substantially all of our wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries.
For our 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes, we will be required to pay contingent interest with regard to any interest period beginning with the interest period commencing December 20, 2015 and ending June 14, 2016, and for each subsequent six-month period commencing on an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date, if the average trading price of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes during the five consecutive trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable interest period exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes. The amount of contingent interest payable per $1,000 principal amount of notes during the applicable interest period will equal 0.75%  per year of the average trading price of such $1,000 principal amount of 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes during the five trading day reference period.
Certain provisions under ASC Topic 470, Debt , require the issuer of certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash on conversion to separately account for the liability and equity components of the instrument in a manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. We have applied these provisions to our 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes. We estimated the fair value of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes using similar debt instruments at issuance that did not have a conversion feature and allocated the residual value to an equity component that represents the estimated fair value of the conversion feature at issuance. The debt discount of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes is being amortized over five years and the annual effective interest rate is 7.1% after giving effect to the amortization of the discount and deferred financing costs. At both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the principal amount of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes was $446.0 million . At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the equity component included in stockholders’ equity was $44.2 million and $57.6 million , respectively, and the net carrying amount of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes included in Lennar Homebuilding senior notes and other debts payable was $401.8 million and $388.4 million , respectively. During the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the amount of interest recognized relating to both the contractual interest and amortization of the discount was $25.6 million and $24.8 million , respectively.
In May 2010, we issued $250 million of 6.95% senior notes due 2018 (the “ 6.95% Senior Notes”) at a price of 98.929% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of initial purchaser’s discount and expenses, were $243.9 million . We used the net proceeds of the sale of the 6.95% Senior Notes to fund purchases through a tender offer of our 5.125% senior notes due October 2010, our 5.95% senior notes due 2011 and our 5.95% senior notes due 2013. Interest on the 6.95% Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning December 1, 2010. The 6.95% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are currently guaranteed by substantially all of the our wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries. Subsequently, most of the privately placed 6.95% Senior Notes were exchanged for substantially identical 6.95% senior notes that had been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the 6.95% Senior Notes was $247.9 million and $247.6 million , respectively.
In May 2010, we issued $276.5 million of 2.00% convertible senior notes due 2020 (the “ 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes”) at a price of 100% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of expenses, were $271.2 million . The net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including repayments or repurchases of existing senior notes or other indebtedness. The 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into shares of Class A common stock at the initial conversion rate of 36.1827 shares of Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes, or 10,004,517 Class A common shares if all the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes are converted, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $27.64 per share of Class A common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. The shares are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Holders of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes have the right to require us to repurchase them for cash equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest, on each of December 1, 2013 and December 1, 2015. We have the right to redeem the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes at any time on or after December 1, 2013 for 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest. Interest on the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning December 1, 2010. The 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are currently guaranteed by substantially all of our wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries. At both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes was $276.5 million .
For our 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes, we will be required to pay contingent interest with regard to any interest period commencing with the six-month interest period beginning December 1, 2013, if the average trading price of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes during the five consecutive trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes. The amount of contingent interest payable per $1,000 principal amount of notes during the applicable six-month interest period will equal 0.50%  per year of the average trading price of such $1,000 principal amount of 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes during the five trading-day reference period.
In May 2010, we repurchased $289.4 million aggregate principal amount of our senior notes due 2010, 2011 and 2013 through a tender offer, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $10.8 million. Through the tender offer, we repurchased $76.4 million

43


principal amount of our 5.125% senior notes due October 2010, $130.8 million principal amount of our 5.95% senior notes due 2011 and $82.3 million principal amount of our 5.95% senior notes due 2013.
During the year ended November 30, 2010, we redeemed $150.8 million (including the amount redeemed through the tender offer) of our 5.125% senior notes due October 2010. In October 2010, we retired the remaining $99.2 million of our 5.125% senior notes due October 2010 for 100% of the outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the maturity date.
During the year ended November 30, 2010, we redeemed $131.8 million (including the amount redeemed through the tender offer) of our 5.95% senior notes due 2011. In October 2011, we retired the remaining $113.2 million of our 5.95% senior notes due October 2011 for 100% of the outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the maturity date.
During the year ended November 30, 2010, we redeemed $82.3 million (including the amount redeemed through the tender offer) of our 5.95% senior notes due 2013. At November 30, 2012 and 2011, the carrying amount of our 5.95% senior notes due 2013 was $62.9 million and $266.9 million , respectively.
Currently, substantially all of our wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries are guaranteeing all our Senior Notes (the “Guaranteed Notes”). The guarantees are full and unconditional. The principal reason our wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries guaranteed the Guaranteed Notes is so holders of the Guaranteed Notes will have rights at least as great with regard to our subsidiaries as any other holders of a material amount of our unsecured debt. Therefore, the guarantees of the Guaranteed Notes will remain in effect only while the guarantor subsidiaries guarantee a material amount of the debt of Lennar Corporation, as a separate entity, to others. At any time when a guarantor subsidiary is no longer guaranteeing at least $75 million of Lennar Corporation’s debt other than the Guaranteed Notes, either directly or by guaranteeing other subsidiaries’ obligations as guarantors of Lennar Corporation’s debt, the guarantor subsidiaries’ guarantee of the Guaranteed Notes will be suspended. Therefore, if the guarantor subsidiaries cease guaranteeing Lennar Corporation’s obligations under its letter of credit facilities and are not guarantors of any new debt, the guarantor subsidiaries’ guarantees of the Guaranteed Notes will be suspended until such time, if any, as they again are guaranteeing at least $75 million of Lennar Corporation’s debt other than the Guaranteed Notes.
If our guarantor subsidiaries are guaranteeing revolving credit lines totaling at least $75 million, we will treat the guarantees of the Guaranteed Notes as remaining in effect even during periods when Lennar Corporation’s borrowings under the revolving credit lines are less than $75 million.
In 2012, we entered into a 3 -year unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with certain financial institutions that expires in May 2015 . As of November 30, 2012 , the maximum aggregate commitment under the Credit Facility was $525 million , of which $500 million is committed and $25 million is available through an accordion feature, subject to additional commitments. As of November 30, 2012, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility. At November 30, 2012 , we had a $150 million Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement (“LC Agreement”) with certain financial institutions, which may be increased to $200 million , but for which there are currently no commitments for the additional $50 million . At November 30, 2012 , we also had a $50 million Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement with certain financial institutions that has a $50 million accordion for which there are currently no commitments and we also have a $200 million Letter of Credit Facility with a financial institution. We believe we were in compliance with our debt covenants at November 30, 2012 .
Our performance letters of credit outstanding were $107.5 million and $68.0 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 . Our financial letters of credit outstanding were $204.7 million and $199.3 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 . Performance letters of credit are generally posted with regulatory bodies to guarantee the performance of certain development and construction activities, and financial letters of credit are generally posted in lieu of cash deposits on option contracts, for insurance risks, credit enhancements and as other collateral. Additionally, at November 30, 2012 , we had outstanding performance and surety bonds related to site improvements at various projects (including certain projects in our joint ventures) of $606.5 million . Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, these bonds are generally not released until all development and construction activities are completed. As of November 30, 2012 , there were approximately $347.8 million , or 57% , of costs to complete related to these site improvements. We do not presently anticipate any draws upon these bonds, but if any such draws occur, we do not believe they would have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Under the Credit Facility agreement (the "Credit Agreement"), as of the end of each fiscal quarter, we are required to maintain minimum consolidated tangible net worth of approximately $1.5 billion plus the sum of 50% of the cumulative consolidated net income from February 29, 2012, if positive, and 50% of the net cash proceeds from any equity offerings from and after February 29, 2012. We are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 67% or less at the end of each fiscal quarter during our 2012 fiscal year, starting with our second fiscal quarter of 2012, and through the first two fiscal quarters of our 2013 fiscal year; a leverage ratio of 65% or less at the end of the last two fiscal quarters of our 2013 fiscal year and through the first two fiscal quarters of our 2014 fiscal year; and a leverage ratio of 60% or less at the end of the last two fiscal quarters of our 2014

44


fiscal year through the maturity of the Credit Agreement in May 2015. As of the end of each fiscal quarter, we are also required to maintain either (1) liquidity in an amount equal to or greater than 1.00x consolidated interest incurred for the last twelve months then ended or (2) an interest coverage ratio of equal to or greater than 1.50:1.00 for the last twelve months then ended.
The following are computations of the minimum net worth test, maximum leverage ratio, and liquidity test, as calculated per the Credit Agreement as of November 30, 2012 :
(Dollars in thousands)
Covenant Level
 
Level Achieved as of November 30, 2012
Minimum net worth test (1)
$
1,766,927

 
2,538,286

Maximum leverage ratio (2)
67.0
%
 
44.2
%
Liquidity test (3)
1.00

 
5.36

The terms minimum net worth test, maximum leverage ratio and liquidity test used in the Agreement are specifically calculated per the Credit Agreement and differ in specified ways from comparable GAAP or common usage terms. Our minimum net worth test, maximum leverage ratio and liquidity test were calculated for purposes of the Credit Agreement as of November 30, 2012 as follows:
(1)
The minimum consolidated tangible net worth and the consolidated tangible net worth as calculated per the Credit Agreement are as follows:
Minimum consolidated tangible net worth
 
(Dollars in thousands)
As of November 30, 2012
Stated minimum consolidated tangible net worth per the Credit Agreement
$
1,459,657

Plus: 50% of cumulative consolidated net income as calculated per the Credit Agreement, if positive
307,270

Required minimum consolidated tangible net worth per the Credit Agreement
$
1,766,927

Consolidated tangible net worth
 
(Dollars in thousands)
As of November 30, 2012
Total equity
$
4,001,208

Less: Intangible assets (a)
(52,015
)
Tangible net worth as calculated per the Credit Agreement
3,949,193

Less: Consolidated equity of mortgage banking, Rialto and other designated subsidiaries (b)
(1,274,750
)
Less: Lennar Homebuilding noncontrolling interests
(136,157
)
Consolidated tangible net worth as calculated per the Credit Agreement
$
2,538,286

(a)
Intangible assets represent the Financial Services' title operations goodwill and title plant assets.
(b)
Consolidated equity of mortgage banking subsidiaries represents the equity of the Lennar Financial Services segment's mortgage banking operations. Consolidated equity of other designated subsidiaries represents the equity of certain subsidiaries included within the Lennar Financial Services segment's title operations that are prohibited from being guarantors under this Agreement. The consolidated equity of Rialto, as calculated per the Agreement, represents Rialto total assets minus Rialto total liabilities as disclosed in Note 8 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements as of November 30, 2012 . The consolidated equity of mortgage banking subsidiaries, Rialto and other designated subsidiaries are included in equity in our consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2012 .

45


(2)
The leverage ratio as calculated per the Credit Agreement is as follows:
Leverage ratio:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
As of November 30, 2012
Lennar Homebuilding senior notes and other debts payable
$
4,005,051

Less: Debt of Lennar Homebuilding consolidated entities (a)
(225,924
)
Funded debt as calculated per the Credit Agreement
3,779,127

Plus: Financial letters of credit (b)
205,324

Plus: Lennar's recourse exposure related to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated/consolidated entities, net (c)
94,224

Consolidated indebtedness as calculated per the Credit Agreement
4,078,675

Less: Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents in excess of required liquidity per the Credit Agreement (d)
(1,153,055
)
Numerator as calculated per the Credit Agreement
$
2,925,620

Denominator as calculated per the Credit Agreement
$
6,616,961

Leverage ratio (e)
44.2
%
(a)
Debt of our Lennar Homebuilding consolidated entities is included in Lennar Homebuilding senior notes and other debts payable in our consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2012 .
(b)
As of November 30, 2012, our financial letters of credit outstanding include $204.7 million disclosed in Note 6 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements and $0.6 million of financial letters of credit related to the Financial Services segment's title operations.
(c)
Lennar's recourse exposure related to the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated and consolidated entities, net includes $49.9 million of net recourse exposure related to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities and $44.3 million of recourse exposure related to Lennar Homebuilding consolidated entities, which is included in Lennar Homebuilding senior notes and other debts payable in our consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2012 .
(d)
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents include $1,146.9 million of Lennar Homebuilding cash and cash equivalents and $16.2 million of Lennar Financial Services cash and cash equivalents, excluding cash and cash equivalents from mortgage banking subsidiaries and other designated subsidiaries within the Lennar Financial Services segment.
(e)
Leverage ratio consists of the numerator as calculated per the Agreement divided by the denominator as calculated per the Credit Agreement (consolidated indebtedness as calculated per the Credit Agreement, plus consolidated tangible net worth as calculated per the Credit Agreement).
(3)
Liquidity as calculated per the Credit Agreement is as follows:
Liquidity test
 
(Dollars in thousands)
As of November 30, 2012
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents as calculated per the Credit Agreement (a)
$
1,149,857

Consolidated interest incurred as calculated per the Credit Agreement (b)
$
214,700

Liquidity (c)
5.36

(a)
Unrestricted cash and cash and cash equivalents at November 30, 2012 for the liquidity test calculation includes $1,146.9 million of Lennar Homebuilding cash and cash equivalents plus $16.2 million of Lennar Financial Services cash and cash equivalents, excluding cash and cash equivalents from mortgage banking subsidiaries and other designated subsidiaries within the Lennar Financial Services segment, minus $13.2 million of cash and cash equivalents of Lennar Homebuilding consolidated joint ventures.
(b)
Consolidated interest incurred as calculated per the Credit Agreement for the last twelve months ended November 30, 2012 includes Lennar Homebuilding interest incurred of $222.0 million plus Lennar Financial Services interest incurred, excluding interest incurred from mortgage banking subsidiaries and other designated subsidiaries within the Lennar Financial Services operations, minus (1) interest incurred related to our partner's share of Lennar Homebuilding consolidated joint ventures included within Lennar Homebuilding interest incurred, (2) Lennar Homebuilding interest income included within Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, and (3) Lennar Financial Services interest income, excluding interest income from mortgage banking subsidiaries and other designated subsidiaries within the Lennar Financial Services operations.
(c)
We are only required to maintain either (1) liquidity in an amount equal to or greater than 1.00x consolidated interest incurred for the last twelve months then ended or (2) an interest coverage ratio of equal to or greater than 1.50:1.00 for the last twelve months then ended. Although we are in compliance with our debt covenants for both calculations, we have only disclosed the detailed calculation of our liquidity test.

46


At November 30, 2012 , the Lennar Financial Services segment has a 364-day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $150 million and an additional uncommitted amount of $50 million that matures in February 2013 , a 364-day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $250 million that matures in July 2013 , and a 364-day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $150 million (plus a $100 million temporary accordion feature that expired December 31, 2012) and a 364-day warehouse facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $60 million , both of which mature in November 2013 . As of November 30, 2012 , the maximum aggregate commitment and uncommitted amount under these facilities totaled $710 million and $50 million , respectively.
Our Lennar Financial Services segment uses these facilities to finance its lending activities until the mortgage loans are sold to investors and expects the facilities to be renewed or replaced with other facilities when they mature. Borrowings under the facilities and their prior year predecessors were $458.0 million and $410.1 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 , and were collateralized by mortgage loans and receivables on loans sold to investors but not yet paid for with outstanding principal balances of $509.1 million and $431.6 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 . The combined effective interest rate on the facilities at November 30, 2012 was 2.9% .
Since our Lennar Financial Services segment’s borrowings under the warehouse repurchase facilities are generally repaid with the proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans and receivables on loans that secure those borrowings, the facilities are not likely to be a call on our current cash or future cash resources. If the facilities are not renewed, the borrowings under the lines of credit will be paid off by selling the mortgage loans held-for-sale and by collecting on sums due with regard to loans sold but not yet paid. Without the facilities, our Lennar Financial Services segment would have to use cash from operations and other funding sources to finance its lending activities.
Our Lennar Financial Services segment, in the normal course of business, uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. Our Lennar Financial Services segment enters into forward commitments and, to a lesser extent, option contracts to protect the value of rate-locked loan commitments and loans held-for-sale from increases in market interest rates. We do not anticipate that we will suffer credit losses from counterparty non-performance.
Changes in Capital Structure
We have a stock repurchase program adopted in 2006 which originally permitted us to purchase up to 20 million shares of our outstanding common stock. During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , there were no share repurchases of common stock under the stock repurchase program. As of November 30, 2012 , 6.2 million shares of common stock can be repurchased in the future under the program.
During the year ended November 30, 2012 , treasury stock increased by 0.2 million Class A common shares due to activity related to our equity compensation plan. During the year ended November 30, 2011 , treasury stock increased by 0.3 million Class A common shares due to activity related to our equity compensation plan and forfeitures of restricted stock.
During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , the Company’s Class A and Class B common stockholders received a per share annual dividend of $0.16 .
Based on our current financial condition and credit relationships, we believe that our operations and borrowing resources will provide for our current and long-term capital requirements at our anticipated levels of activity.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Lennar Homebuilding - Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
At November 30, 2012 , we had equity investments in 36 unconsolidated entities (of which 7 had recourse debt, 6 had non-recourse debt and 23 had no debt), compared to 35 unconsolidated entities at November 30, 2011 and 270 unconsolidated entities at November 30, 2006. In addition, we have 2 multifamily unconsolidated entities as of November 30, 2012. Historically, we invested in unconsolidated entities that acquire and develop land (1) for our homebuilding operations or for sale to third parties or (2) for the construction of homes for sale to third-party homebuyers. Through these entities, we primarily sought to reduce and share our risk by limiting the amount of our capital invested in land, while obtaining access to potential future homesites and allowing us to participate in strategic ventures. The use of these entities also, in some instances, enabled us to acquire land to which we could not otherwise obtain access, or could not obtain access on as favorable terms, without the participation of a strategic partner. Participants in these joint ventures have been land owners/developers, other homebuilders and financial or strategic partners. Joint ventures with land owners/developers have given us access to homesites owned or controlled by our partners. Joint ventures with other homebuilders have provided us with the ability to bid jointly with our partners for large land parcels. Joint ventures with financial partners have allowed us to combine our homebuilding expertise with access to our partners’ capital. Joint ventures with strategic partners have allowed us to combine our homebuilding expertise with the specific expertise (e.g. commercial or infill experience) of our partner. Each joint venture is governed by an executive committee consisting of members from the partners.

47


Although the strategic purposes of our joint ventures and the nature of our joint ventures partners vary, the joint ventures are generally designed to acquire, develop and/or sell specific assets during a limited life-time. The joint ventures are typically structured through non-corporate entities in which control is shared with our venture partners. Each joint venture is unique in terms of its funding requirements and liquidity needs. We and the other joint venture participants typically make pro-rata cash contributions to the joint venture. In many cases, our risk is limited to our equity contribution and potential future capital contributions. Additionally, most joint ventures obtain third-party debt to fund a portion of the acquisition, development and construction costs of their communities. The joint venture agreements usually permit, but do not require, the joint ventures to make additional capital calls in the future. However, capital calls relating to the repayment of joint venture debt under payment or maintenance guarantees generally is required.
Under the terms of our joint venture agreements, we generally have the right to share in earnings and distributions of the entities on a pro-rata basis based on our ownership percentage. Some joint venture agreements provide for a different allocation of profit and cash distributions if and when the cumulative results of the joint venture exceed specified targets (such as a specified internal rate of return). Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities excludes our pro-rata share of joint ventures’ earnings resulting from land sales to our homebuilding divisions. Instead, we account for those earnings as a reduction of our costs of purchasing the land from the joint ventures. This in effect defers recognition of our share of the joint ventures’ earnings related to these sales until we deliver a home and title passes to a third-party homebuyer.
In many instances, we are designated as the manager under the direction of a management committee that has shared power amongst the partners of the unconsolidated entity and receive fees for such services. In addition, we often enter into option and purchase contracts to acquire properties from our joint ventures, generally for market prices at specified dates in the future. Option contracts generally require us to make deposits using cash or irrevocable letters of credit toward the exercise price. These option deposits are generally negotiated by management on a case by case basis.
We regularly monitor the results of our unconsolidated joint ventures and any trends that may affect their future liquidity or results of operations. Joint ventures in which we have investments are subject to a variety of financial and non-financial debt covenants related primarily to equity maintenance, fair value of collateral and minimum homesite takedown or sale requirements. We monitor the performance of joint ventures in which we have investments on a regular basis to assess compliance with debt covenants. For those joint ventures not in compliance with the debt covenants, we evaluate and assess possible impairment of our investment.
Our arrangements with joint ventures generally do not restrict our activities or those of the other participants. However, in certain instances, we agree not to engage in some types of activities that may be viewed as competitive with the activities of these ventures in the localities where the joint ventures do business.
As discussed above, the joint ventures in which we invest generally supplement equity contributions with third-party debt to finance their activities. In some instances, the debt financing is non-recourse, thus neither we nor the other equity partners are a party to the debt instruments. In other cases, we and the other partners agree to provide credit support in the form of repayment or maintenance guarantees.
Material contractual obligations of our unconsolidated joint ventures primarily relate to the debt obligations described above. The joint ventures generally do not enter into lease commitments because the entities are managed either by us, or another of the joint venture participants, who supply the necessary facilities and employee services in exchange for market-based management fees. However, they do enter into management contracts with the participants who manage them. Some joint ventures also enter into agreements with developers, which may be us or other joint venture participants, to develop raw land into finished homesites or to build homes.
The joint ventures often enter into option or purchase agreements with buyers, which may include us or other joint venture participants, to deliver homesites or parcels in the future at market prices. Option deposits are recorded by the joint ventures as liabilities until the exercise dates at which time the deposit and remaining exercise proceeds are recorded as revenue. Any forfeited deposit is recognized as revenue at the time of forfeiture. Our unconsolidated joint ventures generally do not enter into off-balance sheet arrangements.
As described above, the liquidity needs of joint ventures in which we have investments vary on an entity-by-entity basis depending on each entity’s purpose and the stage in its life cycle. During formation and development activities, the entities generally require cash, which is provided through a combination of equity contributions and debt financing, to fund acquisition and development of properties. As the properties are completed and sold, cash generated is available to repay debt and for distribution to the joint venture’s members. Thus, the amount of cash available for a joint venture to distribute at any given time is primarily a function of the scope of the joint venture’s activities and the stage in the joint venture’s life cycle.
We track our share of cumulative earnings and cumulative distributions of our joint ventures. For purposes of classifying distributions received from joint ventures in our statements of cash flows, cumulative distributions are treated as returns on capital to the extent of cumulative earnings and included in our consolidated statements of cash flows as operating

48


activities. Cumulative distributions in excess of our share of cumulative earnings are treated as returns of capital and included in our consolidated statements of cash flows as investing activities.
Summarized financial information on a combined 100% basis related to Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities that are accounted for by the equity method was as follows:
Statement of Operations and Selected Information
 
Years Ended November 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
$
353,902

 
301,843

 
236,752

Costs and expenses
418,934

 
451,272

 
378,997

Other income
10,515

 
123,007

 

Net loss of unconsolidated entities (1)
$
(54,517
)
 
(26,422
)
 
(142,245
)
Our share of net loss
$
(27,210
)
 
(41,275
)
 
(13,301
)
Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities (2)
$
(26,676
)
 
(62,716
)
 
(10,966
)
Our cumulative share of net earnings - deferred at November 30
$
1,621

 
3,362

 
8,689

Our investments in unconsolidated entities
$
565,360

 
545,760

 
626,185

Equity of the unconsolidated entities
$
2,130,045

 
2,055,966

 
2,148,610

Our investment % in the unconsolidated entities
27
%
 
27
%
 
29
%
 
(1)
The net loss of unconsolidated entities for the year ended November 30, 2010 was primarily related to valuation adjustments and operating losses recorded by the unconsolidated entities. Our exposure to such losses was significantly lower as a result of our small ownership interests in the respective unconsolidated entities or previous valuation adjustments recorded with regard to our investments in Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities.
(2)
For the year ended November 30, 2012, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss includes $12.1 million of valuation adjustments primarily related to strategic asset sales at Lennar Homebuilding's unconsolidated entities. For the year ended November 30, 2011, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss includes a $57.6 million valuation adjustment related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity that resulted from a linked transaction where there was also a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million included in Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, related to the distribution of assets of the unconsolidated entity. In addition, for the year ended November 30, 2011, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities includes a $8.9 million valuation adjustments related to the assets of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, offset by a $15.4 million gain related to our share of a $123.0 million gain on debt extinguishment at a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity. For the year ended November 30, 2010 , the Company recorded a net pre-tax gain of $7.7 million from a transaction related to one of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities. In addition, for the year ended November 30, 2010, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities includes $10.5 million of valuation adjustments related to assets of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
Balance Sheets
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
157,340

 
90,584

Inventories
2,792,064

 
2,895,241

Other assets
250,940

 
277,152

 
$
3,200,344

 
3,262,977

Liabilities and equity:
 
 
 
Account payable and other liabilities
$
310,496

 
246,384

Debt
759,803

 
960,627

Equity
2,130,045

 
2,055,966

 
$
3,200,344

 
3,262,977

As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , our recorded investments in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities were $565.4 million and $545.8 million , respectively, while the underlying equity in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities

49


partners’ net assets as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 were $681.6 million and $628.1 million , respectively. The basis difference is primarily as a result of the Company buying at a discount a partner's equity in a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity.
In 2007, we sold a portfolio of land to a strategic land investment venture with Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund II, L.P., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., in which we have a 20% ownership interest and 50% voting rights. Due to our continuing involvement, the transaction did not qualify as a sale under GAAP; thus, the inventory has remained on our consolidated balance sheet in consolidated inventory not owned. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the portfolio of land (including land development costs) of $264.9 million and $372.0 million , respectively, is reflected as inventory in the summarized condensed financial information related to Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities.
Debt to total capital of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which we have investments was calculated as follows:
 
November 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
Debt
$
759,803

 
960,627

Equity
2,130,045

 
2,055,966

Total capital
$
2,889,848

 
3,016,593

Debt to total capital of our unconsolidated entities
26.3
%
 
31.8
%
Our investments in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities by type of venture were as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Land development
$
493,917

 
461,077

Homebuilding
71,443

 
84,683

Total investments
$
565,360

 
545,760

We recorded $10.5 million of valuation adjustments to our investments in unconsolidated entities for the year ended November 30, 2011 . We will continue to monitor our investments in joint ventures and the recoverability of assets owned by those joint ventures.
The summary of our net recourse exposure related to the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which we have investments was as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Several recourse debt - repayment
$
48,020

 
62,408

Joint and several recourse debt - repayment
18,695

 
46,292

Lennar’s maximum recourse exposure
66,715

 
108,700

Less: joint and several reimbursement agreements with our partners
(16,826
)
 
(33,795
)
Lennar’s net recourse exposure
$
49,889

 
74,905

During the year ended November 30, 2012 , our maximum recourse exposure related to indebtedness of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities decreased by $42.0 million , as a result of $15.4 million paid by us primarily through capital contributions to unconsolidated entities and $30.2 million primarily related to the joint ventures selling assets and other transactions, partially offset by an increase in recourse debt related to a joint venture.
Indebtedness of an unconsolidated entity is secured by its own assets. Some Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities own multiple properties and other assets. There is no cross collateralization of debt to different unconsolidated entities. We also do not use our investment in one unconsolidated entity as collateral for the debt of another unconsolidated entity or commingle funds among Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
In connection with loans to a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity, we and our partners often guarantee to a lender either jointly and severally or on a several basis, any, or all of the following: (i) the completion of the development, in whole or in part, (ii) indemnification of the lender from environmental issues, (iii) indemnification of the lender from “bad boy acts” of the unconsolidated entity (or full recourse liability in the event of an unauthorized transfer or bankruptcy) and (iv) that

50


the loan to value and/or loan to cost will not exceed a certain percentage (maintenance or remargining guarantee) or that a percentage of the outstanding loan will be repaid (repayment guarantee).
In connection with loans to an unconsolidated entity where there is a joint and several guarantee, we generally have a reimbursement agreement with our partner. The reimbursement agreement provides that neither party is responsible for more than its proportionate share of the guarantee. However, if our joint venture partner does not have adequate financial resources to meet its obligations under the reimbursement agreement, we may be liable for more than our proportionate share, up to our maximum exposure, which is the full amount covered by the joint and several guarantee.
The recourse debt exposure in the previous table represents our maximum exposure to loss from guarantees and does not take into account the underlying value of the collateral or the other assets of the borrowers that are available to repay debt or to reimburse us for any payments on our guarantees. The Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities that have recourse debt have a significant amount of assets and equity. The summarized balance sheets of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities with recourse debt were as follows.
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets
$
1,843,163

 
1,865,144

Liabilities
$
765,295

 
815,815

Equity
$
1,077,868

 
1,049,329

In addition, in most instances in which we have guaranteed debt of a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity, our partners have also guaranteed that debt and are required to contribute their share of the guarantee payment. Some of our guarantees are repayment guarantees and some are maintenance guarantees. In a repayment guarantee, we and our venture partners guarantee repayment of a portion or all of the debt in the event of a default before the lender would have to exercise its rights against the collateral. In the event of default, if our venture partner does not have adequate financial resources to meet its obligations under the reimbursement agreement, we may be liable for more than our proportionate share, up to our maximum recourse exposure, which is the full amount covered by the joint and several guarantee. The maintenance guarantees only apply if the value of the collateral (generally land and improvements) is less than a specified percentage of the loan balance. If we are required to make a payment under a maintenance guarantee to bring the value of the collateral above the specified percentage of the remaining loan balance, the payment would generally constitute a capital contribution or loan to the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity and increase our share of any funds the unconsolidated entity distributes. As of November 30, 2012 , the Company does not have any maintenance guarantees related to our Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
In connection with many of the loans to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, we and our joint venture partners (or entities related to them) have been required to give guarantees of completion to the lenders. Those completion guarantees may require that the guarantors complete the construction of the improvements for which the financing was obtained. If the construction is to be done in phases, the guarantee generally is limited to completing only the phases as to which construction has already commenced and for which loan proceeds were used.
During the year ended November 30, 2012 , there were other loan paydowns relating to recourse debt of $5.7 million . During the year ended November 30, 2011, there were: (1) payments of $1.7 million under our maintenance guarantees, and (2) other loan paydowns of $16.3 million , a portion of which related to amounts paid under our repayment guarantees. During the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , there were no payments under completion guarantees. Payments made to, or on behalf of, our unconsolidated entities, including payment made under guarantees, are recorded primarily as capital contributions to our Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
As of November 30, 2012 , the fair values of the repayment guarantees and completion guarantees were not material. We believe that as of November 30, 2012 , in the event we become legally obligated to perform under a guarantee of the obligation of a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity due to a triggering event under a guarantee, most of the time the collateral should be sufficient to repay at least a significant portion of the obligation or we and our partners would contribute additional capital into the venture.

51


The total debt of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which we have investments was as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Lennar’s net recourse exposure
$
49,889

 
74,905

Reimbursement agreements from partners
16,826

 
33,795

Lennar’s maximum recourse exposure
$
66,715

 
108,700

Non-recourse bank debt and other debt (partner’s share of several recourse)
$
114,900

 
149,937

Non-recourse land seller debt or other debt
26,340

 
26,391

Non-recourse debt with completion guarantees
458,418

 
441,770

Non-recourse debt without completion guarantees
93,430

 
233,829

Non-recourse debt to Lennar
693,088

 
851,927

Total debt
$
759,803

 
960,627

Lennar’s maximum recourse exposure as a % of total JV debt
9
%
 
11
%
In view of recent credit market conditions, it is not uncommon for lenders and/or real estate developers, including joint ventures in which we have interests, to assert non-monetary defaults (such as failure to meet construction completion deadlines or declines in the market value of collateral below required amounts) or technical monetary defaults against the real estate developers. In most instances, those asserted defaults are resolved by modifications of the loan terms, additional equity investments or other concessions by the borrowers. In addition, in some instances, real estate developers, including joint ventures in which we have interests, are forced to request temporary waivers of covenants in loan documents or modifications of loan terms, which are often, but not always obtained. However, in some instances developers, including joint ventures in which we have interests, are not able to meet their monetary obligations to lenders, and are thus declared in default. Because we sometimes guarantee all or portions of the obligations to lenders of joint ventures in which we have interests, when these joint ventures default on their obligations, lenders may or may not have claims against us. Normally, we do not make payments with regard to guarantees of joint venture obligations while the joint ventures are contesting assertions regarding sums due to their lenders. When it is determined that a joint venture is obligated to make a payment that we have guaranteed and the joint venture will not be able to make that payment, we accrue the amounts probable to be paid by us as a liability. Although we generally fulfill our guarantee obligations within a reasonable time after we determine that we are obligated with regard to them, at any point in time it is likely that we will have some balance of unpaid guarantee liability. At both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , we had no liabilities accrued for unpaid guarantees of joint venture indebtedness on our consolidated balance sheet.
The following table summarizes the principal maturities of our Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities (“JVs”) debt as per current debt arrangements as of November 30, 2012 and does not reflect estimates of future cash payments that will be made to reduce debt balances. Many JV loans have extension options in the loan agreements that would allow the loans to be extended into future years.
 
 
 
Principal Maturities of Unconsolidated JVs by Period
(In thousands)
Total JV
Assets (1)
 
Total JV
Debt
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
Thereafter
 
Other
Debt (2)
Net recourse debt to Lennar
 
 
49,889

 
16,298

 
4,461

 
1,870

 
27,260

 

Reimbursement agreements
 
 
16,826

 

 

 
16,826

 

 

Maximum recourse debt exposure to Lennar
$
1,843,163

 
66,715

 
16,298

 
4,461

 
18,696

 
27,260

 

Debt without recourse to Lennar
961,755

 
693,088

 
98,898

 
26,993

 
58,316

 
479,025

 
29,856

Total
$
2,804,918

 
759,803

 
115,196

 
31,454

 
77,012

 
506,285

 
29,856

(1)
Excludes unconsolidated joint venture assets where the joint venture has no debt.
(2)
Represents land seller debt and other debt

52


The following table is a breakdown of the assets, debt and equity of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated joint ventures by partner type as of November 30, 2012 :
(Dollars in thousands)
Total JV
Assets
 
Maximum
Recourse
Debt
Exposure
to Lennar
 
Reimbursement
Agreements
 
Net
Recourse
Debt to
Lennar
 
Total Debt
Without
Recourse
to Lennar
 
Total JV
Debt
 
Total JV
Equity
 
JV Debt
to Total
Capital
Ratio
 
Remaining
Homes/
Homesites
in JV
Partner Type:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial
$
2,414,209

 
44,327

 
16,826

 
27,501

 
535,939

 
580,266

 
1,520,323

 
28
%
 
39,248

Land Owners/Developers
406,695

 
17,928

 

 
17,928

 
84,898

 
102,826

 
287,192

 
26
%
 
14,482

Strategic
112,594

 
1,960

 

 
1,960

 
11,342

 
13,302

 
97,582

 
12
%
 
2,018

Other Builders
266,846

 
2,500

 

 
2,500

 
31,053

 
33,553

 
224,948

 
13
%
 
4,630

Total
$
3,200,344

 
66,715

 
16,826

 
49,889

 
663,232

 
729,947

 
2,130,045

 
26
%
 
60,378

Land seller debt and other debt
 
 

 

 

 
29,856

 
29,856

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total JV debt
 
 
66,715

 
16,826

 
49,889

 
693,088

 
759,803

 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below indicates the assets, debt and equity of our 10 largest Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated joint venture investments as of November 30, 2012 :
(Dollars in thousands)
Lennar’s
Investment
 
Total JV
Assets
 
Maximum
Recourse
Debt
Exposure
to Lennar
 
Reimbursement
Agreements
 
Net
Recourse
Debt to
Lennar
 
Total
Debt
Without
Recourse
to Lennar
 
Total JV
Debt
 
Total JV
Equity
 
JV Debt
to Total
Capital
Ratio
Top Ten JVs (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Heritage Fields El Toro
$
144,429

 
1,498,328

 
25,631

 

 
25,631

 
476,997

 
502,628

 
901,111

 
36
%
Central Park West Holdings
56,193

 
119,587

 
18,695

 
16,826

 
1,869

 
56,086

 
74,781

 
42,702

 
64
%
Newhall Land Development
44,968

 
466,215

 

 

 

 

 

 
260,747

 

Ballpark Village
42,339

 
132,071

 

 

 

 
46,910

 
46,910

 
84,558

 
36
%
Runkle Canyon
38,298

 
77,786

 

 

 

 

 

 
76,596

 

MS Rialto Residential Holdings
33,280

 
273,191

 

 

 

 
2,859

 
2,859

 
261,461

 
1
%
Treasure Island Community Development
27,522

 
56,526

 

 

 

 

 

 
55,074

 

LS College Park
26,957

 
56,087

 

 

 

 

 

 
52,773

 

Rocking Horse Partners
20,581

 
49,199

 

 

 

 
7,038

 
7,038

 
41,149

 
15
%
Krome Grove Land Trust
19,300

 
90,007

 
11,684

 

 
11,684

 
23,366

 
35,050

 
49,495

 
41
%
10 largest JV investments
453,867

 
2,818,997

 
56,010

 
16,826

 
39,184

 
613,256

 
669,266

 
1,825,666

 
27
%
Other JVs
111,493

 
381,347

 
10,705

 

 
10,705

 
49,976

 
60,681

 
304,379

 
17
%
Total
$
565,360

 
3,200,344

 
66,715

 
16,826

 
49,889

 
663,232

 
729,947

 
2,130,045

 
26
%
Land seller debt and other debt
 

 
 
 

 

 

 
29,856

 
29,856

 
 
 
 
Total JV debt
 

 
 
 
66,715

 
16,826

 
49,889

 
693,088

 
759,803

 
 
 
 
(1)
All of the joint ventures presented in the table above operate in our Homebuilding West segment except for Rocking Horse Partners, which operates in our Homebuilding Central segment, Krome Groves Land Trust, which operates in our Homebuilding Southeast Florida segment and MS Rialto Residential Holdings, which operates in all of our homebuilding segments and Homebuilding Other.

53


The table below indicates the percentage of assets, debt and equity of our 10 largest Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated joint venture investments as of November 30, 2012 :
 
% of
Total JV
Assets
 
% of Maximum
Recourse Debt
Exposure to
to Lennar
 
% of Net
Recourse
Debt to
Lennar
 
% of Total
Debt Without
Recourse to
Lennar
 
% of
Total JV
Equity
10 largest JVs
88
%
 
84
%
 
79
%
 
92
%
 
86
%
Other JVs
12
%
 
16
%
 
21
%
 
8
%
 
14
%
Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
Rialto Investments - Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
In March 2009, the Legacy Securities program was announced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) under the Federal government’s PPIP. The PPIP matched private capital with public capital and financing provided by the U.S. Treasury, which provided an opportunity for private investors to invest in certain non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and CMBS issued prior to 2009 that were originally rated AAA, or an equivalent rating, by two or more nationally recognized statistical organizations without ratings enhancements. These securities are backed directly by actual mortgage loans and not by other securities.
We committed to invest and contributed $75 million in a PPIP fund managed by AB. An affiliate of Rialto is a sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund and receives management fees for sub-advisory services. Total equity commitments of approximately $1.2 billion were made by private investors in this fund, and the U.S. Treasury committed to a matching amount of approximately $1.2 billion of equity in the fund, as well as agreeing to extend up to approximately $2.3 billion of debt financing. During the second half of 2012, all of the securities in the investment portfolio underlying the AB PPIP fund were monetized related to the unwinding of its operations, selling $5.9 billion in face amount of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities with a carrying value of $3.2 billion for $3.5 billion. As a result, we received $83.5 million in liquidating distributions. We also earned $9.1 million in fees from the segment's role as a sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund, which were included in the Rialto Investments revenues. As our role as sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund has been completed, no further management fees will be received for these services. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011, the carrying value of our investment in the AB PPIP fund was $0.2 million and $65.2 million , respectively.
In November 2010, the Rialto segment completed the first closing of Fund I. As of November 30, 2012 , the equity commitments of Fund I were $700 million (including the $75 million committed by us). All capital commitments have been called and funded. Fund I is closed to additional commitments. Fund I’s objective during its three-year investment period is to invest in distressed real estate assets and other related investments that fit within Fund I’s investment parameters. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , we contributed $41.7 million of which $13.9 million was distributed back to us as a return of capital contributions due to a securitization within Fund I. During the year ended November 30, 2011 , we contributed $60.6 million of which $13.4 million was distributed back to us as a return of excess capital contributions as a result of new investors in Fund I. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying value of our investment in Fund I was $98.9 million and $50.1 million , respectively. Total investor contributions to Fund I for the year ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 were $371.8 million and $387.8 million . respectively. Of the total contributions to Fund I during the year ended November 30, 2012, $130.0 million was distributed back to investors as a return of capital contributions due to a securitization within Fund I. Total investor contributions to Fund I since inception, including allocated income and net of the $130.0 million distribution were $923 million. During the year ended November 30, 2011, Fund I acquired distressed real estate asset portfolios and invested in CMBS at a discount to par value. For the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , our share of earnings from Fund I was $21.0 million and $2.9 million , respectively.
In December 2012, the Rialto segment completed the first closing of Fund II with initial equity commitments of approximately $260 million , including $100 million committed by us. The objective of Fund II during its three-year investment period is to invest in distressed real estate assets and other related investments that fit within Fund II’s investment parameters.
Additionally, another subsidiary in our Rialto segment has approximately a 5% investment in a Service Provider, which provides services to the consolidated LLCs, among others. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011, the carrying value of our investment in that entity was $8.4 million and $8.8 million , respectively.

54


Summarized condensed financial information on a combined 100% basis related to Rialto’s investments in unconsolidated entities that are accounted for by the equity method was as follows:
Balance Sheets
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets (1):
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
299,172

 
60,936

Loans receivable
361,286

 
274,213

Real estate owned
161,964

 
47,204

Investment securities
255,302

 
4,336,418

Other assets
199,839

 
171,196

 
$
1,277,563

 
4,889,967

Liabilities and equity (1):
 
 
 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
$
155,928

 
320,353

Notes payable
120,431

 
40,877

Partner loans
163,516

 
137,820

Debt due to the U.S. Treasury

 
2,044,950

Equity
837,688

 
2,345,967

 
$
1,277,563

 
4,889,967

 
(1)
During the year ended November 30, 2012, the AB PPIP fund unwound its operations by selling its investments. Therefore, the total assets, liabilities and equity of the Rialto Investments unconsolidated entities decreased significantly from November 30, 2011 to November 30, 2012.
Statements of Operations
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
$
414,027

 
470,282

 
357,330

Costs and expenses
243,483

 
183,326

 
209,103

Other income (expense), net (1)
713,710

 
(614,014
)
 
311,468

Net earnings (loss) of unconsolidated entities
$
884,254

 
(327,058
)
 
459,695

Rialto Investments equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
$
41,483

 
(7,914
)
 
15,363

 
(1)
Other income (expense), net for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 includes the AB PPIP Fund’s mark-to-market unrealized gains and losses, all of which our portion was a small percentage. For the year ended November 30, 2012, other income (expense), net, also includes realized gains from the sale of investments in the portfolio underlying the AB PPIP fund, of which our portion was a small percentage.
Option Contracts
We have access to land through option contracts, which generally enables us to control portions of properties owned by third parties (including land funds) and unconsolidated entities until we have determined whether to exercise the option.
A majority of our option contracts require a non-refundable cash deposit or irrevocable letter of credit based on a percentage of the purchase price of the land. Until recently, these option deposits generally have approximated 10% of the exercise price. Our option contracts sometimes include price adjustment provisions, which adjust the purchase price of the land to its approximate fair value at the time of acquisition or are based on fair value at the time of takedown. The exercise periods of our option contracts generally range from one-to-ten years.
Our investments in option contracts are recorded at cost unless those investments are determined to be impaired, in which case our investments are written down to fair value. We review option contracts for indicators of impairment during each reporting period. The most significant indicator of impairment is a decline in the fair value of the optioned property such that the purchase and development of the optioned property would no longer meet our targeted return on investment. Such declines

55


could be caused by a variety of factors including increased competition, decreases in demand or changes in local regulations that adversely impact the cost of development. Changes in any of these factors would cause us to re-evaluate the likelihood of exercising our land options.
Some option contracts contain a predetermined take-down schedule for the optioned land parcels. However, in almost all instances, we are not required to purchase land in accordance with those take-down schedules. In substantially all instances, we have the right and ability to not exercise our option and forfeit our deposit without further penalty, other than termination of the option and loss of any unapplied portion of our deposit and pre-acquisition costs. Therefore, in substantially all instances, we do not consider the take-down price to be a firm contractual obligation.
When we intend not to exercise an option, we write-off any deposit and pre-acquisition costs associated with the option contract. For the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , we wrote-off $2.4 million , $1.8 million and $3.1 million , respectively, of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs related to homesites under option that we do not intend to purchase.
The table below indicates the number of homesites owned and homesites to which we had access through option contracts with third parties (“optioned”) or unconsolidated joint ventures (“JVs”) (i.e., controlled homesites) at November 30, 2012 and 2011 :
 
Controlled Homesites
 
 
 
 
November 30, 2012
Optioned
 
JVs
 
Total
 
Owned
Homesites
 
Total
Homesites
East
3,973

 
302

 
4,275

 
34,907

 
39,182

Central
2,583

 
1,187

 
3,770

 
16,082

 
19,852

West
2,227

 
5,847

 
8,074

 
30,083

 
38,157

Southeast Florida
2,336

 
366

 
2,702

 
7,713

 
10,415

Houston
1,385

 
287

 
1,672

 
12,549

 
14,221

Other
808

 
45

 
853

 
5,804

 
6,657

Total homesites
13,312

 
8,034

 
21,346

 
107,138

 
128,484

 
Controlled Homesites
 
 
 
 
November 30, 2011
Optioned
 
JVs
 
Total
 
Owned
Homesites
 
Total
Homesites
East
4,017

 
423

 
4,440

 
30,595

 
35,035

Central
1,204

 
1,217

 
2,421

 
15,663

 
18,084

West
464

 
6,111

 
6,575

 
27,884

 
34,459

Southeast Florida
1,112

 
323

 
1,435

 
6,039

 
7,474

Houston
1,384

 
296

 
1,680

 
9,791

 
11,471

Other
133

 
18

 
151

 
4,712

 
4,863

Total homesites
8,314

 
8,388

 
16,702

 
94,684

 
111,386

We evaluate all option contracts for land to determine whether they are VIEs and, if so, whether we are the primary beneficiary of certain of these option contracts. Although we do not have legal title to the optioned land, if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary, we are required to consolidate the land under option at the purchase price of the optioned land. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the effect of consolidation of these option contracts was a net increase of $12.2 million to consolidated inventory not owned with a corresponding increase to liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2012 . To reflect the purchase price of the inventory consolidated, we reclassified the related option deposits from land under development to consolidated inventory not owned in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2012 . The liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned primarily represent the difference between the option exercise prices for the optioned land and our cash deposits. The increase to consolidated inventory not owned was offset by our exercise of options to acquire land under previously consolidated contracts, resulting in a net decrease in consolidated inventory not owned of $62.5 million for the year ended November 30, 2012 .
Our exposure to loss related to our option contracts with third parties and unconsolidated entities consisted of our non-refundable option deposits and pre-acquisition costs totaling $176.7 million and $156.8 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 . Additionally, we had posted $42.5 million and $44.1 million , respectively, of letters of credit in lieu of cash deposits under certain option contracts as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 .

56



Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following table summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at November 30, 2012:
Contractual Obligations
 
 
 
Payments Due by Period
(In thousands)
Total
 
Less than
1 year
 
1 to 3
years
 
3 to 5
years
 
More than
5 years
Lennar Homebuilding - Senior notes and other debts payable (1)
$
4,005,051

 
224,595

 
947,289

 
722,218

 
2,110,949

Lennar Financial Services - Notes and other debts payable
457,994

 
457,994

 

 

 

Interest commitments under interest bearing debt (2)
1,027,226

 
205,866

 
364,591

 
249,659

 
207,110

Rialto Investments - Notes payable (3)
574,480

 
316,466

 
250,672

 
6,026

 
1,316

Operating leases
101,074

 
26,321

 
36,652

 
17,151

 
20,950

Total contractual obligations (4)
$
6,165,825

 
1,231,242

 
1,599,204

 
995,054

 
2,340,325

(1)
Some of the senior notes and other debts payable are convertible senior notes, which have been included in this table based on maturity dates, but they are putable to us at earlier dates than as disclosed in this table. The puts are described in the detail description of each of the convertible senior notes in the financial condition and capital resources section of this M,D&A.
(2)
Interest commitments on variable interest-bearing debt are determined based on the interest rate as of November 30, 2012.
(3)
Amount includes $470.0 million of notes payable that was consolidated as part of the LLC consolidation related to the FDIC transaction and is non-recourse to Lennar; however, at November 30, 2012, $223.8 million of cash collections on loans in excess of expenses had been deposited in a defeasance account established for the repayment of the FDIC notes payable.
(4)
Total contractual obligations excludes our gross unrecognized tax benefits of $12.3 million as of November 30, 2012, because we are unable to make reasonable estimates as to the period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities. It also excludes a commitment to fund Rialto segment's equity investments made subsequent to November 30, 2012 ($100.0 million in Fund II).
We are subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts (including option contracts) for the purchase, development and sale of real estate in the routine conduct of our business. Option contracts for the purchase of land generally enable us to defer acquiring portions of properties owned by third parties and unconsolidated entities until we have determined whether to exercise our option. This reduces our financial risk associated with land holdings. At November 30, 2012, we had access to 21,346 homesites through option contracts with third parties and unconsolidated entities in which we have investments. At November 30, 2012, we had $176.7 million of non-refundable option deposits and pre-acquisition costs related to certain of these homesites and $42.5 million of letters of credit posted in lieu of cash deposits under certain option contracts.
At November 30, 2012, we had letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $312.2 million (which included the $42.5 million of letters of credit discussed above). These letters of credit are generally posted either with regulatory bodies to guarantee our performance of certain development and construction activities, or in lieu of cash deposits on option contracts, for insurance risks, credit enhancements and as other collateral. Additionally, at November 30, 2012, we had outstanding performance and surety bonds related to site improvements at various projects (including certain projects in our joint ventures) of $606.5 million. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, these bonds are generally not released until all of the development and construction activities are completed. As of November 30, 2012, there were approximately $347.8 million, or 57%, of costs to complete related to these site improvements. We do not presently anticipate any draws upon these bonds, but if any such draws occur, we do not believe they would have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Our Lennar Financial Services segment had a pipeline of loan applications in process of $1.1 billion at November 30, 2012. Loans in process for which interest rates were committed to the borrowers and builder commitments for loan programs totaled $409.1 million as of November 30, 2012. Substantially all of these commitments were for periods of 60 days or less. Since a portion of these commitments is expected to expire without being exercised by the borrowers or borrowers may not meet certain criteria at the time of closing, the total commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Our Lennar Financial Services segment uses mandatory mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) forward commitments, option contracts and investor commitments to hedge our mortgage-related interest rate exposure. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk. Credit risk associated with MBS forward commitments, option

57


contracts and loan sales transactions is managed by limiting our counterparties to investment banks, federally regulated bank affiliates and other investors meeting our credit standards. Our risk, in the event of default by the purchaser, is the difference between the contract price and fair value of the MBS forward commitments and option contracts. At November 30, 2012, we had open commitments amounting to $594.0 million to sell MBS with varying settlement dates through February 2013.
The following sections discuss economic conditions, market and financing risk, seasonality and interest rates and changing prices that may have an impact on our business:

Economic Conditions
Throughout 2012, we have seen fundamental shifts and resulting trends that indicate the housing market has stabilized and is currently recovering. This shift has been driven by a combination of low home prices, low interest rates, reduced foreclosures and an extremely favorable rent-to-own comparison making the decision for qualified homebuyers to buy homes more attractive than the escalating cost of renting. Our sales of homes revenue increased 33% compared to the prior year, our home deliveries increased 27% and our new orders increased 37% year over year. In addition, our gross margins on home sales increased to $793.3 million , or 22.7% , in the year ended November 30, 2012 , from $523.4 million , or 19.9% , in the year ended November 30, 2011 . The improvement in gross margins was primarily due to a greater percentage of deliveries from our new higher margin communities, a decrease in sales incentives offered to homebuyers as a percentage of revenue from home sales, an increase in the average sales price of homes delivered and lower valuation adjustments. In addition, the year ended November 30, 2012, was our third consecutive year of profitability with net earnings of $679.1 million , or $3.11 per diluted share ( $3.58 per basic share), compared to $92.2 million , or $0.48 per diluted share ( $0.49 per basic share), during the year ended November 30, 2011 . A substantial portion of our net earnings resulted from the reversal of a majority of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $491.5 million, or $2.25 per diluted share. Our 2012 earnings before taxes were $222.1 million, compared to $98.0 million in 2011.

Market and Financing Risk
We finance our contributions to JVs, land acquisition and development activities, construction activities, financial services activities, Rialto investing activities and general operating needs primarily with cash generated from operations, debt issuances and equity issuances, as well as borrowings under our warehouse repurchase facilities. We also purchase land under option agreements, which enables us to control homesites until we have determined whether to exercise the option. We tried to manage the financial risks of adverse market conditions associated with land holdings by what we believed to be prudent underwriting of land purchases in areas we viewed as desirable growth markets, careful management of the land development process and, until recent years, limitation of risks by using partners to share the costs of purchasing and developing land, as well as obtaining access to land through option contracts. Although we believed our land underwriting standards were conservative, we did not anticipate the severe decline in land values and the sharply reduced demand for new homes encountered since 2007.

Seasonality
We have historically experienced variability in our results of operations from quarter-to-quarter due to the seasonal nature of the homebuilding and financial services business.

Interest Rates and Changing Prices
Inflation can have a long-term impact on us because increasing costs of land, materials and labor result in a need to increase the sales prices of homes. In addition, inflation is often accompanied by higher interest rates, which can have a negative impact on housing demand and the costs of financing land development activities and housing construction. Rising interest rates, as well as increased materials and labor costs, may reduce gross margins. An increase in material and labor costs is particularly a problem during a period of declining home prices. Conversely, deflation can impact the value of real estate and make it difficult for us to recover our land costs. Therefore, either inflation or deflation could adversely impact our future results of operations.

New Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs , (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 amends ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements , (“ASC 820”), providing a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement and expands the ASC 820 disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 was effective for our fiscal year beginning

58


December 1, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements, but did require certain additional disclosures.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income , (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for our quarter ending February 28, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements, but will require a change in the presentation of our comprehensive income from the notes of the consolidated financial statements, where it is currently disclosed, to the face of the consolidated financial statements.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment , (“ASU 2011-08”), which amends the guidance in ASC 350-20, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Goodwill . Under ASU 2011-08, entities have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit when testing goodwill for impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit is determined, based on qualitative factors, to be more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then entities are required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-08 will be effective for our fiscal year that began December 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this document. As discussed in Note 1, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements. Listed below are those policies and estimates that we believe are critical and require the use of significant judgment in their application.
Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets
We record income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and attributable to operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or paid. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted.
A reduction of the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance is required if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets are assessed each reporting period by us based on the more-likely-than-not realization threshold criterion. In the assessment for a valuation allowance, appropriate consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, our experience with loss carryforwards not expiring unused and tax planning alternatives.
During the year ended November 30, 2012, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the majority of our deferred tax assets would be utilized. This conclusion was based on a detailed evaluation of all relevant evidence, both positive and negative. The positive evidence included factors such as eleven consecutive quarters of earnings, the expectation of continued earnings and evidence of a sustained recovery in the housing markets that we operate. Such evidence is supported by us experiencing significant increases in key financial indicators, including new orders, revenues, gross margin, backlog, gross margin in backlog and deliveries compared with the prior year. We have also restructured our corporate and field operations, significantly reducing our cost structure and permitting us to generate profits at a lower level of activity. Economic data has also been affirming the housing market recovery. Housing starts, homebuilding volume and prices are increasing and forecasted to continue to increase. Low mortgage rates, affordable home prices, reduced foreclosures, and a favorable home ownership to rental comparison continue to drive the recovery. Lastly, we project to use the majority of our net operating losses in the allowable carryforward periods, and we have no history of net operating losses expiring unutilized.
We are required to use judgment in considering the relative impact of negative and positive evidence when determining the need for a valuation allowance for our deferred tax asset. The weight given to the potential effect of negative and positive evidence shall be commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists, the more positive evidence is necessary. The most significant direct negative evidence that currently exists is that we are currently in a cumulative four-year loss position. However, our cumulative four-year loss is declining

59


significantly as a result of eleven consecutive quarters of profitability and based on or current earnings level we will realize a majority of our deferred tax assets.
Based on the analysis of positive and negative evidence, we believe that there is enough positive evidence to overcome our current cumulative loss position. Therefore, we concluded that it was more likely than not that we will realize our deferred tax assets, and reversed the majority of the valuation allowance established against our deferred tax assets during the year ended November 30, 2012.
Accordingly, we reversed $491.5 million o f the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Based on an analysis utilizing objectively verifiable evidence, it was not more likely than not that certain state net operating loss carryforwards would be utilized. As a result, we had a valuation allowance of $88.8 million against our deferred tax assets as of November 30, 2012 , which is primarily related to state net operating loss carryforwards. Our deferred tax assets, net were $467.6 million at November 30, 2012 of which $474.9 million were deferred tax assets included in Lennar Homebuilding's other assets on our consolidated balance sheets and $7.3 million were deferred tax liabilities included in Lennar Financial Services segment's liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. The valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets was $576.9 million at November 30, 2011 . During the year ended November 30, 2011, we recorded a reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $32.6 million primarily due to net earnings generated during the year. As of November 30, 2011 , we had no net deferred tax assets. In future periods, the allowance could be reduced further if sufficient additional positive evidence is present indicating that it is more likely than not that a portion or all of our deferred tax assets will be realized.
We believe that the accounting estimate for the valuation of deferred tax assets is a critical accounting estimate because judgment is required in assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. We base our estimate of deferred tax assets and liabilities on current tax laws and rates and, in certain cases, business plans and other expectations about future outcomes. Changes in existing tax laws or rates could affect actual tax results and future business results, which may affect the amount of deferred tax liabilities or the valuation of deferred tax assets over time. Our accounting for deferred tax consequences represents our best estimate of future events.

Lennar Homebuilding Operations
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from sales of homes are recognized when sales are closed and title passes to the new homeowner, the new homeowner’s initial and continuing investment is adequate to demonstrate a commitment to pay for the home, the new homeowner’s receivable is not subject to future subordination and we do not have a substantial continuing involvement with the new home. Revenues from sales of land are recognized when a significant down payment is received, the earnings process is complete, title passes and collectability of the receivable is reasonably assured. We believe that the accounting policy related to revenue recognition is a critical accounting policy because of the significance of revenue.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at cost unless the inventory within a community is determined to be impaired, in which case the impaired inventory is written down to fair value. Inventory costs include land, land development and home construction costs, real estate taxes, deposits on land purchase contracts and interest related to development and construction. We review our inventory for indicators of impairment by evaluating each community during each reporting period. The inventory within each community is categorized as finished homes and construction in progress or land under development based on the development state of the community. There were 457 and 420 active communities as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. If the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by a community are less than its carrying amount, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying amount of such community to its fair value.
In conducting our review for indicators of impairment on a community level, we evaluate, among other things, the margins on homes that have been delivered, margins on homes under sales contracts in backlog, projected margins with regard to future home sales over the life of the community, projected margins with regard to future land sales, and the estimated fair value of the land itself. We pay particular attention to communities in which inventory is moving at a slower than anticipated absorption pace and communities whose average sales price and/or margins are trending downward and are anticipated to continue to trend downward. From this review, we identify communities whose carrying values exceed their undiscounted cash flows. Revenues and gross margins for all of our homebuilding segments, and Homebuilding Other for the year ended November 30, 2012 have increased compared to the year ended November 30, 2011 due to an increase in absorption pace.
We estimate the fair value of our communities using a discounted cash flow model. The projected cash flows for each community are significantly impacted by estimates related to market supply and demand, product type by community, homesite sizes, sales pace, sales prices, sales incentives, construction costs, sales and marketing expenses, the local economy, competitive conditions, labor costs, costs of materials and other factors for that particular community. Every division evaluates the historical performance of each of its communities as well as current trends in the market and economy impacting the community and its

60


surrounding areas. These trends are analyzed for each of the estimates listed above. For example, since the start of the downturn in the housing market, we have found ways to reduce our construction costs in many communities, and this reduction in construction costs in addition to changes in product type in many communities has impacted future estimated cash flows.
Each of the homebuilding markets in which we operate is unique, as homebuilding has historically been a local business driven by local market conditions and demographics. Each of our homebuilding markets has specific supply and demand relationships reflective of local economic conditions. Our projected cash flows are impacted by many assumptions. Some of the most critical assumptions in our cash flow models are our projected absorption pace for home sales, sales prices and costs to build and deliver our homes on a community by community basis.
In order to arrive at the assumed absorption pace for home sales included in our cash flow models, we analyze our historical absorption pace in the community as well as other comparable communities in the geographical area. In addition, we consider internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing our historical absorption pace for home sales and corresponding internal and external market studies, we place greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as the absorption pace realized in our most recent quarters as well as forecasted population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product. Generally, if we notice a variation from historical results over a span of two fiscal quarters, we consider such variation to be the establishment of a trend and adjust our historical information accordingly in order to develop assumptions on the projected absorption pace in the cash flow model for a community.
In order to determine the assumed sales prices included in our cash flow models, we analyze the historical sales prices realized on homes we delivered in the community and other comparable communities in the geographical area as well as the sales prices included in our current backlog for such communities. In addition, we consider internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on sales prices in neighboring communities and sales prices on similar products in non-neighboring communities in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing our historical sales prices and corresponding market studies, we also place greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as future forecasted sales prices in neighboring communities as well as future forecasted sales prices for similar product in non-neighboring communities. Generally, if we notice a variation from historical results over a span of two fiscal quarters, we consider such variation to be the establishment of a trend and adjust our historical information accordingly in order to develop assumptions on the projected sales prices in the cash flow model for a community.
In order to arrive at our assumed costs to build and deliver our homes, we generally assume a cost structure reflecting contracts currently in place with our vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure. Costs assumed in our cash flow models for our communities are generally based on the rates we are currently obligated to pay under existing contracts with our vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure.
Since the estimates and assumptions included in our cash flow models are based upon historical results and projected trends, they do not anticipate unexpected changes in market conditions or strategies that may lead to us incurring additional impairment charges in the future.
Using all the available information, we calculate our best estimate of projected cash flows for each community. While many of the estimates are calculated based on historical and projected trends, all estimates are subjective and change from market to market and community to community as market and economic conditions change. The determination of fair value also requires discounting the estimated cash flows at a rate we believe a market participant would determine to be commensurate with the inherent risks associated with the assets and related estimated cash flow streams. The discount rate used in determining each asset’s fair value depends on the community’s projected life and development stage. We generally use a discount rate of approximately 20%, subject to the perceived risks associated with the community’s cash flow streams relative to its inventory.
We estimate the fair value of inventory evaluated for impairment based on market conditions and assumptions made by management at the time the inventory is evaluated, which may differ materially from actual results if market conditions or our assumptions change. For example, further market deterioration or changes in our assumptions may lead to us incurring additional impairment charges on previously impaired inventory, as well as on inventory not currently impaired, but for which indicators of impairment may arise if further market deterioration occurs.
We also have access to land inventory through option contracts, which generally enables us to defer acquiring portions of properties owned by third parties and unconsolidated entities until we have determined whether to exercise our option. A majority of our option contracts require a non-refundable cash deposit or irrevocable letter of credit based on a percentage of the purchase price of the land. Our option contracts are recorded at cost. In determining whether to walk-away from an option contract, we evaluate the option primarily based upon the expected cash flows from the property under option. If we intend to walk-away from an option contract, we record a charge to earnings in the period such decision is made for the deposit amount and any related pre-acquisition costs associated with the option contract.

61


We believe that the accounting related to inventory valuation and impairment is a critical accounting policy because: (1) assumptions inherent in the valuation of our inventory are highly subjective and susceptible to change and (2) the impact of recognizing impairments on our inventory has been and could continue to be material to our consolidated financial statements. Our evaluation of inventory impairment, as discussed above, includes many assumptions. The critical assumptions include the timing of the home sales within a community, management’s projections of selling prices and costs and the discount rate applied to estimate the fair value of the homesites within a community on the balance sheet date. Our assumptions on the timing of home sales are critical because the homebuilding industry has historically been cyclical and sensitive to changes in economic conditions such as interest rates, credit availability, unemployment levels and consumer sentiment. Changes in these economic conditions could materially affect the projected sales price, costs to develop the homesites and/or absorption rate in a community. Our assumptions on discount rates are critical because the selection of a discount rate affects the estimated fair value of the homesites within a community. A higher discount rate reduces the estimated fair value of the homesites within the community, while a lower discount rate increases the estimated fair value of the homesites within a community. Because of changes in economic and market conditions and assumptions and estimates required of management in valuing inventory during changing market conditions, actual results could differ materially from management’s assumptions and may require material inventory impairment charges to be recorded in the future.
During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , we recorded the following inventory impairments:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Valuation adjustments to finished homes, CIP and land on which we intend to build homes (1)
$
12,574

 
35,726

 
44,717

Valuation adjustments to land we intend to sell or have sold to third parties
666

 
456

 
3,436

Write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs
2,389

 
1,784

 
3,105

 
$
15,629

 
37,966

 
51,258

(1)
Valuation adjustments to finished homes, CIP and land on which we intend to build homes for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 relate to 12 communities, 38 communities and 33 communities, respectively.
The valuation adjustments were estimated based on market conditions and assumptions made by management at the time the valuation adjustments were recorded, which may differ materially from actual results if market conditions or our assumptions change. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this document for details related to valuation adjustments and write-offs by reportable segment and Homebuilding Other.
Warranty Costs
Although we subcontract virtually all aspects of construction to others and our contracts call for the subcontractors to repair or replace any deficient items related to their trades, we are primarily responsible to homebuyers to correct any deficiencies. Additionally, in some instances, we may be held responsible for the actions of or losses incurred by subcontractors. Warranty reserves are established at an amount estimated to be adequate to cover potential costs for materials and labor with regard to warranty-type claims expected to be incurred subsequent to the delivery of a home. Reserves are determined based upon historical data and trends with respect to similar product types and geographical areas. We believe the accounting estimate related to the reserve for warranty costs is a critical accounting estimate because the estimate requires a large degree of judgment.
At November 30, 2012 , the reserve for warranty costs was $84.2 million , which included $2.9 million related to Defective Chinese drywall that was purchased and installed by various of our subcontractors. While we believe that the reserve for warranty costs is adequate, there can be no assurances that historical data and trends will accurately predict our actual warranty costs. Additionally, there can be no assurances that future economic or financial developments might not lead to a significant change in the reserve.
Lennar Homebuilding Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
We strategically invest in unconsolidated entities that acquire and develop land (1) for our homebuilding operations or for sale to third parties or (2) for construction of homes for sale to third-party homebuyers. Our partners generally are unrelated homebuilders, land owners/developers and financial or other strategic partners.
Most of the unconsolidated entities through which we acquire and develop land are accounted for by the equity method of accounting because we are not the primary beneficiary, and we have a significant, but less than controlling, interest in the entities. We record our investments in these entities in our consolidated balance sheets as “Lennar Homebuilding Investments in Unconsolidated Entities” and our pro-rata share of the entities’ earnings or losses in our consolidated statements

62


of operations as “Lennar Homebuilding Equity in Loss from Unconsolidated Entities,” as described in Note 4 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Advances to these entities are included in the investment balance.
Management looks at specific criteria and uses its judgment when determining if we are the primary beneficiary of, or have a controlling interest in, an unconsolidated entity. Factors considered in determining whether we have significant influence or we have control include risk and reward sharing, experience and financial condition of the other partners, voting rights, involvement in day-to-day capital and operating decisions and continuing involvement. The accounting policy relating to the use of the equity method of accounting is a critical accounting policy due to the judgment required in determining whether we are the primary beneficiary or have control or significant influence.
As of November 30, 2012 , we believe that the equity method of accounting is appropriate for our investments in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities where we are not the primary beneficiary and we do not have a controlling interest, but rather share control with our partners. At November 30, 2012 , the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which we had investments had total assets of $3.2 billion and total liabilities of $1.1 billion .
We evaluate our investments in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities for indicators of impairment during each reporting period. A series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a decrease in the value of our investment in the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity has occurred which is other-than-temporary. The amount of impairment recognized is the excess of the investment’s carrying amount over its estimated fair value.
The evaluation of our investment in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities includes certain critical assumptions: (1) projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities, (2) discount rates applied to the future distributions and (3) various other factors.
Our assumptions on the projected future distributions from the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities are dependent on market conditions. Specifically, distributions are dependent on cash to be generated from the sale of inventory by the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities. Such inventory is also reviewed for potential impairment by the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities. The review for inventory impairment performed by the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities is materially consistent with our process, as discussed above, for evaluating our own inventory as of the end of a reporting period. The Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities generally also use a discount rate of approximately 20% in their reviews for impairment, subject to the perceived risks associated with the community’s cash flow streams relative to its inventory. If a valuation adjustment is recorded by an unconsolidated entity related to its assets, our proportionate share is reflected in our Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities with a corresponding decrease to our Lennar Homebuilding investment in unconsolidated entities. In certain instances, we may be required to record additional losses relating to our Lennar Homebuilding investment in unconsolidated entities; if our investment in the unconsolidated entity, or a portion thereof, is deemed to be other than temporarily impaired. These losses are included in Lennar Homebuilding other income (expense), net. We believe our assumptions on the projected future distributions from the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities are critical because the operating results of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities from which the projected distributions are derived are dependent on the status of the homebuilding industry, which has historically been cyclical and sensitive to changes in economic conditions such as interest rates, credit availability, unemployment levels and consumer sentiment. Changes in these economic conditions could materially affect the projected operational results of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities from which the distributions are derived.
In addition, we believe our assumptions on discount rates are critical accounting policies because the selection of the discount rates affects the estimated fair value of our Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities. A higher discount rate reduces the estimated fair value of our Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities, while a lower discount rate increases the estimated fair value of our Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities. Because of changes in economic conditions, actual results could differ materially from management’s assumptions and may require material valuation adjustments to our Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities to be recorded in the future.
Additionally, we consider various qualitative factors to determine if a decrease in the value of our investment is other-than-temporary. These factors include age of the venture, stage in its life cycle, intent and ability for us to recover our investment in the entity, financial condition and long-term prospects of the entity, short-term liquidity needs of the unconsolidated entity, trends in the general economic environment of the land, profitability from homes delivered on land acquired by us from the joint venture, entitlement status of the land held by the unconsolidated entity, overall projected returns on investments, defaults under contracts with third parties (including bank debt), recoverability of the investment through future cash flows and relationships with the other partners and banks. If we believe that the decline in the fair value of the investment is temporary, then no impairment is recorded.

63


During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , we recorded the following valuation adjustments related to our Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Our share of valuation adjustments related to assets of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities
$
12,145

 
8,869

 
10,461

Valuation adjustments to Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities
18

 
10,489

 
1,735

 
$
12,163

 
19,358

 
12,196

These valuation adjustments were calculated based on market conditions and assumptions made by management at the time the valuation adjustments were recorded, which may differ materially from actual results if market conditions or our assumptions change. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this document for details related to valuation adjustments and write-offs by reportable segment and Homebuilding Other.
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
GAAP requires the consolidation of VIEs in which an enterprise has a controlling financial interest. A controlling financial interest will have both of the following characteristics: (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
Our variable interest in VIEs may be in the form of (1) equity ownership, (2) contracts to purchase assets, (3) management services and development agreements between us and a VIE, (4) loans provided by us to a VIE or other partner and/or (5) guarantees provided by members to banks and other third parties. We examine specific criteria and use our judgment when determining if we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE. Factors considered in determining whether we are the primary beneficiary include risk and reward sharing, experience and financial condition of other partner(s), voting rights, involvement in day-to-day capital and operating decisions, representation on a VIE’s executive committee, existence of unilateral kick-out rights or voting rights, level of economic disproportionality between us and the other partner(s) and contracts to purchase assets from VIEs. The accounting policy relating to variable interest entities is a critical accounting policy because the determination whether an entity is a VIE and, if so, whether we are primary beneficiary may require us to exercise significant judgment.
Generally, all major decision making in our joint ventures is shared between all partners. In particular, business plans and budgets are generally required to be unanimously approved by all partners. Usually, management and other fees earned by us are nominal and believed to be at market and there is no significant economic disproportionality between us and other partners. Generally, we purchase less than a majority of the JV’s assets and the purchase prices under our option contracts are believed to be at market.
Generally, our Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities become VIEs and consolidate when the other partner(s) lack the intent and financial wherewithal to remain in the entity. As a result, we continue to fund operations and debt paydowns through partner loans or substituted capital contributions.

Financial Services Operations
Revenue Recognition
Premiums from title insurance policies are recognized as revenue on the effective date of the policies. Escrow fees and loan origination revenues are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. Expected gains and losses from the sale of loans and their related servicing rights are included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings at the time of commitment. Interest income on loans held-for-sale and loans held-for-investment is recognized as earned over the terms of the mortgage loans based on the contractual interest rates. We believe that the accounting policy related to revenue recognition is a critical accounting policy because of the significance of revenue.
Loan Origination Liabilities
Substantially all of the loans we originate are sold within a short period in the secondary mortgage market on a servicing released, non-recourse basis. After the loans are sold, we retain potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that we breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. There has been an increased industry-wide effort by purchasers to defray their losses in an unfavorable economic environment by purporting to have found inaccuracies related to sellers’ representations and warranties in particular loan sale agreements. Our mortgage

64


operations has established reserves for possible losses associated with mortgage loans previously originated and sold to investors. We establish reserves for such possible losses based upon, among other things, an analysis of repurchase requests received, an estimate of potential repurchase claims not yet received and actual past repurchases and losses through the disposition of affected loans, as well as previous settlements. While we believe that we have adequately reserved for known losses and projected repurchase requests, given the volatility in the mortgage industry and the uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of these claims, if either actual repurchases or the losses incurred resolving those repurchases exceed our expectations, additional recourse expense may be incurred. This allowance requires management’s judgment and estimate. For these reasons, we believe that the accounting estimate related to the loan origination losses is a critical accounting estimate.
Goodwill
At both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , our goodwill was $34.0 million , which is part of our Lennar Financial Services segment. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in business combinations. Evaluating goodwill for impairment involves the determination of the fair value of our reporting units in which we have recorded goodwill. A reporting unit is a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by management on a regular basis. Inherent in the determination of fair value of our reporting units are certain estimates and judgments, including the interpretation of current economic indicators and market valuations as well as our strategic plans with regard to our operations. To the extent additional information arises or our strategies change, it is possible that our conclusion regarding goodwill impairment could change, which could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations. For these reasons, we believe that the accounting estimate related to goodwill impairment is a critical accounting estimate.
We review goodwill annually (or whenever indicators of impairment exist) for impairment. We evaluated the carrying value of our Lennar Financial Services segment’s goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2012. We estimated the fair value of our Financial Services’ title operations based on the income approach and concluded that a goodwill impairment was not required for 2012.
The income approach establishes fair value by methods which discount or capitalize earnings and/or cash flow by a discount or capitalization rate that reflects market rate of return expectations, market conditions and the risk of the relative investment. We used a discounted cash flow method when applying the income approach. This analysis includes operating income, interest expense, taxes and incremental working capital, as well as other factors. The projections used in the analysis are for a five-year period and represent what we consider to be normalized earnings.
In determining the fair value of our Lennar Financial Services title operations under the income approach, our expected cash flows are affected by various assumptions. The most significant assumptions affecting our expected cash flows are the discount rate, projected revenue growth rate and operating profit margin. The impact of a change in any of our significant underlying assumptions +/- 1% would not result in a materially different fair value.
During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , we did not record goodwill impairment charges. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , there were no material identifiable intangible assets, other than goodwill.

Rialto Investments
Loans Receivable - Revenue Recognition
All of the acquired loans for which (1) there was evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and (2) for which it was deemed probable that we would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments were accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality , (“ASC 310-30”). For loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, management determined upon acquisition the loan’s value based on due diligence on each of the loans, the underlying properties and the borrowers. We determined fair value by discounting the cash flows expected to be collected adjusted for factors that a market participant would consider when determining fair value. Factors considered in the valuation were projected cash flows for the loans, type of loan and related collateral, classification status and current discount rates. Since the estimates are based on projections, all estimates are subjective and can change due to unexpected changes in economic conditions and loan performance.
Under ASC 310-30, loans were pooled together according to common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single component interest rate and as aggregate expectation of cash flows. The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected over the cost of the loans acquired is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loans using the effective yield method. The difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. This difference is neither accreted into income nor recorded on our consolidated balance sheets.

65


Our Rialto segment periodically evaluates its estimate of cash flows expected to be collected on its portfolios. These evaluations require the continued use of key assumptions and estimates, similar to those used in the initial estimate of fair value of the loans to allocate purchase price. Subsequent changes in the estimated cash flows expected to be collected may result in changes in the accretable yield and nonaccretable difference or reclassifications from nonaccretable yield to accretable yield. Increases in the cash flows expected to be collected will generally result in an increase in interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans. Decreases in expected cash flows due to further deterioration will generally result in an impairment recognized as a provision for loan losses, resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan losses. Prepayments are treated as a reduction of cash flows expected to be collected and a reduction of contractually required payments such that the nonaccretable difference is not affected.
We believe that the accounting related to loans with deteriorated credit quality and that the accounting for accretable yield are critical accounting policies because of the significant judgment involved.
Nonaccrual Loans - Revenue Recognition & Impairment
At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , there were loans receivable with a carrying value of approximately $40 million and $74 million , respectively, for which interest income was not being recognized as they were classified as nonaccrual. When forecasted principal and interest cannot be reasonably estimated at the loan acquisition date, management classifies the loan as nonaccrual and accounts for these assets in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivable , (“ASC 310-10”). When a loan is classified as nonaccrual, any subsequent cash receipt is accounted for using the cost recovery method. In accordance with ASC 310-10, a loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events; it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. A provision for loan losses is recognized when the recorded investment in the loan is in excess of its fair value. The fair value of the loan is determined by using either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. For these reasons, we believe that the accounting for nonaccrual loans is a critical accounting estimate.
Real Estate Owned
REO represents real estate that our Rialto segment has taken control or has effective control of in partial or full satisfaction of loans receivable. At the time of acquisition of a property through foreclosure of a loan, REO is recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell if classified as held-for-sale or at fair value if classified as held-and-used, which becomes the property’s new basis. The fair values of these assets are determined in part by placing reliance on third party appraisals of the properties and/or internally prepared analyses of recent offers or prices on comparable properties in the proximate vicinity. The third party appraisals and internally developed analyses are significantly impacted by the local market economy, market supply and demand, competitive conditions and prices on comparable properties, adjusted for date of sale, location, property size, and other factors. Each REO is unique and is analyzed in the context of the particular market where the property is located. In order to establish the significant assumptions for a particular REO, we analyze historical trends, including trends achieved by our local homebuilding operations, if applicable, and current trends in the market and economy impacting the REO. Using available trend information, we then calculate our best estimate of fair value, which can include projected cash flows discounted at a rate we believe a market participant would determine to be commensurate with the inherent risks associated with the assets and related estimated cash flow streams.
Changes in economic factors, consumer demand and market conditions, among other things, could materially impact estimates used in the third party appraisals and/or internally prepared analyses of recent offers or prices on comparable properties. Thus, estimates can differ significantly from the amounts ultimately realized by our Rialto segment from disposition of these assets. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan is less than the REO’s fair value (net of estimated cost to sell if held-for-sale), is recorded as an unrealized gain on foreclosure in our consolidated statement of operations. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan is greater than the REO’s fair value (net of estimated cost to sell if held-for-sale) is initially recorded as an impairment in our consolidated statement of operations.
Additionally, REO includes real estate which Rialto has purchased directly from financial institutions. These REOs are recorded at cost or allocated cost if purchased in a bulk transaction.
Subsequent to obtaining REO via foreclosure or directly from a financial institution, management periodically performs valuations using the methodologies described above such that the real estate is carried at the lower of its cost basis or current fair value, less estimated costs to sell if classified as held-for-sale, or at the lower of its cost basis or current fair value if classified as held-and-used. Any subsequent valuation adjustments, operating expenses or income, and gains and losses on disposition of such properties are also recognized in our Rialto Investments other income, net. REO assets classified as held-and-used are depreciated using a useful life of forty years for commercial properties and twenty seven and a half years for residential properties. Our REO assets classified as held-for-sale are not depreciated. Occasionally an asset will require certain improvements to yield a higher return. In accordance with ASC 970-340-25, Real Estate , construction costs incurred prior to acquisition or during development of the asset may be capitalized.

66


We believe that the accounting for REO is a critical accounting policy because of the significant judgment required in the third party appraisals and/or internally prepared analysis of recent offers or prices of comparable properties in the proximate vicinity used to estimate the fair value of the REOs.
Consolidations of Variable Interest Entities
In 2010, our Rialto segment acquired indirectly 40% managing member equity interests in two limited liability companies (“LLCs”), in partnership with the FDIC. We determined that each of the LLCs met the definition of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and we were the primary beneficiary. In accordance with ASC 810-10-65-2, Consolidations , (“ASC 810-10-65-2”), we identified the activities that most significantly impact the LLCs’ economic performance and determined that we have the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the LLCs is most significantly impacted by the performance of the LLCs’ portfolios of assets, which consist primarily of distressed residential and commercial mortgage loans. Thus, the activities that most significantly impact the LLCs’ economic performance are the servicing and disposition of mortgage loans and real estate obtained through foreclosure of loans, restructuring of loans, or other planned activities associated with the monetizing of loans.
The FDIC does not have the unilateral power to terminate our role in managing the LLCs and servicing the loan portfolio. While the FDIC has the right to prevent certain types of transactions (i.e., bulk sales, selling assets with recourse back to the selling entity, selling assets with representations and warranties and financing the sales of assets without the FDIC’s approval), the FDIC does not have full voting or blocking rights over the LLCs’ activities, making their voting rights protective in nature, not substantive participating voting rights. Other than as described in the preceding sentence, which are not the primary activities of the LLCs, we can cause the LLCs to enter into both the disposition and restructuring of loans without any involvement of the FDIC. Additionally, the FDIC has no voting rights with regard to the operation/management of the operating properties that are acquired upon foreclosure of loans (e.g. REO) and no voting rights over the business plans of the LLCs. The FDIC can make suggestions regarding the business plans, but we can decide not to follow the FDIC’s suggestions and not to incorporate them in the business plans. Since the FDIC’s voting rights are protective in nature and not substantive participating voting rights, we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the LLCs’ economic performance.
In accordance with ASC 810-10-65-2, we determined that we had an obligation to absorb losses of the LLCs that could potentially be significant to the LLCs or the right to receive benefits from the LLCs that could potentially be significant to the LLCs based on the following factors:
Rialto/Lennar owns 40% of the equity of the LLCs. The LLCs have issued notes to the FDIC totaling $626.9 million . The notes issued by the LLCs must be repaid before any distributions can be made with regard to the equity. Accordingly, the equity of the LLCs has the obligation to absorb losses of the LLCs up to the amount of the notes issued.
Rialto/Lennar has a management/servicer contract under which we earn a 0.5% servicing fee.
Rialto/Lennar has guaranteed, as the servicer, its obligations under the servicing agreement up to $10 million.
We are aware that the FDIC, as the owner of 60% of the equity of each of the LLCs, may also have an obligation to absorb losses of the LLCs that could potentially be significant to the LLCs. However, in accordance with ASC Topic 810-10-25-38A, only one enterprise, if any, is expected to be identified as the primary beneficiary of a VIE.
Since both criteria for consolidation in ASC 810-10-65-2 are met, we consolidated the LLCs. We believe that our assessment that we are the primary beneficiary of the LLCs is a critical accounting policy because of the significant judgment required in evaluating all of the key factors and circumstances in determining the primary beneficiary.


67


Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
We are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in interest rates on our investments, debt obligations, loans held-for-sale and loans held-for-investment. We utilize forward commitments and option contracts to mitigate the risks associated with our mortgage loan portfolio. The table below provides information at November 30, 2012 about our significant financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For loans held-for-sale, loans held-for-investment, net and investments held-to-maturity, senior notes and other debts payable and notes and other debts payable, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average effective interest rates by expected maturity dates and estimated fair values at November 30, 2012. Weighted average variable interest rates are based on the variable interest rates at November 30, 2012. Rialto Investments loans receivable are not included in the table below because income is recorded through accretable yield due to the loans acquired having deteriorated credit quality, thus we believe they are not sensitive to changes in interest rates. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 and Notes 1 and 14 of the notes to consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for a further discussion of these items and our strategy of mitigating our interest rate risk.

68

Table of Contents


Information Regarding Interest Rate Sensitivity
Principal (Notional) Amount by
Expected Maturity and Average Interest Rate
November 30, 2012
 
Years Ending November 30,
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value at
November 30,
(Dollars in millions)
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
Thereafter
 
Total
 
2012
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate
$

 

 

 

 

 
19.6

 
19.6

 
19.6

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 
5.8
%
 
5.8
%
 

Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate
$

 

 

 

 

 
15.0

 
15.0

 
14.9

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 
4.0
%
 
4.0
%
 

Lennar Financial Services:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate
$

 

 

 

 

 
496.3

 
496.3

 
496.3

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 
3.5
%
 
3.5
%
 

Variable rate
$

 

 

 

 

 
6.0

 
6.0

 
6.0

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 
2.7
%
 
2.7
%
 

Loans held-for-investment, net and Investments held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate
$
30.6

 
25.8

 
9.2

 
0.7

 
0.7

 
16.5

 
83.5

 
84.2

Average interest rate
0.7
%
 
1.1
%
 
1.8
%
 
6.5
%
 
6.6
%
 
5.9
%
 
2.1
%
 

Variable rate
$
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.1

 
3.9

 
4.4

 
4.6

Average interest rate
5.3
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.4
%
 
5.4
%
 

LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes and other debts payable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate
$
94.1

 
266.6

 
512.0

 
278.5

 
394.5

 
2,110.9

 
3,656.6

 
4,666.5

Average interest rate
5.3
%
 
5.6
%
 
5.6
%
 
6.6
%
 
12.3
%
 
4.0
%
 
5.5
%
 

Variable rate
$
130.5

 
87.3

 
81.4

 
38.5

 
10.8

 

 
348.5

 
369.2

Average interest rate
4.9
%
 
6.7
%
 
5.2
%
 
3.2
%
 
3.2
%
 

 
5.3
%
 

Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes Payable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate (1)
$
316.5

 
158.6

 
1.2

 
4.9

 
1.1

 
1.3

 
483.6

 
481.9

Average interest rate

 
0.1
%
 
6.0
%
 
6.2
%
 
5.9
%
 
5.9
%
 
0.2
%
 

Variable rate
$

 
33.0

 
57.9

 

 

 

 
90.9

 
86.8

Average interest rate

 
4.6
%
 
4.6
%
 

 

 

 
4.6
%
 

Lennar Financial Services:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes and other debts payable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Variable rate
$
458.0

 

 

 

 

 

 
458.0

 
458.0

Average interest rate
2.9
%
 

 

 

 

 

 
2.9
%
 

(1) Amount includes $470.0 million of notes payable that was consolidated as part of the LLC consolidation related to the FDIC transaction and is non-recourse to Lennar; however, as of November 30, 2012, $223.8 million of cash collections on loans in excess of expenses had been deposited in a defeasance account established for the repayments of the FDIC notes payable.

69

Table of Contents

Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lennar Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lennar Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2012 . These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lennar Corporation and subsidiaries as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2012 , based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated January 29, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Miami, Florida
January 29, 2013


70


LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
November 30, 2012 and 2011
 
2012
(1)  
2011
(1)  
 
(Dollars in thousands, except shares and
per share amounts)
 
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,146,867

 
1,024,212

 
Restricted cash
8,096

 
8,590

 
Receivables, net
53,745

 
53,977

 
Inventories:
 
 
 
 
Finished homes and construction in progress
1,625,048

 
1,334,703

 
Land and land under development
3,119,804

 
2,636,510

 
Consolidated inventory not owned
326,861

 
389,322

 
Total inventories
5,071,713

 
4,360,535

 
Investments in unconsolidated entities
565,360

 
545,760

 
Other assets
956,070

 
524,694

 
 
7,801,851

 
6,517,768

 
Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
105,310

 
83,938

 
Defeasance cash to retire notes payable
223,813

 
219,386

 
Loans receivable, net
436,535

 
713,354

 
Real estate owned - held-for-sale
134,161

 
143,677

 
Real estate owned - held-and-used, net
601,022

 
582,111

 
Investments in unconsolidated entities
108,140

 
124,712

 
Other assets
38,379

 
29,970

 
 
1,647,360

 
1,897,148

 
Lennar Financial Services
912,995

 
739,755

 
Total assets
$
10,362,206

 
9,154,671

 
(1)
Under certain provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, Consolidations, (“ASC 810”) the Company is required to separately disclose on its consolidated balance sheets the assets of consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that are owned by the consolidated VIEs and liabilities of consolidated VIEs as to which there is no recourse against the Company.
As of November 30, 2012 , total assets include $2,128.6 million related to consolidated VIEs of which $13.2 million is included in Lennar Homebuilding cash and cash equivalents, $6.0 million in Lennar Homebuilding receivables, net, $57.4 million in Lennar Homebuilding finished homes and construction in progress, $482.6 million in Lennar Homebuilding land and land under development, $65.2 million in Lennar Homebuilding consolidated inventory not owned, $43.7 million in Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities, $224.1 million in Lennar Homebuilding other assets, $104.8 million in Rialto Investments cash and cash equivalents, $223.8 million in Rialto Investments defeasance cash to retire notes payable, $350.2 million in Rialto Investments loans receivable, net, $94.2 million in Rialto Investments real estate owned held-for-sale, $454.9 million in Rialto Investments real estate owned held-and-used, net, $0.7 million in Rialto Investments in unconsolidated entities and $7.8 million in Rialto Investments other assets.
As of November 30, 2011 , total assets include $2,317.4 million related to consolidated VIEs of which $19.6 million is included in Lennar Homebuilding cash and cash equivalents, $5.3 million in Lennar Homebuilding receivables, net, $0.1 million in Lennar Homebuilding finished homes and construction in progress, $538.2 million in Lennar Homebuilding land and land under development, $71.6 million in Lennar Homebuilding consolidated inventory not owned, $43.4 million in Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities, $219.6 million in Lennar Homebuilding other assets, $80.0 million in Rialto Investments cash and cash equivalents, $219.4 million in Rialto Investments defeasance cash to retire notes payable, $565.6 million in Rialto Investments loans receivable, net, $115.4 million in Rialto

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
71

Table of Contents

Investments real estate owned held-for-sale, $428.0 million in Rialto Investments real estate owned held-and-used, net, $0.6 million in Rialto Investments in unconsolidated entities and $10.6 million in Rialto Investments other assets.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
72

Table of Contents

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
November 30, 2012 and 2011
 
2012
(2)  
2011
(2)  
 
(Dollars in thousands, except shares and
per share amounts)
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
220,690

 
201,101

 
Liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned
268,159

 
326,200

 
Senior notes and other debts payable
4,005,051

 
3,362,759

 
Other liabilities
635,524

 
602,231

 
 
5,129,424

 
4,492,291

 
Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
Notes payable and other liabilities
600,602

 
796,120

 
Lennar Financial Services
630,972

 
562,735

 
Total liabilities
6,360,998

 
5,851,146

 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock

 

 
Class A common stock of $0.10 par value per share; Authorized: 2012 and 2011 - 300,000,000 shares Issued: 2012 - 172,397,149 shares; 2011 - 169,099,760 shares
17,240

 
16,910

 
Class B common stock of $0.10 par value per share; Authorized: 2012 and 2010 - 90,000,000 shares Issued: 2012 - 32,982,815 shares; 2011 - 32,982,815 shares
3,298

 
3,298

 
Additional paid-in capital
2,421,941

 
2,341,079

 
Retained earnings
1,605,131

 
956,401

 
Treasury stock, at cost; 2012 - 12,152,816 Class A common shares and 1,679,620 Class B common shares; 2011 - 12,000,017 Class A common shares and 1,679,620 Class B common shares
(632,846
)
 
(621,220
)
 
Total stockholders’ equity
3,414,764

 
2,696,468

 
Noncontrolling interests
586,444

 
607,057

 
Total equity
4,001,208

 
3,303,525

 
Total liabilities and equity
$
10,362,206

 
9,154,671

 
(2)
As of November 30, 2012 , total liabilities include $737.2 million related to consolidated VIEs as to which there was no recourse against the Company, of which $10.6 million is included in Lennar Homebuilding accounts payable, $35.9 million in Lennar Homebuilding liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned, $181.6 million in Lennar Homebuilding senior notes and other debts payable, $15.7 million in Lennar Homebuilding other liabilities and $493.4 million in Rialto Investments notes payable and other liabilities.
As of November 30, 2011 , total liabilities include $902.3 million related to consolidated VIEs as to which there was no recourse against the Company, of which $12.7 million is included in Lennar Homebuilding accounts payable, $43.6 million in Lennar Homebuilding liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned, $175.3 million in Lennar Homebuilding senior notes and other debts payable, $16.7 million in Lennar Homebuilding other liabilities and $654.0 million in Rialto Investments notes payable and other liabilities.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
73

Table of Contents

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding
$
3,581,232

 
2,675,124

 
2,705,639

Lennar Financial Services
384,618

 
255,518

 
275,786

Rialto Investments
138,856

 
164,743

 
92,597

Total revenues
4,104,706

 
3,095,385

 
3,074,022

Cost and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding (1)
3,216,366

 
2,528,823

 
2,543,323

Lennar Financial Services
299,836

 
234,789

 
244,502

Rialto Investments
138,990

 
132,583

 
67,904

Corporate general and administrative
127,338

 
95,256

 
93,926

Total costs and expenses
3,782,530

 
2,991,451

 
2,949,655

Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities (2)
(26,676
)
 
(62,716
)
 
(10,966
)
Lennar Homebuilding other income, net (3)
9,264

 
116,109

 
19,135

Other interest expense
(94,353
)
 
(90,650
)
 
(70,425
)
Rialto Investments equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
41,483

 
(7,914
)
 
15,363

Rialto Investments other income (expense), net
(29,780
)
 
39,211

 
17,251

Earnings before income taxes
222,114

 
97,974

 
94,725

Benefit for income taxes
435,218

 
14,570

 
25,734

Net earnings (including net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests)
657,332

 
112,544

 
120,459

Less: Net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests (4)
(21,792
)
 
20,345

 
25,198

Net earnings attributable to Lennar
$
679,124

 
92,199

 
95,261

Basic earnings per share
$
3.58

 
0.49

 
0.51

Diluted earnings per share
$
3.11

 
0.48

 
0.51

(1)
Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses include $15.6 million , $38.0 million and $51.3 million , respectively, of inventory valuation adjustments and write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
(2)
Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities includes $12.1 million and $8.9 million , respectively, of the Company’s share of valuation adjustments related to assets of unconsolidated entities for the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 . In addition, for the year ended November 30, 2011 . it includes a $57.6 million valuation adjustment related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity, which was the result of a linked transaction where there was also a pre-tax gain as disclosed below. Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities for the year ended November 30, 2010 includes $10.5 million of the Company’s share of valuation adjustments related to assets of unconsolidated entities.
(3)
Lennar Homebuilding other income, net includes $15.4 million and $3.3 million , respectively, of valuation adjustments to investments in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities and write-offs of notes receivables and other assets for the years ended November 30, 2011 and 2010 . In addition, for the year ended November 30, 2011 , Lennar Homebuilding other income, net includes a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity in a linked transaction where there was also a valuation adjustment as disclosed above.
(4)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 includes ($14.4) million , $28.9 million and $33.2 million of earnings (loss), respectively, related to the FDIC’s interest in the portfolio of real estate loans that the Company acquired in partnership with the FDIC.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
74

Table of Contents

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
Years Ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Class A common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
16,910

 
16,701

 
16,515

Employee stock and director plans
330

 
209

 
186

Balance at November 30,
17,240

 
16,910

 
16,701

Class B common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
3,298

 
3,297

 
3,296

Employee stock plans

 
1

 
1

Balance at November 30,
3,298

 
3,298

 
3,297

Additional paid-in capital:
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
2,341,079

 
2,310,339

 
2,208,934

Employee stock and director plans
29,006

 
11,075

 
8,150

Tax benefit from employee stock plans and vesting of restricted stock
22,544

 

 

Amortization of restricted stock and performance-based stock options
29,312

 
19,665

 
22,090

Equity component of 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2020

 

 
71,165

Balance at November 30,
2,421,941

 
2,341,079

 
2,310,339

Retained Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
956,401

 
894,108

 
828,424

Net earnings attributable to Lennar
679,124

 
92,199

 
95,261

Cash dividends - Class A common stock
(25,387
)
 
(24,899
)
 
(24,570
)
Cash dividends - Class B common stock
(5,007
)
 
(5,007
)
 
(5,007
)
Balance at November 30,
1,605,131

 
956,401

 
894,108

Treasury stock, at cost:
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
(621,220
)
 
(615,496
)
 
(613,690
)
Employee stock plans
(17,149
)
 
(5,724
)
 
(1,806
)
Reissuance of treasury stock
5,523

 

 

Balance at November 30,
(632,846
)
 
(621,220
)
 
(615,496
)
Total stockholders’ equity
3,414,764

 
2,696,468

 
2,608,949

Noncontrolling interests:
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
607,057

 
585,434

 
144,535

Net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
(21,792
)
 
20,345

 
25,198

Receipts related to noncontrolling interests
1,659

 
5,822

 
14,088

Payments related to noncontrolling interests
(480
)
 
(7,137
)
 
(4,848
)
Lennar Homebuilding non-cash consolidations

 
2,593

 

Rialto Investments non-cash consolidations

 

 
397,588

Non-cash activity related to noncontrolling interests

 

 
8,873

Balance at November 30,
586,444

 
607,057

 
585,434

Total equity
$
4,001,208

 
3,303,525

 
3,194,383

Comprehensive earnings attributable to Lennar
$
679,124

 
92,199

 
95,261

Comprehensive earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
$
(21,792
)
 
20,345

 
25,198



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
75

Table of Contents

  LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (including net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests)
$
657,332

 
112,544

 
120,459

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (including net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
28,081

 
21,500

 
13,520

Amortization of discount/premium on debt, net
21,450

 
20,641

 
6,560

Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities
26,676

 
62,716

 
10,966

Gain on distribution of net assets from Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities

 
(62,320
)
 

Distributions of earnings from Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities
1,005

 
11,410

 
7,280

Rialto Investments equity in (earnings) loss from unconsolidated entities
(41,483
)
 
7,914

 
(15,363
)
Distributions of earnings from Rialto Investments unconsolidated entities
18,399

 
5,298

 
3,261

Shared based compensation expense
31,745

 
24,047

 
28,075

Tax benefit from share-based awards
22,544

 

 

Excess tax benefits from share-based awards
(10,814
)
 

 

Deferred income tax benefit
(467,561
)
 

 

Gain on retirement of Lennar Homebuilding debt
(988
)
 

 
(19,384
)
Loss on retirement of Lennar Homebuilding senior notes
6,510

 

 
11,714

Unrealized and realized gains on Rialto Investments real estate owned, net
(19,771
)
 
(84,972
)
 
(20,982
)
Gain on sale of Rialto Investments commercial mortgage-backed securities

 
(4,743
)
 

Impairments and charge-offs of Rialto Investments loans receivable and REO
37,248

 
21,972

 

Valuation adjustments and write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs, other receivables and other assets
16,647

 
53,330

 
54,511

Changes in assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease in restricted cash
3,841

 
4,496

 
5,137

(Increase) decrease in receivables
17,370

 
(132,258
)
 
340,444

Increase in inventories, excluding valuation adjustments and write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs
(563,051
)
 
(38,903
)
 
(115,247
)
(Increase) decrease in other assets
(35,041
)
 
(113,522
)
 
28,269

Increase in Lennar Financial Services loans-held-for-sale
(202,916
)
 
(61,444
)
 
(64,130
)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities
28,129

 
(106,841
)
 
(120,862
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(424,648
)
 
(259,135
)
 
274,228

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net additions of operating properties and equipment
(2,822
)
 
(9,936
)
 
(5,062
)
Investments in and contributions to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities
(72,611
)
 
(98,470
)
 
(209,274
)
Distributions of capital from Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities
44,656

 
31,094

 
29,401

Investments in and contributions to Rialto Investments unconsolidated entities
(43,555
)
 
(64,360
)
 
(64,310
)
Distributions of capital from Rialto Investments unconsolidated entities
83,368

 
14,063

 

Investments in and contributions to Rialto Investments consolidated entities (net of $93.3 million cash and cash equivalents consolidated)

 

 
(171,399
)
Acquisition of Rialto Investment portfolios of distressed loans and real estate assets

 

 
(183,442
)
Increase in Rialto Investments defeasance cash to retire notes payable
(4,427
)
 
(118,077
)
 
(101,309
)
Receipts of principal payments on Rialto Investments loans receivable
81,648

 
74,888

 
33,923

Proceeds from sales of Rialto Investments real estate owned
183,883

 
91,034

 
16,853

Improvements to Rialto Investments real estate owned
(13,945
)
 
(20,623
)
 
(1,257
)
Purchases of Lennar Homebuilding investments available-for-sale
(11,403
)
 

 

Proceeds from sales of Lennar Homebuilding investments available-for-sale
14,486

 

 

Investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 
(19,447
)
Proceeds from sale of investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities

 
11,127

 

(Increase) decrease in Lennar Financial Services loans held-for-investment, net
2,919

 
(234
)
 
2,276

Purchases of Lennar Financial Services investment securities
(51,138
)
 
(53,598
)
 
(6,043
)
Proceeds from maturities of Lennar Financial Services investments securities
34,232

 
6,938

 
5,719

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
245,291

 
(136,154
)
 
(673,371
)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
76

Table of Contents

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)
Years Ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net borrowings under Lennar Financial Services debt
$
47,860

 
138,456

 
54,121

Proceeds from senior notes
750,000

 

 
247,323

Proceeds from convertible senior notes
50,000

 
350,000

 
722,500

Debt issuance costs of senior notes and convertible senior notes
(9,118
)
 
(7,438
)
 
(18,415
)
Redemption of senior notes

 
(113,242
)
 
(251,943
)
Partial redemption of senior notes
(210,862
)
 

 
(222,711
)
Principal repayments on Rialto Investments notes payable
(191,221
)
 

 

Proceeds from other borrowings
41,500

 
4,287

 
5,676

Principal payments on other borrowings
(97,891
)
 
(136,147
)
 
(141,505
)
Exercise of land option contracts from an unconsolidated land investment venture
(50,396
)
 
(40,964
)
 
(39,301
)
Receipts related to noncontrolling interests
1,659

 
5,822

 
14,088

Payments related to noncontrolling interests
(480
)
 
(7,137
)
 
(4,848
)
Excess tax benefits from share-based awards
10,814

 

 

Common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
Issuances
32,174

 
6,751

 
2,238

Repurchases
(17,149
)
 
(5,724
)
 
(1,806
)
Dividends
(30,394
)
 
(29,906
)
 
(29,577
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
326,496

 
164,758

 
335,840

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
147,139

 
(230,531
)
 
(63,303
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
1,163,604

 
1,394,135

 
1,457,438

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
1,310,743

 
1,163,604

 
1,394,135

Summary of cash and cash equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding
$
1,146,867

 
1,024,212

 
1,207,247

Lennar Financial Services
58,566

 
55,454

 
110,476

Rialto Investments
105,310

 
83,938

 
76,412

 
$
1,310,743

 
1,163,604

 
1,394,135

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized
$
108,879

 
99,904

 
77,277

Cash (paid) received for income taxes, net
$
(26,687
)
 
(12,020
)
 
341,801

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash contributions to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities
$
14,394

 
17,966

 
4,899

Non-cash distributions from Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities
$

 
126,444

 
59,283

Inventory acquired in satisfaction of other assets including investments available-for-sale
$
103,114

 

 

Non-cash reclass from inventories to operating properties and equipment
$

 
126,525

 

Non-cash purchases of investments available-for-sale
$
12,520

 

 

Purchases of inventories and other assets financed by sellers
$
89,063

 
67,809

 
22,758

Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of portfolios of distressed loans and real estate assets financed by sellers
$

 

 
125,395

Real estate owned acquired in satisfaction/partial satisfaction of loans receivable
$
183,911

 
467,662

 
185,960

Notes payable and other liabilities assumed from loans receivable deficiency settlements
$

 
16,152

 

Reductions in loans receivable from deficiency settlements
$
3,068

 
5,274

 

Consolidations of newly formed or previously unconsolidated entities, net:
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables
$

 
2

 
2,077

Loans receivable
$

 

 
1,177,636

Inventories
$

 
52,850

 
83,973

Investments in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities
$

 
(28,573
)
 
(50,953
)
Investments in Rialto Investments consolidated entities
$

 

 
(171,399
)
Other assets
$

 
2,443

 
68,013

Debts payable
$

 
(14,702
)
 
(688,360
)
Other liabilities
$

 
(9,427
)
 
(14,526
)
Noncontrolling interests
$

 
(2,593
)
 
(406,461
)

77

Table of Contents

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lennar Corporation and all subsidiaries, partnerships and other entities in which Lennar Corporation has a controlling interest and VIEs (see Note 15) in which Lennar Corporation is deemed the primary beneficiary (the “Company”). The Company’s investments in both unconsolidated entities in which a significant, but less than controlling, interest is held and in VIEs in which the Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary are accounted for by the equity method. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from sales of homes are recognized when the sales are closed and title passes to the new homeowner, the new homeowner’s initial and continuing investment is adequate to demonstrate a commitment to pay for the home, the new homeowner’s receivable is not subject to future subordination and the Company does not have a substantial continuing involvement with the new home. Revenues from sales of land are recognized when a significant down payment is received, the earnings process is complete, title passes and collectability of the receivable is reasonably assured. See Lennar Financial Services and Rialto Investments within this Note for disclosure of revenue recognition policies related to those segments.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs were $33.0 million , $41.2 million and $40.2 million , respectively, for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
Share-Based Payments
The Company has share-based awards outstanding under one plan which provides for the granting of stock options and stock appreciation rights and awards of restricted common stock (“nonvested shares”) to key officers, associates and directors. The exercise prices of stock options and stock appreciation rights may not be less than the market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. Exercises are permitted in installments determined when options are granted. Each stock option and stock appreciation right will expire on a date determined at the time of the grant, but not more than ten years after the date of the grant. The Company accounts for stock option awards and nonvested share awards granted under the plans based on the estimated grant date fair value.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Due to the short maturity period of cash equivalents, the carrying amounts of these instruments approximate their fair values. Cash and cash equivalents as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 included $193.0 million and $26.1 million , respectively, of cash held in escrow for approximately three days.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash consists of customer deposits on home sales held in restricted accounts until title transfers to the homebuyer, as required by the state and local governments in which the homes were sold.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at cost unless the inventory within a community is determined to be impaired, in which case the impaired inventory is written down to fair value. Inventory costs include land, land development and home construction costs, real estate taxes, deposits on land purchase contracts and interest related to development and construction. Construction overhead and selling expenses are expensed as incurred. Homes held-for-sale are classified as inventories until delivered. Land, land development, amenities and other costs are accumulated by specific area and allocated to homes within the respective

78

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

areas. The Company reviews its inventory for indicators of impairment by evaluating each community during each reporting period. The inventory within each community is categorized as finished homes and construction in progress or land under development based on the development state of the community. There were 457 and 420 active communities, excluding unconsolidated entities, as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. If the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by a community are less than its carrying amount, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying amount of such community to its estimated fair value.
In conducting its review for indicators of impairment on a community level, the Company evaluates, among other things, the margins on homes that have been delivered, margins on homes under sales contracts in backlog, projected margins with regard to future home sales over the life of the community, projected margins with regard to future land sales and the estimated fair value of the land itself. The Company pays particular attention to communities in which inventory is moving at a slower than anticipated absorption pace and communities whose average sales price and/or margins are trending downward and are anticipated to continue to trend downward. From this review, the Company identifies communities whose carrying values exceed their undiscounted cash flows.
The Company estimates the fair value of its communities using a discounted cash flow model. The projected cash flows for each community are significantly impacted by estimates related to market supply and demand, product type by community, homesite sizes, sales pace, sales prices, sales incentives, construction costs, sales and marketing expenses, the local economy, competitive conditions, labor costs, costs of materials and other factors for that particular community. Every division evaluates the historical performance of each of its communities as well as current trends in the market and economy impacting the community and its surrounding areas. These trends are analyzed for each of the estimates listed above. For example, since the start of the downturn in the housing market, the Company has found ways to reduce its construction costs in many communities, and this reduction in construction costs in addition to change in product type in many communities has impacted future estimated cash flows.
Each of the homebuilding markets in which the Company operates is unique, as homebuilding has historically been a local business driven by local market conditions and demographics. Each of the Company’s homebuilding markets has specific supply and demand relationships reflective of local economic conditions. The Company’s projected cash flows are impacted by many assumptions. Some of the most critical assumptions in the Company’s cash flow model are projected absorption pace for home sales, sales prices and costs to build and deliver homes on a community by community basis.
In order to arrive at the assumed absorption pace for home sales included in the Company’s cash flow model, the Company analyzes its historical absorption pace in the community as well as other comparable communities in the geographical area. In addition, the Company considers internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing the Company’s historical absorption pace for home sales and corresponding internal and external market studies, the Company places greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as the absorption pace realized in its most recent quarters as well as forecasted population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product. Generally, if the Company notices a variation from historical results over a span of two fiscal quarters, the Company considers such variation to be the establishment of a trend and adjusts its historical information accordingly in order to develop assumptions on the projected absorption pace in the cash flow model for a community.
In order to determine the assumed sales prices included in its cash flow models, the Company analyzes the historical sales prices realized on homes it delivered in the community and other comparable communities in the geographical area as well as the sales prices included in its current backlog for such communities. In addition, the Company considers internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on sales prices in neighboring communities and sales prices on similar products in non-neighboring communities in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing its historical sales prices and corresponding market studies, the Company also places greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as future forecasted sales prices in neighboring communities as well as future forecasted sales prices for similar products in non-neighboring communities. Generally, if the Company notices a variation from historical results over a span of two fiscal quarters, the Company considers such variation to be the establishment of a trend and adjusts its historical information accordingly in order to develop assumptions on the projected sales prices in the cash flow model for a community.
In order to arrive at the Company’s assumed costs to build and deliver homes, the Company generally assumes a cost structure reflecting contracts currently in place with its vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure. Costs assumed in the cash flow model for the Company’s communities are generally based on the rates the Company is currently obligated to pay under existing contracts with its vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure.

79

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Since the estimates and assumptions included in the Company’s cash flow models are based upon historical results and projected trends, they do not anticipate unexpected changes in market conditions or strategies that may lead the Company to incur additional impairment charges in the future.
Using all available information, the Company calculates its best estimate of projected cash flows for each community. While many of the estimates are calculated based on historical and projected trends, all estimates are subjective and change from market to market and community to community as market and economic conditions change. The determination of fair value also requires discounting the estimated cash flows at a rate the Company believes a market participant would determine to be commensurate with the inherent risks associated with the assets and related estimated cash flow streams. The discount rate used in determining each asset’s fair value depends on the community’s projected life and development stage. The Company generally uses a discount rate of approximately 20% , subject to the perceived risks associated with the community’s cash flow streams relative to its inventory.
The Company estimates the fair value of inventory evaluated for impairment based on market conditions and assumptions made by management at the time the inventory is evaluated, which may differ materially from actual results if market conditions or assumptions change. For example, further market deterioration or changes in assumptions may lead to the Company incurring additional impairment charges on previously impaired inventory, as well as on inventory not currently impaired but for which indicators of impairment may arise if further market deterioration occurs.
For the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company reviewed each of its homebuilding communities for potential indicators and performed impaired 12 communities. The table below summarizes the most significant unobservable inputs used in the Company's discounted cash flow model to determine the fair value of its communities for which the Company recorded valuation adjustments during the year ended November 30, 2012 :
Unobservable inputs
Range
Average selling price

$83,000

-
$340,000
Absorption rate per quarter (homes)
1

-
20
Discount rate
20%
The Company also has access to land inventory through option contracts, which generally enables the Company to defer acquiring portions of properties owned by third parties and unconsolidated entities until it has determined whether to exercise its option. A majority of the Company’s option contracts require a non-refundable cash deposit or irrevocable letter of credit based on a percentage of the purchase price of the land. The Company’s option contracts are recorded at cost. In determining whether to walk-away from an option contract, the Company evaluates the option primarily based upon its expected cash flows from the property under option. If the Company intends to walk away from an option contract, it records a charge to earnings in the period such decision is made for the deposit amount and any related pre-acquisition costs associated with the option contract.
See Note 2 for details of inventory valuation adjustments and write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs by reportable segment and Homebuilding Other.
Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
The Company evaluates its investments in unconsolidated entities for indicators of impairment during each reporting period. A series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a decrease in value of the Company’s investment in the unconsolidated entity has occurred which is other-than-temporary. The amount of impairment recognized is the excess of the investment’s carrying amount over its estimated fair value.
The evaluation of the Company’s investment in unconsolidated entities includes certain critical assumptions made by management: (1) projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities, (2) discount rates applied to the future distributions and (3) various other quantitative and qualitative factors.
The Company’s assumptions on the projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities are dependent on market conditions. Specifically, distributions are dependent on cash to be generated from the sale of inventory by the unconsolidated entities. Such inventory is also reviewed for potential impairment by the unconsolidated entities. The unconsolidated entities generally use a discount rate of approximately 20% in their reviews for impairment, subject to the perceived risks associated with the community’s cash flow streams relative to its inventory. If a valuation adjustment is recorded by an unconsolidated entity related to its assets, the Company’s proportionate share is reflected in the Company's homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities with a corresponding decrease to its investment in unconsolidated entities. In certain instances, the Company may be required to record additional losses relating to its investment in

80

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

unconsolidated entities, if the Company’s investment in the unconsolidated entity, or a portion thereof, is deemed to be other than temporarily impaired. These losses are included in Lennar Homebuilding other income, net.
Additionally, the Company considers various qualitative factors to determine if a decrease in the value of the investment is other-than-temporary. These factors include age of the venture, stage in its life cycle, intent and ability for the Company to recover its investment in the entity, financial condition and long-term prospects of the entity, short-term liquidity needs of the unconsolidated entity, trends in the general economic environment of the land, profitability from homes delivered on land acquired by the Company from the joint venture, entitlement status of the land held by the unconsolidated entity, overall projected returns on investment, defaults under contracts with third parties (including bank debt), recoverability of the investment through future cash flows and relationships with the other partners and banks. If the Company believes that the decline in the fair value of the investment is temporary, then no impairment is recorded.
See Note 2 for details of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s unconsolidated entities by reportable segment and Homebuilding Other.
The Company tracks its share of cumulative earnings and distributions of its joint ventures (“JVs”). For purposes of classifying distributions received from JVs in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows, cumulative distributions are treated as returns on capital to the extent of cumulative earnings and included in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows as operating activities. Cumulative distributions in excess of the Company’s share of cumulative earnings are treated as returns of capital and included in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows as investing activities.
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
GAAP requires the consolidation of VIEs in which an enterprise has a controlling financial interest. A controlling financial interest will have both of the following characteristics: (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
The Company’s variable interest in VIEs may be in the form of (1) equity ownership, (2) contracts to purchase assets, (3) management services and development agreements between the Company and a VIE, (4) loans provided by the Company to a VIE or other partner and/or (5) guarantees provided by members to banks and other third parties. The Company examines specific criteria and uses its judgment when determining if it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. Factors considered in determining whether the Company is the primary beneficiary include risk and reward sharing, experience and financial condition of other partner(s), voting rights, involvement in day-to-day capital and operating decisions, representation on a VIE’s executive committee, existence of unilateral kick-out rights or voting rights, level of economic disproportionality between the Company and the other partner(s) and contracts to purchase assets from VIEs. The determination whether an entity is a VIE and, if so, whether the Company is primary beneficiary may require it to exercise significant judgment.
Generally, all major decision making in the Company’s joint ventures is shared between all partners. In particular, business plans and budgets are generally required to be unanimously approved by all partners. Usually, management and other fees earned by the Company are nominal and believed to be at market and there is no significant economic disproportionality between the Company and other partners. Generally, the Company purchases less than a majority of the JV’s assets and the purchase prices under its option contracts are believed to be at market.
Generally, Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities become VIEs and consolidate when the other partner(s) lack the intent and financial wherewithal to remain in the entity. As a result, the Company continues to fund operations and debt paydowns through partner loans or substituted capital contributions.
Operating Properties and Equipment
Operating properties and equipment are recorded at cost and are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. At the time operating properties and equipment are disposed of, the asset and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to earnings. The estimated useful life for operating properties is thirty years , for furniture, fixtures and equipment is two to ten years and for leasehold improvements is five years or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Operating properties are reviewed for possible impairment if there are indicators that their carrying amounts are not recoverable.
Investment Securities
Investment securities are classified as available-for-sale unless they are classified as trading or held-to-maturity. Securities classified as trading are carried at fair value and unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded in earnings.

81

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value. Any unrealized holding gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are reported as accumulated other comprehensive gain or loss, which is a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax, until realized. Securities classified as held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost because they are purchased with the intent and ability to hold to maturity.
At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Lennar Homebuilding segment had available-for-sale securities totaling $19.6 million and $42.9 million , respectively, included in Lennar Homebuilding other assets, which consist primarily of investments in community development district bonds that mature in 2039 . Certain of these bonds are in default by the borrower, which may allow the Company to foreclose on the underlying real estate collateral. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Lennar Financial Services segment had investment securities classified as held-to-maturity totaling $63.9 million and $48.9 million , respectively. The Lennar Financial Services held-to-maturity securities consist mainly of corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and U.S. treasury securities that mature at various dates within a year. In addition, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Rialto Investments (“Rialto”) segment had investment securities classified as held-to-maturity totaling $15.0 million and $14.1 million , respectively. The Rialto segment held-to-maturity securities consist of commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”). At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company had no investment securities classified as trading.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Lennar Financial Services segment, in the normal course of business, uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in mortgage-related interest rates. The segment uses mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) forward commitments, option contracts and investor commitments to protect the value of fixed rate-locked loan commitments and loans held-for-sale from fluctuations in mortgage-related interest rates. These derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value included in Lennar Financial Services revenues.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in business combinations. Evaluating goodwill for impairment involves the determination of the fair value of the Company’s reporting units in which the Company has recorded goodwill. A reporting unit is a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by the Company’s management on a regular basis. Inherent in the determination of fair value of the Company’s reporting units are certain estimates and judgments, including the interpretation of current economic indicators and market valuations as well as the Company’s strategic plans with regard to its operations. To the extent additional information arises or the Company’s strategies change, it is possible that the Company’s conclusion regarding goodwill impairment could change, which could have an effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
The Company reviews goodwill annually (or whenever indicators of impairment exist) for impairment. The Company evaluated the carrying value of the Lennar Financial Services segment’s goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2012. The Company estimated the fair value of its title operations based on the income approach and concluded that a goodwill impairment was not required for 2012 . As of both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , there were no material identifiable intangible assets, other than goodwill.
At both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , accumulated goodwill impairments totaled $217.4 million , which includes $27.2 million and $190.2 million of previous Lennar Financial Services and Lennar Homebuilding goodwill impairment, respectively. At both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , goodwill was $34.0 million , all of which relates to the Lennar Financial Services segment and is included in the assets of that segment.
Interest and Real Estate Taxes
Interest and real estate taxes attributable to land and homes are capitalized as inventories while they are being actively developed. Interest related to homebuilding and land, including interest costs relieved from inventories, is included in cost of homes sold and cost of land sold. Interest expense related to the Lennar Financial Services operations is included in its costs and expenses.
During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , interest incurred by the Company’s homebuilding operations related to homebuilding debt was $222.0 million , $201.4 million and $181.5 million , respectively; interest capitalized into inventories was $127.7 million , $110.8 million and $111.1 million , respectively.

82

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Interest expense was included in cost of homes sold, cost of land sold and other interest expense as follows:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Interest expense in cost of homes sold
$
85,125

 
70,705

 
71,473

Interest expense in cost of land sold
1,907

 
1,615

 
2,048

Other interest expense
94,353

 
90,650

 
70,425

Total interest expense
$
181,385

 
162,970

 
143,946

Income Taxes
The Company records income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and attributable to operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or paid. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted. Interest related to unrecognized tax benefits is recognized in the financial statements as a component of benefit for income taxes.
A reduction of the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance is required if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets is assessed each reporting period by the Company based on the more-likely-than-not realization threshold criterion. In the assessment for a valuation allowance, appropriate consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, the Company’s experience with loss carryforwards not expiring unused and tax planning alternatives.
During the year ended November 30, 2012, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the majority of its deferred tax assets would be utilized. This conclusion was based on a detailed evaluation of all relevant evidence, both positive and negative. The positive evidence included factors such as eleven consecutive quarters of earnings, the expectation of continued earnings and evidence of a sustained recovery in the housing markets that the Company operates. Such evidence is supported by the Company experiencing significant increases in key financial indicators, including new orders, revenues, gross margin, backlog, gross margin in backlog and deliveries compared with the prior year. The Company has restructured its corporate and field operations, significantly reducing its cost structure and permitting the Company to generate profits at a lower level of activity. Economic data has also been affirming the housing market recovery. Housing starts, homebuilding volume and prices are increasing and forecasted to continue to increase. Low mortgage rates, affordable home prices, reduced foreclosures, and a favorable home ownership to rental comparison continue to drive the recovery. Lastly, the Company projects to use the majority of its net operating losses in the allowable carryforward periods, and it has no history of net operating losses expiring unutilized.
The Company is required to use judgment in considering the relative impact of negative and positive evidence when determining the need for a valuation allowance for its deferred tax asset. The weight given to the potential effect of negative and positive evidence shall be commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists, the more positive evidence is necessary. The most significant direct negative evidence that currently exists is that the Company currently is in a cumulative four-year loss position. However, the Company's cumulative four-year loss is declining significantly as a result of eleven consecutive quarters of profitability and based on the Company's current earnings level the Company will realize a majority of its deferred tax assets.
Based on the analysis of positive and negative evidence, the Company believes that there is enough positive evidence to overcome the Company's current cumulative loss position. Therefore, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the Company will realize its deferred tax assets, and reversed the majority of the valuation allowance established against its deferred tax assets during the year ended November 30, 2012.
Accordingly, the Company reversed $491.5 million o f its valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. Based on an analysis utilizing objectively verifiable evidence, it was not more likely than not that certain state net operating loss carryforwards would be utilized. As a result, the Company had a valuation allowance of $88.8 million against its deferred tax assets as of November 30, 2012 , which is primarily related to state net operating loss carryforwards. The Company's deferred tax assets, net were $467.6 million at November 30, 2012 , of which $474.9 million were deferred tax assets included in Lennar Homebuilding's other assets on the Company's consolidated balance sheets and $7.3 million were deferred tax liabilities

83

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

included in Lennar Financial Services segment's liabilities on the Company consolidated balance sheets. The valuation allowance against the Company's deferred tax assets was $576.9 million at November 30, 2011 . During the year ended November 30, 2011, the Company recorded a reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $32.6 million primarily due to net earnings generated during the year. As of November 30, 2011 , the Company had no net deferred tax assets.
Product Warranty
Warranty and similar reserves for homes are established at an amount estimated to be adequate to cover potential costs for materials and labor with regard to warranty-type claims expected to be incurred subsequent to the delivery of a home. Reserves are determined based on historical data and trends with respect to similar product types and geographical areas. The Company regularly monitors the warranty reserve and makes adjustments to its pre-existing warranties in order to reflect changes in trends and historical data as information becomes available. Warranty reserves are included in Lennar Homebuilding other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The activity in the Company’s warranty reserve was as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Warranty reserve, beginning of period
$
88,120

 
109,179

Warranties issued during the period
35,912

 
26,489

Adjustments to pre-existing warranties from changes in estimates
6,004

 
7,182

Payments
(45,848
)
 
(54,730
)
Warranty reserve, end of period
$
84,188

 
88,120

As of November 30, 2012 , the Company has identified approximately 1,010 homes delivered in Florida primarily during its 2006 and 2007 fiscal years that are confirmed to have defective Chinese drywall and resulting damage. This represents a small percentage of homes the Company delivered nationally ( 1.2% ) during those fiscal years. Defective Chinese drywall appears to be an industry-wide issue as other homebuilders have publicly disclosed that they have experienced similar issues with defective Chinese drywall.
Based on its efforts to date, the Company has not identified defective Chinese drywall in homes delivered by the Company outside of Florida. The Company is continuing its investigation of homes delivered during the relevant time period in order to determine whether there are additional homes, not yet inspected, with defective Chinese drywall and resulting damage. If the outcome of the Company’s inspections identifies more homes than the Company has estimated to have defective Chinese drywall, it might require an increase in the Company’s warranty reserve in the future. The Company has replaced defective Chinese drywall when it has been found in homes the Company has built.
Through November 30, 2012 , the Company has accrued $82.2 million of warranty reserves related to homes confirmed as having defective Chinese drywall, as well as an estimate for homes not yet inspected that may contain Chinese drywall. No additional amount was accrued during the year ended November 30, 2012 . As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the warranty reserve, net of payments, was $2.9 million and $9.1 million , respectively. The Company has received, and continues to seek, reimbursement from its subcontractors, insurers and others for costs the Company has incurred or expects to incur to investigate and repair defective Chinese drywall and resulting damage. During the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company received payments of $0.9 million and $6.7 million , respectively, through third party recoveries relative to the costs it has incurred and expects to incur remedying the homes confirmed and estimated to have defective Chinese drywall and resulting damage.
Self-Insurance
Certain insurable risks such as general liability, medical and workers’ compensation are self-insured by the Company up to certain limits. Undiscounted accruals for claims under the Company’s self-insurance program are based on claims filed and estimates for claims incurred but not yet reported. The Company’s self-insurance reserve as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 was $116.5 million and $112.5 million , respectively, of which $76.1 million and $75.4 million , respectively, was included in Lennar Financial Services’ other liabilities in the respective years. Amounts incurred in excess of the Company's self-insurance occurrence or aggregate retention limits are covered by insurance up to the Company's purchased coverage levels. The Company's insurance policies are maintained with highly-rated underwriters for whom the Company believes counterparty default risks is not significant.

84

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in earnings of the Company.
All outstanding nonvested shares that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents that participate in undistributed earnings with common stock are considered participating securities and are included in computing earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends or dividend equivalents and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The Company’s restricted common stock (“nonvested shares”) are considered participating securities.
Lennar Financial Services
Premiums from title insurance policies are recognized as revenue on the effective date of the policies. Escrow fees and loan origination revenues are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. Expected gains and losses from the sale of loans and their related servicing rights are included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings at the time of commitment. Interest income on loans held-for-sale and loans held-for-investment is recognized as earned over the terms of the mortgage loans based on the contractual interest rates.
Loans held-for-sale by the Lennar Financial Services segment are carried at fair value and changes in fair value are reflected in earnings. Premiums and discounts recorded on these loans are presented as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the loans and are not amortized. Management believes carrying loans held-for-sale at fair value improves financial reporting by mitigating volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring the fair value of the loans and the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions.
In addition, the Lennar Financial Services segment recognizes the fair value of its rights to service a mortgage loan as revenue upon entering into an interest rate lock loan commitment with a borrower. The fair value of these servicing rights is included in the Company’s loans held-for-sale and Financial Services other assets as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 . Fair value of the servicing rights is determined based on values in the Company’s servicing sales contracts. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , loans held-for-sale, all of which were accounted for at fair value, had an aggregate fair value of $502.3 million and $303.8 million , respectively, and an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $479.1 million and $292.2 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 .
Substantially all of the loans the Lennar Financial Services segment originates are sold within a short period in the secondary mortgage market on a servicing released, non-recourse basis. After the loans are sold, the Company retains potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that it breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. During recent years there has been an increased industry-wide effort by purchasers to defray their losses in an unfavorable economic environment by purporting to have found inaccuracies related to sellers’ representations and warranties in particular loan sale agreements. The Company’s mortgage operations have established reserves for possible losses associated with mortgage loans previously originated and sold to investors. The Company establishes reserves for such possible losses based upon, among other things, an analysis of repurchase requests received, an estimate of potential repurchase claims not yet received and actual past repurchases and losses through the disposition of affected loans, as well as previous settlements. While the Company believes that it has adequately reserved for known losses and projected repurchase requests, given the volatility in the mortgage industry and the uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of these claims, if either actual repurchases or the losses incurred resolving those repurchases exceed the Company’s expectations, additional recourse expense may be incurred. Loan origination liabilities are included in Lennar Financial Services’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The activity in the Company’s loan origination liabilities was as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Loan origination liabilities, beginning of year
$
6,050

 
9,872

Provision for losses during the year
1,062

 
366

Adjustments to pre-existing provisions for losses from changes in estimates
667

 
823

Payments/settlements (1)
(529
)
 
(5,011
)
Loan origination liabilities, end of year
$
7,250

 
6,050


85

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 
(1)
Payments/settlements during the year ended November 30, 2011 include confidential settlements the Company paid to two of its largest investors, which settled all outstanding repurchase demands and certain potential future repurchase demands related to originations sold to them prior to 2009.
Adjustments to pre-existing provision for losses from changes in estimates for the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 include an adjustment for additional repurchase requests that were received beyond the estimated provision that was recorded due to an increase in potential issues identified by certain investors.
For Lennar Financial Services loans held-for-investment, net, a loan is deemed impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Interest income is not accrued or recognized on impaired loans unless payment is received. Impaired loans are written-off if and when the loan is no longer secured by collateral. The total unpaid principal balance of the impaired loans as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 was $7.3 million and $8.8 million , respectively. At November 30, 2012 , the recorded investment in the impaired loans with a valuation allowance was $2.9 million , net of an allowance of $4.4 million . At November 30, 2011 , the recorded investment in the impaired loans with a valuation allowance was $3.7 million , net of an allowance of $5.1 million . The average recorded investment in impaired loans totaled approximately $3.3 million and $4.0 million , respectively, for the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 .
Loans for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity consist of mortgage loans carried at lower of cost, net of unamortized discounts or fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Discounts are amortized over the estimated lives of the loans using the interest method.
The Lennar Financial Services segment also provides an allowance for loan losses. The provision recorded and the adequacy of the related allowance is determined by the Company’s management’s continuing evaluation of the loan portfolio in light of past loan loss experience, credit worthiness and nature of underlying collateral, present economic conditions and other factors considered relevant by the Company’s management. Anticipated changes in economic factors, which may influence the level of the allowance, are considered in the evaluation by the Company’s management when the likelihood of the changes can be reasonably determined. While the Company’s management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary as a result of future economic and other conditions that may be beyond management’s control.
Rialto Investments
Loans Receivable – Revenue Recognition
All of the acquired loans for which (1) there was evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and (2) for which it was deemed probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments were accounted under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality , (“ASC 310-30”). For loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, management determined upon acquisition the loan’s value based on due diligence on each of the loans, the underlying properties and the borrowers. The Company determined fair value by discounting the cash flows expected to be collected adjusted for factors that a market participant would consider when determining fair value. Factors considered in the valuation were projected cash flows for the loans, type of loan and related collateral, classification status and current discount rates. Since the estimates are based on projections, all estimates are subjective and can change due to unexpected changes in economic conditions and loan performance.
Under ASC 310-30, loans were pooled together according to common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single component interest rate and as aggregate expectation of cash flows. The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected over the cost of the loans acquired is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loans using the effective yield method. The difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. This difference is neither accreted into income nor recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
The Rialto segment periodically evaluates its estimate of cash flows expected to be collected on its portfolios. These evaluations require the continued use of key assumptions and estimates, similar to those used in the initial estimate of fair value of the loans to allocate purchase price. Subsequent changes in the estimated cash flows expected to be collected may result in changes in the accretable yield and nonaccretable difference or reclassifications from nonaccretable yield to accretable yield. Increases in the cash flows expected to be collected will generally result in an increase in interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans. Decreases in expected cash flows due to further deterioration will generally result in an impairment recognized as a provision for loan losses, resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan losses. Prepayments are

86

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

treated as a reduction of cash flows expected to be collected and a reduction of contractually required payments such that the nonaccretable difference is not affected.
Nonaccrual Loans- Revenue Recognition & Impairment
At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , there were loans receivable with a carrying value of $40.3 million and $73.7 million , respectively, for which interest income was not being recognized as they were classified as nonaccrual. When forecasted principal and interest cannot be reasonably estimated at the loan acquisition date, management classifies the loan as nonaccrual and accounts for these assets in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivable , (“ASC 310-10”). When a loan is classified as nonaccrual, any subsequent cash receipt is accounted for using the cost recovery method. In accordance with ASC 310-10, a loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events; it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected.
A provision for loan losses is recognized when the recorded investment in the loan is in excess of its fair value. The fair value of the loan is determined by using either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell.
Real Estate Owned
Real estate owned (“REO”) represents real estate that the Rialto segment has taken control or has effective control of in partial or full satisfaction of loans receivable. At the time of acquisition of a property through foreclosure of a loan, REO is recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell if classified as held-for-sale or at fair value if classified as held-and-used, which becomes the property’s new basis. The fair values of these assets are determined in part by placing reliance on third party appraisals of the properties and/or internally prepared analyses of recent offers or prices on comparable properties in the proximate vicinity. The third party appraisals and internally developed analyses are significantly impacted by the local market economy, market supply and demand, competitive conditions and prices on comparable properties, adjusted for date of sale, location, property size, and other factors. Each REO is unique and is analyzed in the context of the particular market where the property is located. In order to establish the significant assumptions for a particular REO, the Company analyzes historical trends, including trends achieved by the Company's local homebuilding operations, if applicable, and current trends in the market and economy impacting the REO. Using available trend information, the Company then calculates its best estimate of fair value, which can include projected cash flows discounted at a rate the Company believes a market participant would determine to be commensurate with the inherent risks associated with the assets and related estimated cash flow streams. These methods use unobservable inputs to develop fair value for the Company’s REO. Due to the volume and variance of unobservable inputs, resulting from the uniqueness of each of the Company's REO, the Company does not use a standard range of unobservable inputs with respect to its evaluation of REO. However, for operating properties within REO, the Company may also use estimated cash flows multiplied by a capitalization rate to determine the fair value of the property. For the year ended November 30, 2012 , the capitalization rates used to estimate fair value ranged from 7% to 12% and varied based on the location of the asset, asset type and occupancy rates for the operating properties.
Changes in economic factors, consumer demand and market conditions, among other things, could materially impact estimates used in the third party appraisals and/or internally prepared analyses of recent offers or prices on comparable properties. Thus, estimates can differ significantly from the amounts ultimately realized by the Rialto segment from disposition of these assets. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan is less than the REO’s fair value (net of estimated cost to sell if held-for-sale), is recorded as an unrealized gain upon foreclosure in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan is greater than the REO’s fair value (net of estimated cost to sell if held-for-sale) is generally recorded as a provision for loan losses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
At times, the Company may foreclose on a loan from an accrual loan pool in which the removal of the loan does not cause an overall decrease in the expected cash flows of the loan pool, and as such, no provision for loan losses is required to be recorded. However, the amount by which the recorded investment in the loan is greater than the REO’s fair value (net of estimated cost to sell if held-for-sale) is recorded as an unrealized loss upon foreclosure.
Additionally, REO includes real estate which Rialto has purchased directly from financial institutions. These REOs are recorded at cost or allocated cost if purchased in a bulk transaction.
Subsequent to obtaining REO via foreclosure or directly from a financial institution, management periodically performs valuations using the methodologies described above such that the real estate is carried at the lower of its cost basis or current fair value, less estimated costs to sell if classified as held-for-sale, or at the lower of its cost basis or current fair value if classified as held-and-used. Any subsequent valuation adjustments, operating expenses or income, and gains and losses on disposition of such properties are also recognized in Rialto Investments other income, net. REO assets classified as held-and-used are depreciated using a useful life of forty years for commercial properties and twenty seven and a half years for

87

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

residential properties. REO assets classified as held-for-sale are not depreciated. Occasionally an asset will require certain improvements to yield a higher return. In accordance with ASC 970-340-25, Real Estate , construction costs incurred prior to acquisition or during development, including improvements of the asset, may be capitalized.
Consolidations of Variable Interest Entities
In 2010, the Rialto segment acquired indirectly 40% managing member equity interests in two limited liability companies (“LLCs”), in partnership with the FDIC. The Company determined that each of the LLCs met the definition of a VIE and that the Company was the primary beneficiary. In accordance with ASC 810-10-65-2, Consolidations , (“ASC 810-10-65-2”), the Company identified the activities that most significantly impact the LLCs’ economic performance and determined that it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the LLCs is most significantly impacted by the performance of the LLCs’ portfolios of assets, which consisted primarily of distressed residential and commercial mortgage loans. Thus, the activities that most significantly impact the LLCs’ economic performance are the servicing and disposition of mortgage loans and real estate obtained through foreclosure of loans, restructuring of loans, or other planned activities associated with the monetizing of loans.
The FDIC does not have the unilateral power to terminate the Company’s role in managing the LLCs and servicing the loan portfolio. While the FDIC has the right to prevent certain types of transactions (i.e., bulk sales, selling assets with recourse back to the selling entity, selling assets with representations and warranties and financing the sales of assets without the FDIC’s approval), the FDIC does not have full voting or blocking rights over the LLCs’ activities, making their voting rights protective in nature, not substantive participating voting rights. Other than as described in the preceding sentence, which are not the primary activities of the LLCs, the Company can cause the LLCs to enter into both the disposition and restructuring of loans without any involvement of the FDIC. Additionally, the FDIC has no voting rights with regard to the operation/management of the operating properties that are acquired upon foreclosure of loans (e.g. REO) and no voting rights over the business plans of the LLCs. The FDIC can make suggestions regarding the business plans, but the Company can decide not to follow the FDIC’s suggestions and not to incorporate them in the business plans. Since the FDIC’s voting rights are protective in nature and not substantive participating voting rights, the Company has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the LLCs’ economic performance.
In accordance with ASC 810-10-65-2, the Company determined that it had an obligation to absorb losses of the LLCs that could potentially be significant to the LLCs or the right to receive benefits from the LLCs that could potentially be significant to the LLCs based on the following factors:
Rialto/Lennar owns 40% of the equity of the LLCs. The LLCs have issued notes to the FDIC totaling $626.9 million . The notes issued by the LLCs must be repaid before any distributions can be made with regard to the equity. Accordingly, the equity of the LLCs has the obligation to absorb losses of the LLCs up to the amount of the notes issued.
Rialto/Lennar has a management/servicer contract under which the Company earns a 0.5% servicing fee.
Rialto/Lennar has guaranteed, as the servicer, its obligations under the servicing agreement up to $10 million .
The Company is aware that the FDIC, as the owner of 60% of the equity of each of the LLCs, may also have an obligation to absorb losses of the LLCs that could potentially be significant to the LLCs. However, in accordance with ASC Topic 810-10-25-38A, only one enterprise, if any, is expected to be identified as the primary beneficiary of a VIE.
Since both criteria for consolidation in ASC 810-10-65-2 are met, the Company consolidated the LLCs.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-4, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs , (“ASU 2011-4”). ASU 2011-4 amends ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements , (“ASC 820”), providing a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-4 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement and expands the ASC 820 disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The Company adopted ASU 2011-04 for its second quarter ended May 31, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-4 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, but did require certain additional disclosures.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-5, Presentation of Comprehensive Income , (“ASU 2011-5”). ASU 2011-5 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-5 will be effective for the Company’s quarter ending February 28, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2011-5 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, but will

88

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

require a change in the presentation of the Company’s comprehensive income from the notes of the consolidated financial statements, where it is currently disclosed, to the face of the consolidated financial statements.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-8, Testing Goodwill for Impairment , (“ASU 2011-8”), which amends the guidance in ASC 350-20, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Goodwill . Under ASU 2011-8, entities have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit when testing goodwill for impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit is determined, based on qualitative factors, to be more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then entities are required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-8 will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year that began December 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-8 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the 2012 presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on the Company’s results of operations.

2. Operating and Reporting Segments
The Company’s operating segments are aggregated into reportable segments, based primarily upon similar economic characteristics, geography and product type. The Company’s reportable segments consist of:
(1)
Homebuilding East
(2)
Homebuilding Central
(3)
Homebuilding West
(4)
Homebuilding Southeast Florida
(5)
Homebuilding Houston
(6)
Financial Services
(7)
Rialto Investments
Information about homebuilding activities in which the Company’s homebuilding activities are not economically similar to other states in the same geographic area is grouped under “Homebuilding Other,” which is not considered a reportable segment.
Evaluation of segment performance is based primarily on operating earnings (loss) before income taxes. Operations of the Company’s homebuilding segments primarily include the construction and sale of single-family attached and detached homes, as well as the purchase, development and sale of residential land directly and through the Company’s unconsolidated entities. Operating earnings (loss) for the homebuilding segments consist of revenues generated from the sales of homes and land, equity in loss from unconsolidated entities and other income, net, less the cost of homes sold and land sold, selling, general and administrative expenses and other interest expense of the segment. The Company’s reportable homebuilding segments and all other homebuilding operations not required to be reported separately, have operations located in:
East: Florida (1) , Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia
Central: Arizona, Colorado and Texas (2)
West: California and Nevada
Southeast Florida: Southeast Florida
Houston: Houston, Texas
Other: Illinois, Minnesota, Oregon and Washington
(1)
Florida in the East reportable segment excludes Southeast Florida, which is its own reportable segment.
(2)
Texas in the Central reportable segment excludes Houston, Texas, which is its own reportable segment.
Operations of the Lennar Financial Services segment include primarily mortgage financing, title insurance and closing services for both buyers of the Company’s homes and others. Substantially all of the loans the Lennar Financial Services segment originates are sold within a short period in the secondary mortgage market on a servicing released, non-recourse basis. After the loans are sold, the Company retains potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that it breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreements. Lennar Financial Services’ operating earnings consist of revenues generated primarily from mortgage financing, title insurance and closing services, less the cost of such services and certain selling, general and administrative expenses incurred by the segment. The Lennar Financial Services segment operates generally in the same states as the Company’s homebuilding operations, as well as in other states.
Operations of the Rialto segment include sourcing, underwriting, pricing, managing and ultimately monetizing real estate and real estate related assets, as well as providing similar services to others in markets across the country. Rialto’s

89

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

operating earnings consists of revenues generated primarily from accretable interest income associated with portfolios of real estate loans acquired in partnership with the FDIC and other portfolios of real estate loans and assets acquired, asset management, due diligence and underwriting fees derived from the segment's investment in the real estate investment fund managed by the Rialto segment ("Fund I"), fees for sub-advisory services, other income (expense), net, consisting primarily of gains upon foreclosure of real estate owned (“REO”) and gains on sale of REO, and equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities, less the costs incurred by the segment for managing portfolios, REO expenses and other general and administrative expenses.
Each reportable segment follows the same accounting policies described in Note 1—“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the consolidated financial statements. Operational results of each segment are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred had the segment been an independent, stand-alone entity during the periods presented.
Financial information relating to the Company’s operations was as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets:
 
 
 
Homebuilding East
$
1,565,439

 
1,312,750

Homebuilding Central
729,300

 
681,859

Homebuilding West
2,396,515

 
2,169,503

Homebuilding Southeast Florida
603,360

 
604,415

Homebuilding Houston
273,605

 
230,076

Homebuilding Other
724,461

 
595,615

Rialto Investments (1)
1,647,360

 
1,897,148

Lennar Financial Services
912,995

 
739,755

Corporate and unallocated
1,509,171

 
923,550

Total assets
$
10,362,206

 
9,154,671

Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities:
 
 
 
Homebuilding East
$
18,114

 
15,690

Homebuilding Central
60,007

 
54,700

Homebuilding West
449,884

 
446,195

Homebuilding Southeast Florida
28,228

 
23,066

Homebuilding Houston
2,850

 
2,996

Homebuilding Other
6,277

 
3,113

Total Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities
$
565,360

 
545,760

Rialto Investments’ investments in unconsolidated entities
$
108,140

 
124,712

Financial Services goodwill
$
34,046

 
34,046

 
(1)
Consists primarily of assets of consolidated VIEs (See Note 8).

90

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Homebuilding East
$
1,299,980

 
1,020,812

 
986,978

Homebuilding Central
506,388

 
365,257

 
357,732

Homebuilding West
697,289

 
540,863

 
683,490

Homebuilding Southeast Florida
367,641

 
239,608

 
131,091

Homebuilding Houston
471,623

 
341,710

 
365,938

Homebuilding Other
238,311

 
166,874

 
180,410

Lennar Financial Services
384,618

 
255,518

 
275,786

Rialto Investments
138,856

 
164,743

 
92,597

Total revenues (1)
$
4,104,706

 
3,095,385

 
3,074,022

Operating earnings (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Homebuilding East
$
113,997

 
80,350

 
99,226

Homebuilding Central (2)
24,827

 
(31,168
)
 
(25,912
)
Homebuilding West (3)
(14,027
)
 
26,050

 
(5,861
)
Homebuilding Southeast Florida (4)
71,057

 
27,428

 
21,005

Homebuilding Houston
46,275

 
17,180

 
26,030

Homebuilding Other
10,972

 
(10,796
)
 
(14,428
)
Lennar Financial Services
84,782

 
20,729

 
31,284

Rialto Investments
11,569

 
63,457

 
57,307

Total operating earnings
349,452

 
193,230

 
188,651

Corporate general and administrative expenses
127,338

 
95,256

 
93,926

Earnings before income taxes
$
222,114

 
97,974

 
94,725

 
(1)
Total revenues are net of sales incentives of $388.2 million ( $28,300 per home delivered) for the year ended November 30, 2012 , $361.7 million ( $33,700 per home delivered) for the year ended November 30, 2011 and $356.5 million ( $32,800 per home delivered) for the year ended November 30, 2010 .
(2)
For the year ended November 30, 2011, operating loss includes $8.4 million of additional expenses associated with remedying pre-existing liabilities of a previously acquired company.
(3)
For the year ended November 30, 2012, operating earnings includes equity in loss from unconsolidated entities related primarily to the Company's share of operating losses of the Company's Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, which includes $12.1 million of the Company's share of valuation adjustments primarily related to asset sales at Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities. For the year ended November 30, 2011, operating earnings include $37.5 million related to the receipt of a litigation settlement, as well as $15.4 million related to the Company’s share of a gain on debt extinguishment and the recognition of $10.0 million of deferred management fees related to management services previously performed by the Company for one of its Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities (See Note 3).
(4)
For the year ended November 30, 2012, operating earnings include a $15.0 million gain on the sale of an operating property.

91

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Valuation adjustments and write-offs relating to the Company’s operations were as follows:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Valuation adjustments to finished homes, CIP and land on which the Company intends to build homes:
 
 
 
 
 
East
$
2,449

 
5,649

 
6,233

Central
331

 
13,685

 
9,205

West
5,229

 
7,784

 
7,139

Southeast Florida
3,640

 
5,621

 
4,434

Houston
130

 
520

 
219

Other
795

 
2,467

 
17,487

Total
12,574

 
35,726

 
44,717

Valuation adjustments to land the Company intends to sell or has sold to third parties:
 
 
 
 
 
East
133

 
101

 
120

Central
178

 
181

 
2,056

West
1

 

 
1,166

Southeast Florida
354

 

 

Houston

 
21

 
32

Other

 
153

 
62

Total
666

 
456

 
3,436

Write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs:
 
 
 
 
 
East
1,820

 
727

 
2,705

Central
181

 
785

 

West
232

 
172

 
400

Houston

 
95

 

Other
156

 
5

 

Total
2,389

 
1,784

 
3,105

Company’s share of valuation adjustments related to assets of unconsolidated entities:
 
 
 
 
 
East
61

 
3

 
229

Central

 
371

 
4,734

West (1) (2)
12,084

 
6,000

 
5,498

Other

 
2,495

 

Total
12,145

 
8,869

 
10,461

Valuation adjustments to investments of unconsolidated entities:
 
 
 
 
 
East (3)
18

 
8,412

 
760

West

 
2,077

 
975

Total
18

 
10,489

 
1,735

Write-offs of other receivables and other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
East
1,000

 

 

Central

 
69

 

Other

 
4,806

 
1,518

Total
1,000

 
4,875

 
1,518

Total valuation adjustments and write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs, other receivables and other assets
$
28,792

 
62,199

 
64,972

 
(1)
For the year ended November 30, 2011, a $57.6 million valuation adjustment related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity was not included because it resulted from a linked transaction where there was also a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million related to the distribution of assets of the unconsolidated entity. The valuation adjustment was included in Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities and the pre-tax gain was included in Lennar Homebuilding other income (expense), net, for the year ended November 30, 2011.
(2)
For the year ended November 30, 2010, a $15.0 million valuation adjustment related to the assets of an unconsolidated entity was not included because it resulted from a linked transaction where there was also a pre-tax gain of $22.7 million related to a debt

92

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

extinguishment. The net pre-tax gain of $7.7 million from the transaction was included in Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities for the year ended November 30, 2010.
(3)
For the year ended November 30, 2011, the Company recorded a $0.1 million valuation adjustment related to a $29.8 million investment of a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity, which was the result of a linked transaction. The linked transaction resulted in a pre-tax gain of $38.6 million related to a debt extinguishment due to the Company’s purchase of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity’s debt at a discount and a $38.7 million valuation adjustment of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity’s inventory upon consolidation. The net pre-tax loss of $0.1 million was included in Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, for the year ended November 30, 2011.
During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company recorded lower valuation adjustments than during the year ended November 30, 2011 . Changes in market conditions and other specific developments may cause the Company to re-evaluate its strategy regarding certain assets that could result in further valuation adjustments and/or additional write-offs of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs due to abandonment of those options contracts.

93

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Lennar Homebuilding interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Homebuilding East
$
60,026

 
52,327

 
48,361

Homebuilding Central
24,765

 
24,591

 
19,476

Homebuilding West
49,096

 
45,747

 
43,562

Homebuilding Southeast Florida
17,282

 
14,023

 
8,369

Homebuilding Houston
13,800

 
11,609

 
10,152

Homebuilding Other
16,416

 
14,673

 
14,026

Total Lennar Homebuilding interest expense
$
181,385

 
162,970

 
143,946

Lennar Financial Services interest income, net
$
3,697

 
2,830

 
1,710

Depreciation and amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
Homebuilding East
$
6,039

 
6,458

 
5,418

Homebuilding Central
2,165

 
2,490

 
2,550

Homebuilding West
9,225

 
7,552

 
5,853

Homebuilding Southeast Florida
1,889

 
837

 
439

Homebuilding Houston
1,692

 
1,063

 
951

Homebuilding Other
3,228

 
2,714

 
198

Lennar Financial Services
2,863

 
2,903

 
3,507

Rialto Investments
6,998

 
2,707

 
134

Corporate and unallocated
23,294

 
14,441

 
16,560

Total depreciation and amortization
$
57,393

 
41,165

 
35,610

Net additions (disposals) to operating properties and equipment:
 
 
 
 
 
Homebuilding East
$
597

 
(259
)
 
(115
)
Homebuilding Central
114

 
39

 
83

Homebuilding West
724

 
7,807

 
4,006

Homebuilding Southeast Florida
4

 
38

 
(784
)
Homebuilding Houston

 

 
35

Homebuilding Other
205

 
353

 
(941
)
Lennar Financial Services
960

 
1,772

 
1,774

Rialto Investments

 
174

 
428

Corporate and unallocated
218

 
12

 
576

Total net additions to operating properties and equipment
$
2,822

 
9,936

 
5,062

Lennar Homebuilding equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
 
 
 
 
 
Homebuilding East
$
542

 
(518
)
 
(602
)
Homebuilding Central
(514
)
 
(922
)
 
(4,727
)
Homebuilding West (1)
(25,415
)
 
(57,215
)
 
(6,113
)
Homebuilding Southeast Florida
(961
)
 
(1,152
)
 
(269
)
Homebuilding Houston
(35
)
 
46

 
766

Homebuilding Other
(293
)
 
(2,955
)
 
(21
)
Total Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities
$
(26,676
)
 
(62,716
)
 
(10,966
)
Rialto Investments equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
$
41,483

 
(7,914
)
 
15,363

 
(1)
For the year ended November 30, 2011, equity in loss from unconsolidated entities includes a $57.6 million valuation adjustment related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity that resulted from a linked transaction where there was also a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million related to the distribution of assets of the unconsolidated entity. The pre-tax gain of $62.3 million was included in Lennar Homebuilding other income, net for the year ended November 30, 2011.


94

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

3. Lennar Homebuilding Receivables
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Accounts receivable
$
36,482

 
31,964

Mortgage and notes receivable
12,616

 
18,066

Income tax receivables
7,479

 
6,880

 
56,577

 
56,910

Allowance for doubtful accounts
(2,832
)
 
(2,933
)
 
$
53,745

 
53,977

At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , Lennar Homebuilding accounts receivable relates primarily to other receivables and rebates. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral for accounts receivable. Mortgages and notes receivable arising from the sale of land are generally collateralized by the property sold to the buyer. Allowances are maintained for potential credit losses based on historical experience, present economic conditions and other factors considered relevant by the Company.

4. Lennar Homebuilding Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
Summarized condensed financial information on a combined 100% basis related to Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities that are accounted for by the equity method was as follows:
Statements of Operations
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
$
353,902

 
301,843

 
236,752

Costs and expenses
418,934

 
451,272

 
378,997

Other income
10,515

 
123,007

 

Net loss of unconsolidated entities (1)
$
(54,517
)
 
(26,422
)
 
(142,245
)
Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities (2)
$
(26,676
)
 
(62,716
)
 
(10,966
)
 
(1)
The net loss of unconsolidated entities for the year ended November 30, 2010 was primarily related to valuation adjustments and operating losses recorded by the unconsolidated entities. The Company’s exposure to such losses was significantly lower as a result of its small ownership interests in the respective unconsolidated entities or its previous valuation adjustments recorded to its investments in unconsolidated entities.
(2)
For the year ended November 30, 2012, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss includes $12.1 million of valuation adjustments related to asset sales at Lennar Homebuilding's unconsolidated entities. For the year ended November 30, 2011, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss includes a $57.6 million valuation adjustment related to an asset distribution from a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity that resulted from a linked transaction where there was also a pre-tax gain of $62.3 million included in Lennar Homebuilding other income, net, related to the distribution of assets of the unconsolidated entity. In addition, for the year ended November 30, 2011, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities includes $8.9 million of valuation adjustments related to the assets of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, offset by a $15.4 million gain related to the Company’s share of a $123.0 million gain on debt extinguishment at a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity. For the year ended November 30, 2010 , the Company recorded a net pre-tax gain of $7.7 million from a transaction related to one of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities. In addition, for the year ended November 30, 2010, Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities includes $10.5 million of valuation adjustments related to the assets of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
 

95

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Balance Sheets
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
157,340

 
90,584

Inventories
2,792,064

 
2,895,241

Other assets
250,940

 
277,152

 
$
3,200,344

 
3,262,977

Liabilities and equity:
 
 
 
Account payable and other liabilities
$
310,496

 
246,384

Debt
759,803

 
960,627

Equity
2,130,045

 
2,055,966

 
$
3,200,344

 
3,262,977

As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company’s recorded investments in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities were $565.4 million and $545.8 million , respectively, while the underlying equity in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities partners’ net assets as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 was $681.6 million and $628.1 million , respectively. The basis difference is primarily as a result of the Company buying at a discount a partner's equity in a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity.
The Company’s partners generally are unrelated homebuilders, land owners/developers and financial or other strategic partners. The unconsolidated entities follow accounting principles that are in all material respects the same as those used by the Company. The Company shares in the profits and losses of these unconsolidated entities generally in accordance with its ownership interests. In many instances, the Company is appointed as the day-to-day manager under the direction of a management committee that has shared powers amongst the partners of the unconsolidated entities and receives management fees and/or reimbursement of expenses for performing this function. During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , the Company received management fees and reimbursement of expenses from the unconsolidated entities totaling $21.0 million , $33.8 million and $21.0 million , respectively.
During 2011, a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity was restructured. As part of the restructuring, the development management agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the unconsolidated entity was terminated and a general release agreement was executed whereby the Company was released from any and all obligations, except any future potential third-party claims, associated with the Agreement. As a result of the restructuring, the termination of the Agreement and the execution of the general release agreement, the Company recognized $10.0 million of deferred management fees related to management services previously performed by the Company prior to November 30, 2010. The Company is not providing any other services to the unconsolidated entity associated with the deferred management fees recognized.
The Company and/or its partners sometimes obtain options or enter into other arrangements under which the Company can purchase portions of the land held by the unconsolidated entities. Option prices are generally negotiated prices that approximate fair value when the Company receives the options. During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , $130.3 million , $112.8 million and $86.3 million , respectively, of the unconsolidated entities’ revenues were from land sales to the Company. The Company does not include in its Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities its pro rata share of unconsolidated entities’ earnings resulting from land sales to its homebuilding divisions. Instead, the Company accounts for those earnings as a reduction of the cost of purchasing the land from the unconsolidated entities. This in effect defers recognition of the Company’s share of the unconsolidated entities’ earnings related to these sales until the Company delivers a home and title passes to a third-party homebuyer.
In fiscal 2007, the Company sold a portfolio of land to a strategic land investment venture with Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund II, L.P., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., in which the Company has a 20% ownership interest and 50% voting rights. Due to the Company’s continuing involvement, the transaction did not qualify as a sale by the Company under GAAP; thus, the inventory has remained on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in consolidated inventory not owned. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the portfolio of land (including land development costs) of $264.9 million and $372.0 million , respectively, is reflected as inventory in the summarized condensed financial information related to Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities.

96

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which the Company has investments usually finance their activities with a combination of partner equity and debt financing. In some instances, the Company and its partners have guaranteed debt of certain unconsolidated entities.
The summary of the Company’s net recourse exposure related to the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which the Company has investments was as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Several recourse debt - repayment
$
48,020

 
62,408

Joint and several recourse debt - repayment
18,695

 
46,292

The Company’s maximum recourse exposure
66,715

 
108,700

Less: joint and several reimbursement agreements with the Company’s partners
(16,826
)
 
(33,795
)
The Company’s net recourse exposure
$
49,889

 
74,905

During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company's maximum recourse exposure related to indebtedness of Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities decreased by $42.0 million , as a result of $15.4 million paid by the Company primarily through capital contributions to unconsolidated entities and $30.2 million primarily related to the joint ventures selling assets and other transactions, partially offset by an increase in recourse debt related to a joint venture.
Indebtedness of a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity is secured by its own assets. Some Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities own multiple properties and other assets. There is no cross collateralization of debt to different unconsolidated entities. The Company also does not use its investment in one unconsolidated entity as collateral for the debt in another unconsolidated entity or commingle funds among Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities.
In connection with loans to a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity, the Company and its partners often guarantee to a lender either jointly and severally or on a several basis, any, or all of the following: (I) the completion of the development, in whole or in part, (ii) indemnification of the lender from environmental issues, (iii) indemnification of the lender from “bad boy acts” of the unconsolidated entity (or full recourse liability in the event of unauthorized transfer or bankruptcy) and (iv) that the loan to value and/or loan to cost will not exceed a certain percentage (maintenance or remargining guarantee) or that a percentage of the outstanding loan will be repaid (repayment guarantee).
In connection with loans to a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity where there is a joint and several guarantee, the Company generally has a reimbursement agreement with its partner. The reimbursement agreement provides that neither party is responsible for more than its proportionate share of the guarantee. However, if the Lennar Homebuilding’s joint venture partner does not have adequate financial resources to meet its obligations under the reimbursement agreement, the Company may be liable for more than its proportionate share, up to its maximum recourse exposure, which is the full amount covered by the joint and several guarantee.
If the joint ventures are unable to reduce their debt, where there is recourse to the Company, through the sale of inventory or other means, then the Company and its partners may be required to contribute capital to the joint ventures.
The recourse debt exposure in the previous table represents the Company’s maximum recourse exposure to loss from guarantees and does not take into account the underlying value of the collateral or the other assets of the borrowers that are available to repay the debt or to reimburse the Company for any payments on its guarantees. The Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities that have recourse debt have significant amount of assets and equity. The summarized balance sheets of the Lennar Homebuilding’s unconsolidated entities with recourse debt were as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets
$
1,843,163

 
1,865,144

Liabilities
$
765,295

 
815,815

Equity
$
1,077,868

 
1,049,329

In addition, in most instances in which the Company has guaranteed debt of a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity, the Company’s partners have also guaranteed that debt and are required to contribute their share of the guarantee payments. Some of the Company’s guarantees are repayment guarantees and some are maintenance guarantees. In a repayment guarantee, the Company and its venture partners guarantee repayment of a portion or all of the debt in the event of default

97

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

before the lender would have to exercise its rights against the collateral. In the event of default, if the Company’s venture partner does not have adequate financial resources to meet its obligations under the reimbursement agreement, the Company may be liable for more than its proportionate share, up to its maximum recourse exposure, which is the full amount covered by the joint and several guarantee. The maintenance guarantees only apply if the value or the collateral (generally land and improvements) is less than a specified percentage of the loan balance. If the Company is required to make a payment under a maintenance guarantee to bring the value of the collateral above the specified percentage of the remaining loan balance, the payment would constitute a capital contribution or loan to the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity and increase the Company’s investment in the unconsolidated entity and its share of any funds the unconsolidated entity distributes. As of November 30, 2012 , the Company does not have any maintenance guarantees related to its Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
In connection with many of the loans to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, the Company and its joint venture partners (or entities related to them) have been required to give guarantees of completion to the lenders. Those completion guarantees may require that the guarantors complete the construction of the improvements for which the financing was obtained. If the construction is to be done in phases, the guarantee generally is limited to completing only the phases as to which construction has already commenced and for which loan proceeds were used.
During the year ended November 30, 2012 , there were other loan paydowns relating to recourse debt of $5.7 million . During the year ended November 30, 2011, there were: (1) payments of $1.7 million under the Company’s maintenance guarantees, and (2) other loan paydowns of $16.3 million , a portion of which related to amounts paid under the Company’s repayment guarantees. During the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , there were no payments under completion guarantees. Payments made to, or on behalf of, the Company’s unconsolidated entities, including payment made under guarantees, are recorded primarily as capital contributions to the Company’s Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
As of November 30, 2012 , the fair values of the repayment guarantees and completion guarantees were not material. The Company believes that as of November 30, 2012 , in the event it becomes legally obligated to perform under a guarantee of the obligation of a Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entity due to a triggering event under a guarantee, most of the time the collateral should be sufficient to repay at least a significant portion of the obligation or the Company and its partners would contribute additional capital into the venture. In certain instances, the Company has placed performance letters of credit and surety bonds with municipalities for its joint ventures (see Note 6).
The total debt of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities in which the Company has investments was as follows:
 
November 30,
(Dollars In thousands)
2012
 
2011
The Company’s net recourse exposure
$
49,889

 
74,905

Reimbursement agreements from partners
16,826

 
33,795

The Company’s maximum recourse exposure
$
66,715

 
108,700

Non-recourse bank debt and other debt (partner’s share of several recourse)
$
114,900

 
149,937

Non-recourse land seller debt or other debt
26,340

 
26,391

Non-recourse debt with completion guarantees
458,418

 
441,770

Non-recourse debt without completion guarantees
93,430

 
233,829

Non-recourse debt to the Company
693,088

 
851,927

Total debt
$
759,803

 
960,627

The Company’s maximum recourse exposure as a % of total JV debt
9
%
 
11
%


98

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

5. Operating Properties and Equipment
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Operating properties (1)
$
333,577

 
338,743

Leasehold improvements
29,363

 
27,143

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
29,671

 
30,154

 
392,611

 
396,040

Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(78,990
)
 
(76,795
)
 
$
313,621

 
319,245

 
(1)
Operating properties primarily include multi-level residential buildings that have been converted to rental operations.
Operating properties and equipment are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

6. Lennar Homebuilding Senior Notes and Other Debts Payable
 
November 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
5.95% senior notes due 2013
$
62,932

 
266,855

5.50% senior notes due 2014
249,294

 
248,967

5.60% senior notes due 2015
500,769

 
500,999

6.50% senior notes due 2016
249,851

 
249,819

4.75% senior notes due 2017
400,000

 

12.25% senior notes due 2017
394,457

 
393,700

6.95% senior notes due 2018
247,873

 
247,598

2.00% convertible senior notes due 2020
276,500

 
276,500

2.75% convertible senior notes due 2020
401,787

 
388,417

3.25% convertible senior notes due 2021
400,000

 
350,000

4.750% senior notes due 2022
350,000

 

Mortgages notes on land and other debt
471,588

 
439,904

 
$
4,005,051

 
3,362,759

In 2012, the Company entered into a 3 -year unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with certain financial institutions that expires in May 2015 . As of November 30, 2012 , the maximum aggregate commitment under the Credit Facility was $525 million , of which $500 million is committed and $25 million is available through an accordion feature, subject to additional commitments. As of November 30, 2012, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility. At November 30, 2012 , the Company had a $150 million Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement (“LC Agreement”) with certain financial institutions, which may be increased to $200 million , but for which there are currently no commitments for the additional $50 million . At November 30, 2012 , the Company also had a $50 million Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement with certain financial institutions that has a $50 million accordion for which there are currently no commitments and the Company also has a $200 million Letter of Credit Facility with a financial institution. The Company believes it was in compliance with its debt covenants at November 30, 2012 .
The Company’s performance letters of credit outstanding were $107.5 million and $68.0 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 . The Company’s financial letters of credit outstanding were $204.7 million and $199.3 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 . Performance letters of credit are generally posted with regulatory bodies to guarantee the Company’s performance of certain development and construction activities, and financial letters of credit are generally posted in lieu of cash deposits on option contracts, for insurance risks, credit enhancements and as other collateral. Additionally, at November 30, 2012 , the Company had outstanding performance and surety bonds related to site improvements at various projects (including certain projects in the Company’s joint ventures) of $606.5 million . Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, these bonds are generally not released until all development and construction activities are completed. As of November 30, 2012 , there were approximately

99

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

$347.8 million , or 57% , of costs to complete related to these site improvements. The Company does not presently anticipate any draws upon these bonds, but if any such draws occur, the Company does not believe they would have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In October 2012, the Company issued $350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.750% senior notes due 2022 (the " 4.750% Senior Notes") at a price of 100% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of expenses, were $346.0 million . The Company used the net proceeds of the sale of the 4.750% Senior Notes for working capital and general corporate purposes. Interest on the 4.750% Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning May 15, 2013. The 4.750% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's wholly owned homebuilding subsidiaries. At November 30, 2012 , the carrying amount of the 4.750% Senior Notes was $350.0 million .
In July and August 2012, the Company issued a combined $400 million aggregate principal amount of 4.75% senior notes due 2017 (the " 4.75% Senior Notes") at a price of 100% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of expenses, were $395.9 million . The Company used a portion of the net proceeds of the sale of the 4.75% Senior Notes to fund purchases pursuant to its tender offer for its 5.95% senior notes due 2013 (" 5.95% Senior Notes"). The Company used the remaining net proceeds of the sale of the 4.75% Senior Notes for working capital and general corporate purposes. Interest on the 4.75% Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning October 15, 2012. The 4.75% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's wholly owned homebuilding subsidiaries. At November 30, 2012 , the carrying amount of the 4.75% Senior Notes was $400.0 million .
In November 2011, the Company issued $350 million aggregate principal amount of 3.25% convertible senior notes due 2021 (the " 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes"). In December 2011, the initial purchasers of the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes purchased an additional $50.0 million aggregate principal amount to cover over-allotments. Proceeds from the offerings, after payment of expenses, were $342.6 million and $49.0 million , respectively. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying and principal amount of the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes was $400.0 million and $350.0 million , respectively. The 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into shares of Class A common stock at any time prior to maturity or redemption at the initial conversion rate of 42.5555 shares of Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes or 17,022,200 Class A common shares if all the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes are converted, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $23.50 per share of Class A common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. The shares are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Holders of the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes have the right to require the Company to repurchase them for cash equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest on November 15, 2016. The Company has the right to redeem the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes at any time on or after November 20, 2016 for 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest. Interest on the 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning May 15, 2012. The 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries.
In November 2010, the Company issued $446 million of 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2020 (the “ 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes”) at a price of 100% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of expenses, were $436.4 million . The net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including repayments or repurchases of existing senior notes or other indebtedness. The 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into cash, shares of Class A common stock or a combination of both, at the Company’s election. However, it is the Company’s intent to settle the face value of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes in cash. Holders may convert the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes at the initial conversion rate of 45.1794 shares of Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount or 20,150,012 Class A common shares if all the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes are converted, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $22.13 per share of Class A common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. For the year ended November 30, 2011, the shares were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share primarily because it is the Company’s intent to settle the face value of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes in cash and the Company’s stock price did not exceed the conversion price. For the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company's volume weighted average stock price was $28.12 , which exceeded the conversion price, thus 4.0 million shares were included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.
Holders of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes have the right to convert them, during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day. Holders of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes have the right to require the Company to repurchase them for cash equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest, on December 15, 2015. The Company has the right to redeem the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes at any time on or after December 20, 2015 for 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest. Interest on the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning June 15, 2011. The 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are currently guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries.

100

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For its 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes, the Company will be required to pay contingent interest with regard to any interest period beginning with the interest period commencing December 20, 2015 and ending June 14, 2016, and for each subsequent six-month period commencing on an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date, if the average trading price of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes during the five consecutive trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable interest period exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes. The amount of contingent interest payable per $1,000 principal amount of notes during the applicable interest period will equal 0.75%  per year of the average trading price of such $1,000 principal amount of 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes during the five trading day reference period.
Certain provisions under ASC Topic 470, Debt , require the issuer of certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash on conversion to separately account for the liability and equity components of the instrument in a manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. The Company has applied these provisions to its 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes. The Company estimated the fair value of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes using similar debt instruments at issuance that did not have a conversion feature and allocated the residual value to an equity component that represents the estimated fair value of the conversion feature at issuance. The debt discount of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes is being amortized over five years and the annual effective interest rate is 7.1% after giving effect to the amortization of the discount and deferred financing costs. At both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the principal amount of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes was $446.0 million . At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the equity component included in stockholders’ equity was $44.2 million and $57.6 million , respectively, and the net carrying amount of the 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes included in Lennar Homebuilding senior notes and other debts payable was $401.8 million and $388.4 million , respectively. During the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the amount of interest recognized relating to both the contractual interest and amortization of the discount was $25.6 million and $24.8 million , respectively.
In May 2010, the Company issued $250 million of 6.95% senior notes due 2018 (the “ 6.95% Senior Notes”) at a price of 98.929% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of initial purchaser’s discount and expenses, were $243.9 million . The Company used the net proceeds of the sale of the 6.95% Senior Notes to fund purchases pursuant to its tender offer for its 5.125% senior notes due October 2010, its 5.95% senior notes due 2011 and its 5.95% senior notes due 2013. Interest on the 6.95% Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning December 1, 2010. The 6.95% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are currently guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries. Subsequently, most of the privately placed 6.95% Senior Notes were exchanged for substantially identical 6.95% senior notes that had been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the 6.95% Senior Notes was $247.9 million and $247.6 million , respectively.
In May 2010, the Company issued $276.5 million of 2.00% convertible senior notes due 2020 (the “ 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes”) at a price of 100% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of expenses, were $271.2 million . The net proceeds were to be used for general corporate purposes, including repayments or repurchases of existing senior notes or other indebtedness. The 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into shares of Class A common stock at the initial conversion rate of 36.1827 shares of Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes or 10,004,517 Class A common shares if all the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes are converted, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $27.64 per share of Class A common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. The shares are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Holders of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes have the right to require the Company to repurchase them for cash equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest, on each of December 1, 2013 and December 1, 2015. The Company has the right to redeem the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes at any time on or after December 1, 2013 for 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest. Interest on the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes is due semi-annually beginning December 1, 2010. The 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are currently guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries. At both November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes was $276.5 million .
For its 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes, the Company will be required to pay contingent interest with regard to any interest period commencing with the six-month interest period beginning December 1, 2013, if the average trading price of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes during the five consecutive trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes. The amount of contingent interest payable per $1,000 principal amount of notes during the applicable six-month interest period will equal 0.50%  per year of the average trading price of such $1,000 principal amount of 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes during the five trading-day reference period.
In April 2009, the Company sold $400 million of 12.25% senior notes due 2017 (the “ 12.25% Senior Notes”) at a price of 98.098% in a private placement and were subsequently exchanged for substantially identical 12.25% Senior Notes that had been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. Proceeds from the offering, after payment of initial purchaser’s discount

101

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

and expenses, were $386.7 million . The Company added the proceeds to its working capital to be used for general corporate purposes, which included the repayment or repurchase of its near-term maturities or of debt of its joint ventures that it has guaranteed. Interest on the 12.25% Senior Notes is due semi-annually. The 12.25% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are currently guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the 12.25% Senior Notes was $394.5 million and $393.7 million , respectively.
In April 2006, the Company sold $250 million of 5.95% senior notes due October 2011 (the “ 5.95% Senior Notes due 2011") at a price of 99.766% in a private placement and were subsequently exchanged for substantially identical 5.95% Senior Notes due 2011 that had been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. During the years ended November 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company redeemed $131.8 million (including amount redeemed through the tender offer) and $5.0 million , respectively, of the 5.95% senior notes due 2011. In October 2011, the Company retired the remaining $113.2 million of its 5.95% senior notes due 2011 for 100% of the outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the maturity date.
In April 2006, the Company sold $250 million of 6.50% senior notes due 2016 (the “ 6.50% Senior Notes due 2016”) at a price of 99.873% , in a private placement and were subsequently exchanged for identical 6.50% Senior Notes due 2016 that had been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. Proceeds from the offering of the 6.50% Senior Notes due 2016, after initial purchaser’s discount and expenses, were $248.9 million . The Company added the proceeds to its working capital to be used for general corporate purposes. Interest on the 6.50% Senior Notes due 2016 is due semi-annually. The 6.50% Senior Notes due 2016 are unsecured and unsubordinated, but are currently guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the 6.50% Senior Notes due 2016 was $249.9 million and $249.8 million , respectively.
In April 2005, the Company sold $300 million of 5.60% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “ 5.60% Senior Notes”) at a price of 99.771% . Proceeds from the offering, after initial purchaser’s discount and expenses, were $297.5 million . In July 2005, the Company sold $200 million of 5.60% Senior Notes due 2015 at a price of 101.407% . The 5.60% Senior Notes were the same issue as the 5.60% Senior Notes the Company sold in April 2005. Proceeds from the offering, after initial purchaser’s discount and expenses, were $203.9 million . The Company added the proceeds of both offerings to its working capital to be used for general corporate purposes. Interest on the 5.60% Senior Notes is due semi-annually. The 5.60% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. Currently, substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries are guaranteeing the 5.60% Senior Notes. The 5.60% Senior Notes were subsequently exchanged for identical 5.60% Senior Notes that had been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the 5.60% Senior Notes sold in April and July 2005 was $500.8 million and $501.0 million , respectively.
In August 2004, the Company sold $250 million of 5.50% senior notes due 2014 (the “ 5.50% Senior Notes”) at a price of 98.842% in a private placement. Proceeds from the offering, after initial purchaser’s discount and expenses, were $245.5 million . The Company used the proceeds to repay borrowings under its Credit Facility. Interest on the 5.50% Senior Notes is due semi-annually. The 5.50% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. Currently, substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries are guaranteeing the 5.50% Senior Notes. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying value of the 5.50% Senior Notes was $249.3 million and $249.0 million , respectively.
In February 2003, the Company issued $350 million of 5.95% senior notes due 2013 (the “ 5.95% Senior Notes”) at a price of 98.287% . Currently, substantially all of the Company’s wholly-owned homebuilding subsidiaries are guaranteeing the 5.95% Senior Notes. During the year ended November 30, 2012, the Company repurchased $204.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.95% Senior Notes through a tender offer, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $6.5 million , included in Lennar Homebuilding other income, net. During the year ended November 30, 2010, the Company redeemed $82.3 million (including amount redeemed through the tender offer) of the 5.95% Senior Notes due 2013. At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the 5.95% Senior Notes was $62.9 million and $266.9 million , respectively.
At November 30, 2012, the Company had mortgage notes on land and other debt due at various dates through 2028 bearing interest at rates up to 9.0% with an average interest rate of 3.9% . At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of the mortgage notes on land and other debt was $471.6 million and $439.9 million , respectively. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company retired $97.9 million of mortgage notes on land and other debt. During the year ended November 30, 2011 , the Company retired $135.7 million of mortgage notes on land and other debt.

102

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The minimum aggregate principal maturities of senior notes and other debts payable during the five years subsequent to November 30, 2012 and thereafter are as follows:
(In thousands)
Debt
Maturities (1)
2013
$
224,595

2014
353,869

2015
593,420

2016
317,011

2017
405,207

Thereafter
2,110,949

(1) Some of the debt maturities included in these amounts relate to convertible senior notes that are putable to the Company at earlier dates than in this table, as described in the detail description of each of the convertible senior notes.

7. Lennar Financial Services Segment
The assets and liabilities related to the Lennar Financial Services segment were as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
58,566

 
55,454

Restricted cash
12,972

 
16,319

Receivables, net (1)
172,230

 
220,546

Loans held-for-sale (2)
502,318

 
303,780

Loans held-for-investment, net
23,982

 
24,262

Investments held-to-maturity
63,924

 
48,860

Goodwill
34,046

 
34,046

Other (3)
44,957

 
36,488

 
$
912,995

 
739,755

Liabilities:
 
 
 
Notes and other debts payable
$
457,994

 
410,134

Other (4)
172,978

 
152,601

 
$
630,972

 
562,735

 
(1)
Receivables, net, primarily relate to loans sold to investors for which the Company had not yet been paid as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
(2)
Loans held-for-sale relate to unsold loans carried at fair value.
(3)
Other assets include mortgage loan commitments carried at fair value of $12.7 million and $4.2 million , respectively, as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 .
(4)
Other liabilities include $76.1 million and $75.4 million , respectively, of certain of the Company’s self-insurance reserves related to general liability and workers’ compensation. Other liabilities also include forward contracts carried at fair value of $2.6 million and $1.4 million as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 .
At November 30, 2012 , the Lennar Financial Services segment had a 364 -day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $150 million and an additional uncommitted amount of $50 million that matures in February 2013 , a 364 -day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $250 million that matures in July 2013 , and a 364 -day warehouse repurchase facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $150 million (plus a $100 million temporary accordion feature that expired December 31, 2012) and a 364 -day warehouse facility with a maximum aggregate commitment of $60 million , both of which mature in November 2013 . As of November 30, 2012 , the maximum aggregate commitment and uncommitted amount under these facilities totaled $710 million and $50 million , respectively.
The Lennar Financial Services segment uses these facilities to finance its lending activities until the mortgage loans are sold to investors and expects the facilities to be renewed or replaced with other facilities when they mature. Borrowings

103

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

under the facilities and their prior year predecessors were $458.0 million and $410.1 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 , and were collateralized by mortgage loans and receivables on loans sold to investors but not yet paid for with outstanding principal balances of $509.1 million and $431.6 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 . The combined effective interest rate on the facilities at November 30, 2012 was 2.9% . If the facilities are not renewed, the borrowings under the lines of credit will be paid off by selling the mortgage loans held-for-sale to investors and by collecting on receivables on loans sold but not yet paid. Without the facilities, the Lennar Financial Services segment would have to use cash from operations and other funding sources to finance its lending activities.

8. Rialto Investment Segment
The assets and liabilities related to the Rialto segment were as follows:  
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
105,310

 
83,938

Defeasance cash to retire notes payable
223,813

 
219,386

Loans receivable, net
436,535

 
713,354

Real estate owned - held-for-sale
134,161

 
143,677

Real estate owned - held-and-used, net
601,022

 
582,111

Investments in unconsolidated entities
108,140

 
124,712

Investments held-to-maturity
15,012

 
14,096

Other
23,367

 
15,874

 
$
1,647,360

 
1,897,148

Liabilities:
 
 
 
Notes payable
$
574,480

 
765,541

Other
26,122

 
30,579

 
$
600,602

 
796,120

Rialto’s operating earnings were as follows for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
$
138,856

 
164,743

 
92,597

Costs and expenses
138,990

 
132,583

 
67,904

Rialto Investments equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
41,483

 
(7,914
)
 
15,363

Rialto Investments other income (expense), net
(29,780
)
 
39,211

 
17,251

Operating earnings (1)
$
11,569

 
63,457

 
57,307

 
(1)
Operating earnings for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 includes ($14.4) million , $28.9 million and $33.2 million , respectively, of net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests.

104

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following is a detail of Rialto Investments other income (expense), net for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Realized gains (losses) on REO sales
$
21,649

 
6,035

 
2,893

Unrealized gains (losses) on transfer of loans receivable to REO
(11,160
)
 
70,779

 
18,089

REO expenses
(56,745
)
 
(49,531
)
 
(3,902
)
Rental income
16,476

 
7,185

 
171

Gain on sale of investment securities

 
4,743

 

Rialto Investments other income (expense), net
$
(29,780
)
 
39,211

 
17,251

Loans Receivable
In February 2010, the Rialto segment acquired indirectly 40% managing member equity interests in two limited liability companies (“LLCs”), in partnership with the FDIC, for approximately $243 million (net of transaction costs and a $22 million working capital reserve). The LLCs hold performing and non-performing loans formerly owned by 22 failed financial institutions and when the Rialto segment acquired its interests in the LLCs, the two portfolios consisted of approximately 5,500 distressed residential and commercial real estate loans (“FDIC Portfolios”). The FDIC retained a 60% equity interest in the LLCs and provided $626.9 million of financing with 0% interest, which are non-recourse to the Company and the LLCs. In accordance with GAAP, interest has not been imputed because the notes are with, and guaranteed by, a governmental agency. The notes are secured by the loans held by the LLCs. Additionally, if the LLCs exceed expectations and meet certain internal rate of return and distribution thresholds, the Company’s equity interest in the LLCs could be reduced from 40% down to 30% , with a corresponding increase to the FDIC’s equity interest from 60% up to 70% . As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the notes payable balance was $470.0 million and $626.9 million , respectively; however, as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , $223.8 million and $219.4 million , respectively, of cash collections on loans in excess of expenses were deposited in a defeasance account, established for the repayment of the notes payable, under the agreement with the FDIC. The funds in the defeasance account will be used to retire the notes payable upon their maturity. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the LLCs retired $156.9 million principal amount of the notes payable under the agreement with the FDIC through the defeasance account.
The LLCs met the accounting definition of VIEs and since the Company was determined to be the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidated the LLCs. The Company was determined to be the primary beneficiary because it has the power to direct the activities of the LLCs that most significantly impact the LLCs’ performance through its management and servicer contracts. At November 30, 2012 , these consolidated LLCs had total combined assets and liabilities of $1.2 billion and $0.5 billion , respectively. At November 30, 2011 , these consolidated LLCs had total combined assets and liabilities of $1.4 billion and $0.7 billion , respectively.
In September 2010, the Rialto segment acquired approximately 400 distressed residential and commercial real estate loans (“Bank Portfolios”) and over 300 REO properties from three financial institutions. The Company paid $310.0 million for the distressed real estate and real estate related assets of which $124 million was financed through a 5 -year senior unsecured note provided by one of the selling institutions. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company retired $33.0 million principal amount of the 5-year senior unsecured note.
The following table displays the loans receivable by aggregate collateral type:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Land
$
216,095

 
348,234

Single family homes
93,207

 
152,265

Commercial properties
96,226

 
172,799

Multi-family homes
12,776

 
28,108

Other
18,231

 
11,948

Loans receivable
$
436,535

 
713,354


105

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

With regards to loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, (“ASC 310-30”), the Rialto segment estimated the cash flows, at acquisition, it expected to collect on the FDIC Portfolios and Bank Portfolios. In accordance with ASC 310-30, the difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. This difference is neither accreted into income nor recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the cost of the loans acquired is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loans using the effective yield method.
The Rialto segment periodically evaluates its estimate of cash flows expected to be collected on its FDIC Portfolios and Bank Portfolios. These evaluations require the continued use of key assumptions and estimates, similar to those used in the initial estimate of fair value of the loans to allocate purchase price. Subsequent changes in the estimated cash flows expected to be collected may result in changes in the accretable yield and nonaccretable difference or reclassifications from nonaccretable yield to accretable yield. Increases in the cash flows expected to be collected will generally result in an increase in interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans. Decreases in expected cash flows due to further credit deterioration will generally result in an impairment charge recognized as a provision for loan losses, resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan losses.
The outstanding balance and carrying value of loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 was as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Outstanding principal balance
$
812,187

 
1,331,094

Carrying value
$
396,200

 
639,642

The activity in the accretable yield for the FDIC Portfolios and Bank Portfolios for the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Accretable yield, beginning of year
$
209,480

 
396,311

Additions
65,151

 
16,173

Deletions
(88,333
)
 
(92,416
)
Accretions
(73,399
)
 
(110,588
)
Accretable yield, end of year
$
112,899

 
209,480

Additions primarily represent reclasses from nonaccretable yield to accretable yield on the portfolios. Deletions represent loan impairments and disposal of loans, which includes foreclosure of underlying collateral and result in the removal of the loans from the accretable yield portfolios.
When forecasted principal and interest cannot be reasonably estimated at the loan acquisition date, management classifies the loan as nonaccrual and accounts for these assets in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables (“ASC 310-10”). When a loan is classified as nonaccrual, any subsequent cash receipt is accounted for using the cost recovery method. In accordance with ASC 310-10, a loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. Although these loans met the definition of ASC 310-10, these loans were not considered impaired relative to the Company’s recorded investment at the time of the acquisition since they were acquired at a substantial discount to their unpaid principal balance. A provision for loan losses is recognized when the recorded investment in the loan is in excess of its fair value. The fair value of the loan is determined by using either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell.

106

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table represents nonaccrual loans in the FDIC Portfolios and Bank Portfolios accounted for under ASC 310-10 aggregated by collateral type:
November 30, 2012
 
 
 
Recorded Investment
 
 
(In thousands)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
With
Allowance
 
Without
Allowance
 
Total
Recorded
Investment
Land
$
23,163

 
4,983

 
2,844

 
7,827

Single family homes
18,966

 
8,311

 
2,244

 
10,555

Commercial properties
35,996

 
1,006

 
20,947

 
21,953

Loans receivable
$
78,125

 
14,300

 
26,035

 
40,335

November 30, 2011
 
 
 
Recorded Investment
 
 
(In thousands)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
With
Allowance
 
Without
Allowance
 
Total
Recorded
Investment
Land
$
75,557

 

 
24,692

 
24,692

Single family homes
55,377

 
1,956

 
13,235

 
15,191

Commercial properties
48,293

 
2,660

 
24,434

 
27,094

Multi-family homes
16,750

 

 
6,735

 
6,735

Other
405

 

 

 

Loans receivable
$
196,382

 
4,616

 
69,096

 
73,712

The average recorded investment in impaired loans totaled approximately $57 million and $163 million , respectively, for the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 .
The loans receivable portfolios consist of loans acquired at a discount. Based on the nature of these loans, the portfolios are managed by assessing the risks related to the likelihood of collection of payments from borrowers and guarantors, as well as monitoring the value of the underlying collateral. The following are the risk categories for the loans receivable portfolios:
Accrual — Loans in which forecasted cash flows under the loan agreement, as it might be modified from time to time, can be reasonably estimated at the date of acquisition. The risk associated with loans in this category relates to the possible default by the borrower with respect to principal and interest payments and/or the possible decline in value of the underlying collateral and thus, both could cause a decline in the forecasted cash flows used to determine accretable yield income and the recognition of an impairment through an allowance for loan losses. As of November 30, 2012 , the Company had an allowance on these loans of $12.2 million . During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company recorded $18.7 million of provision for loan losses offset by charge-offs of $6.5 million upon foreclosure of the loans. As of November 30, 2011 , the Company did not have an allowance for losses against accrual loans.
Nonaccrual — Loans in which forecasted principal and interest could not be reasonably estimated at the date of acquisition. Although the Company believes the recorded investment balance will ultimately be realized, the risk of nonaccrual loans relates to a decline in the value of the collateral securing the outstanding obligation and the recognition of an impairment through an allowance for loan losses if the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value of the collateral less estimated cost to sell. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company had $3.7 million and $0.8 million , respectively, of allowance on these loans. During the year ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company recorded $9.3 million and $13.8 million , respectively, of provision for loan losses offset by charge-offs of $6.4 million and $13.0 million , respectively, upon foreclosure of the loans.

107

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Accrual and nonaccrual loans receivable by risk categories were as follows:
November 30, 2012
(In thousands)
Accrual
 
Nonaccrual
 
Total
Land
$
208,268

 
7,827

 
216,095

Single family homes
82,652

 
10,555

 
93,207

Commercial properties
74,273

 
21,953

 
96,226

Multi-family homes
12,776

 

 
12,776

Other
18,231

 

 
18,231

Loans receivable
$
396,200

 
40,335

 
436,535

November 30, 2011
(In thousands)
Accrual
 
Nonaccrual
 
Total
Land
$
323,542

 
24,692

 
348,234

Single family homes
137,074

 
15,191

 
152,265

Commercial properties
145,705

 
27,094

 
172,799

Multi-family homes
21,373

 
6,735

 
28,108

Other
11,948

 

 
11,948

Loans receivable
$
639,642

 
73,712

 
713,354

In order to assess the risk associated with each risk category, the Rialto segment evaluates the forecasted cash flows and the value of the underlying collateral securing loans receivable on a quarterly basis or when an event occurs that suggests a decline in the collaterals’ fair value.
Real Estate Owned
The acquisition of properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are reported within the consolidated balance sheets as REO held-and-used, net and REO held-for-sale. When a property is determined to be held-and-used, the asset is recorded at fair value and depreciated over its useful life using the straight line method. When certain criteria set forth in ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment , are met; the property is classified as held-for-sale. When a real estate asset is classified as held-for-sale, the property is recorded at the lower of its cost basis or fair value less estimated costs to sell. The fair values of REO held-for-sale are determined in part by placing reliance on third party appraisals of the properties and/or internally prepared analyses of recent offers or prices on comparable properties in the proximate vicinity.
The following tables present the activity in REO for the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 :
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
REO - held-for-sale, beginning of year
$
143,677

 
250,286

Additions
9,987

 
452,943

Improvements
9,605

 
20,623

Sales
(161,253
)
 
(84,999
)
Impairments
(2,579
)
 
(1,545
)
Transfers to/from held-and-used, net (1)
146,059

 
(489,705
)
Transfers to Lennar Homebuilding
(11,335
)
 
(3,926
)
REO - held-for-sale, end of year
$
134,161

 
143,677


108

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
REO - held-and-used, net, beginning of year
$
582,111

 
7,818

Additions
175,114

 
93,650

Improvements
4,340

 

Sales
(981
)
 

Impairments
(6,703
)
 
(6,612
)
Depreciation
(6,800
)
 
(2,450
)
Transfers to/from held-for-sale (1)
(146,059
)
 
489,705

REO - held-and-used, net, end of year
$
601,022

 
582,111

 
(1)
During the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Rialto segment transferred certain properties to/from REO held-and-used, net to/from REO held-for-sale as a result of changes made in the disposition strategy of the real estate assets.
For the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , the Company recorded $21.6 million , $6.0 million , and $2.9 million , respectively, of gains from sales of REO. For the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , the Company recorded ($1.9) million , $78.9 million , and $18.1 million , respectively, of gains (losses) from acquisitions of REO through foreclosure. These gains are recorded in Rialto Investments other income (expense), net.
Investments
In 2010, the Rialto segment invested in approximately $43 million of non-investment grade commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) for $19.4 million , representing a 55% discount to par value. These securities bear interest at a coupon rate of 4% and have a stated and assumed final distribution date of November 2020 and a stated maturity date of October 2057 . The Rialto segment reviews changes in estimated cash flows periodically, to determine if other-than-temporary impairment has occurred on its investment securities. Based on the Rialto segment’s assessment, no impairment charges were recorded during the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 . During the year ended November 30, 2011, the Rialto segment sold a portion of its CMBS for $11.1 million , resulting in a gain on sale of CMBS of $4.7 million . The carrying value of the investment securities at November 30, 2012 and 2011 was $15.0 million and $14.1 million , respectively. The Rialto segment classified these securities as held-to-maturity based on its intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity.
In a CMBS transaction, monthly interest received from all of the pooled loans is paid to the investors, starting with those investors holding the highest rated bonds and progressing in an order of seniority based on the class of security. Based on the aforementioned, the principal and interest repayments of a particular class are dependent upon collections on the underlying mortgages, which are affected by prepayments, extensions and defaults.
In addition to the acquisition and management of the FDIC and Bank portfolios, an affiliate in the Rialto segment was a sub-advisor to the AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AB”) fund formed under the Federal government’s Public-Private Investment Program (“PPIP”) to purchase real estate related securities from banks and other financial institutions. The sub-advisor received management fees for sub-advisory services. The Company committed to invest $75 million of the total equity commitments of approximately $1.2 billion made by private investors in this fund, and the U.S. Treasury had committed to a matching amount of approximately $1.2 billion of equity in the fund, as well as agreed to extend up to approximately $2.3 billion of debt financing. During the year ended November 30, 2012, the Company contributed $1.9 million and received distributions of $87.6 million . Of the distributions received during the year ended November 30, 2012, $83.5 million related to the unwinding of the AB PPIP fund's operations. The Company also earned $9.1 million in fees from the segment's role as a sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund, which were included in the Rialto Investments revenue. At the end of 2012, the AB PPIP fund finalized the last sales of the underlying securities in the fund and made substantially all of the final liquidating distributions to the partners, including the Company. As the Company’s role as sub-advisor to the AB PPIP fund has been completed, no further management fees will be received for these services. During the year ended November 30, 2011, the Company invested $3.7 million , in the AB PPIP fund. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying value of the Company’s investment in the AB PPIP fund was $0.2 million and $65.2 million , respectively.
Another subsidiary in the Rialto segment also has approximately a 5% investment in a service and infrastructure provider to the residential home loan market (the “Service Provider”), which provides services to the consolidated LLCs, among others. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying value of the Company’s investment in the Service Provider was $8.4 million and $8.8 million , respectively.

109

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In November 2010, the Rialto segment completed its first closing of Fund I with initial equity commitments of approximately $300 million (including $75 million committed and contributed by the Company). Fund I’s objective during its three-year investment period is to invest in distressed real estate assets and other related investments that fit within Fund I’s investment parameters.
As of November 30, 2012 , the equity commitments of Fund I were $700 million (including the $75 million committed and contributed by the Company). All capital commitments have been called and funded. Fund I is closed to additional commitments. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company contributed $41.7 million of which $13.9 million was distributed back to the Company as a return of capital contributions due to a securitization within Fund I. During the year ended November 30, 2011 , the Company contributed $60.6 million of which $13.4 million was distributed back to the Company as a return of excess capital contributions as a result of new investors in Fund I. As of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying value of the Company’s investment in Fund I was $98.9 million and $50.1 million , respectively. During the year ended November 30, 2011, Fund I acquired distressed real estate asset portfolios and invested in CMBS at a discount to par value. For the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company’s share of earnings from Fund I was $21.0 million and $2.9 million , respectively.
Fund I is an unconsolidated entity and is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Fund I was determined to have the attributes of an investment company in accordance with ASC Topic 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies , the attributes of which are different from the attributes that would cause a company to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940. As a result, Fund I’s assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value with increases/decreases in fair value recorded in the statement of operations of Fund I, the Company’s share of which will be recorded in the Rialto Investments equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities financial statement line item. The Company determined that Fund I is not a variable interest entity but rather a voting interest entity due to the following factors:
The Company determined that Rialto’s general partner interest and all the limited partners’ interests qualify as equity investment at risk.
Based on the capital structure of Fund I ( 100% capitalized via equity contributions), the Company was able to conclude that the equity investment at risk was sufficient to allow Fund I to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.
The general partner and the limited partners in Fund I, collectively, have full decision-making ability as they collectively have the power to direct the activities of Fund I, due to the fact that Rialto, in addition to being a general partner with a substantive equity investment in Fund I, also provides services to Fund I under a management agreement and an investment agreement, which are not separable from Rialto’s general partnership interest.
As a result of all these factors, the Company has concluded that the power to direct the activities of Fund I reside in its general partnership interest and thus with the holders of the equity investment at risk.
In addition, there are no guaranteed returns provided to the equity investors and the equity contributions are fully subjected to Fund I’s operational results, thus the equity investors absorb the expected negative and positive variability relative to Fund I.
Finally, substantially all of the activities of Fund I are not conducted on behalf of any individual investor or related group that has disproportionately few voting rights (i.e., on behalf of any individual limited partner).
Having concluded that Fund I is a voting interest entity, the Company evaluated Fund I under the voting interest entity model to determine whether, as general partner, it has control over Fund I. The Company determined that it does not control Fund I as its general partner, because the unaffiliated limited partners have substantial kick-out rights and can remove Rialto as general partner at any time for cause or without cause through a simple majority vote of the limited partners. In addition, there are no significant barriers to the exercise of these rights. As a result of determining that the Company does not control Fund I under the voting interest entity model, Fund I is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.
In December 2012, the Rialto segment completed the first closing of the Rialto Real Estate Fund II, LP (“Fund II”) with initial equity commitments of approximately $260 million , including $100 million committed by the Company. No cash was funded at the time of closing. Fund II’s objective during its three-year investment period is to invest in distressed real estate assets and other related investments that fit within Fund II’s investment parameters.
Summarized condensed financial information on a combined 100% basis related to Rialto’s investments in unconsolidated entities that are accounted for by the equity method was as follows:

110

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Balance Sheets
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Assets (1):
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
299,172

 
60,936

Loans receivable
361,286

 
274,213

Real estate owned
161,964

 
47,204

Investment securities
255,302

 
4,336,418

Other assets
199,839

 
171,196

 
$
1,277,563

 
4,889,967

Liabilities and equity (1):
 
 
 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
$
155,928

 
320,353

Notes payable
120,431

 
40,877

Partner loans
163,516

 
137,820

Debt due to the U.S. Treasury

 
2,044,950

Equity
837,688

 
2,345,967

 
$
1,277,563

 
4,889,967

 
(1)
During the year ended November 30, 2012, the AB PPIP fund unwound its operations by selling its investments. Therefore, the total assets, liabilities and equity of the Rialto Investments unconsolidated entities decreased significantly from November 30, 2011 to November 30, 2012.
Statements of Operations
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
$
414,027

 
470,282

 
357,330

Costs and expenses
243,483

 
183,326

 
209,103

Other income (expense), net (1)
713,710

 
(614,014
)
 
311,468

Net earnings (loss) of unconsolidated entities
$
884,254

 
(327,058
)
 
459,695

Rialto Investments equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated entities
$
41,483

 
(7,914
)
 
15,363

 
(1)
Other income (expense), net for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 includes the AB PPIP Fund’s mark-to-market unrealized gains and losses, all of which the Company's portion was a small percentage. For the year ended November 30, 2012, other income (expense), net, also includes realized gains from the sale of investments in the portfolio underlying the AB PPIP fund, of which the Company's portion was a small percentage.


111

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

9. Income Taxes
The benefit (provision) for income taxes consisted of the following:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
(3,790
)
 
(5,897
)
 
13,286

State
(5,860
)
 
20,467

 
12,448

 
$
(9,650
)
 
14,570

 
25,734

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
350,165

 

 

State
94,703

 

 

 
444,868

 

 

 
$
435,218

 
14,570

 
25,734

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The tax effects of significant temporary differences that give rise to the net deferred tax asset are as follows:
 
November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Inventory valuation adjustments
$
82,710

 
96,665

Reserves and accruals
98,076

 
96,071

Net operating loss carryforward
452,427

 
461,700

Capitalized expenses
66,545

 
56,877

Other assets
27,570

 
40,726

Total deferred tax assets
727,328

 
752,039

Valuation allowance
(88,794
)
 
(576,890
)
Total deferred tax assets after valuation allowance
638,534

 
175,149

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Capitalized expenses
66,422

 
88,979

Convertible debt basis difference
17,243

 
21,306

Rialto investments
28,262

 
16,411

Investments in unconsolidated entities
20,224

 
13,974

Other
38,822

 
34,479

Total deferred tax liabilities
170,973

 
175,149

Net deferred tax assets
$
467,561

 

A reduction of the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance is required, if based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets is assessed periodically based on the more-likely-than-not realization threshold criterion. In the assessment for a valuation allowance, appropriate consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, the Company’s experience with loss carryforwards not expiring unused and tax planning alternatives.
During the year ended November 30, 2012, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the majority of its deferred tax assets would be utilized. This conclusion was based on a detailed evaluation of all relevant evidence, both positive and negative, including such factors as eleven consecutive quarters of earnings, the expectation of continued earnings

112

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

and signs of recovery in the housing markets that the Company operates. See Note 1 for additional information related to the Company's analysis of the utilization of its deferred tax assets.
Accordingly, the Company reversed $491.5 million of its valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets during the year ended November 30, 2012. Based on an analysis utilizing objectively verifiable evidence, it was not more likely than not that certain state net operating loss carryforwards would be utilized. As a result, the Company had a valuation allowance of $88.8 million against its deferred tax assets as of November 30, 2012 , which is primarily related to state net operating loss carryforwards. The Company's deferred tax assets, net were $467.6 million at November 30, 2012 of which $474.9 million were deferred tax assets included in Lennar Homebuilding's other assets on the Company's consolidated balance sheets and $7.3 million were deferred tax liabilities included in Lennar Financial Services segment's liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. The valuation allowance against the Company's deferred tax assets was $576.9 million at November 30, 2011 . During the year ended November 30, 2011, the Company recorded a reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $32.6 million primarily due to net earnings generated during the year. As of November 30, 2011 , the Company had no net deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance remains on some of the Company's state net operating loss carryforwards that are not more likely than not to be utilized at this time due to an inability to carry back these losses in most states and short carryforward periods that exist in certain states. In future periods, the remaining allowance could be reversed if additional sufficient positive evidence is present indicating that it is more likely than not that a portion or all of the Company's remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.
At November 30, 2012 , the Company had tax effected federal and state net operating loss carryforwards totaling $452.4 million . Federal net operating loss carryforwards may be carried forward up to 20 years to offset future taxable income and begin to expire in 2025 . State net operating losses may be carried forward from 5 to 20 years, depending on the tax jurisdiction, with losses expiring between 2012 and 2032 .
A reconciliation of the statutory rate and the effective tax rate was as follows:
 
Percentage of Pretax Income
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Statutory rate
35.00
 %
 
35.00
 %
 
35.00
 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
3.79

 
3.11

 
2.43

Nondeductible compensation
0.40

 
2.86

 
4.79

Tax reserves and interest expense
5.00

 
0.08

 
(50.91
)
Deferred tax asset valuation reversal
(212.55
)
 
(49.22
)
 
(28.50
)
Tax credits
(0.10
)
 
(9.44
)
 

Net operating loss adjustment
(8.32
)
 

 

Other
(1.65
)
 
(1.16
)
 
0.18

Effective rate
(178.43
%)
 
(18.77
%)
 
(37.01
%)
The following table summarizes the changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year
$
36,739

 
46,044

 
77,211

Increases due to settlements with taxing authorities

 
9,470

 

Decreases due to settlements with taxing authorities
(24,442
)
 
(23,942
)
 
(31,167
)
Increases due to change in state tax laws

 
5,167

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of year
$
12,297

 
36,739

 
46,044

At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company's had $12.3 million and $36.7 million , respectively, of gross unrecognized tax benefits. If the Company were to recognize its gross unrecognized tax benefits as of November 30, 2012 , $5.5 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company expects the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to decrease by $3.8 million within twelve months as a result of settlements with various taxing authorities.
During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $24.4 million primarily as a result of the resolution of an IRS examination, which included a settlement for certain losses carried back to prior

113

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

years and the settlement of certain tax accounting method items. The decrease in gross unrecognized tax benefits reduced the Company's effective tax rate from (178.03%) to (178.43%) . As a result of the reversal of the valuation allowance against the Company's deferred tax assets, the effective tax rate is not reflective of the Company's historical tax rate.
During the year ended November 30, 2011, the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by $14.6 million related to a settlement for certain losses carried back to prior years as well as retroactive changes in certain state tax laws. There was also a decrease to the Company's gross unrecognized tax benefits of $23.9 million as a result of the settlement of certain state tax nexus issues. This resulted in a net decrease of unrecognized tax benefits of $9.3 million and a decrease in the Company's effective tax rate from (13.32%) to (18.77%) . As a result of the partial reversal of the valuation allowance against the Company's deferred tax assets, the effective tax rate is not reflective of the Company's historical tax rate.
At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company had $20.5 million and $20.0 million , respectively, accrued for interest and penalties, of which $14.8 million and $6.4 million , respectively, were recorded during the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 . During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the accrual for interest and penalties was reduced by $14.3 million , as a result of the payment of interest due to the settlement of an IRS examinations and various state issues.
The IRS is currently examining the Company’s federal income tax return for fiscal year 2011, and certain state taxing authorities are examining various fiscal years. The final outcome of these examinations is not yet determinable. The statute of limitations for the Company’s major tax jurisdictions remains open for examination for fiscal year 2005 and subsequent years. The Company participates in an IRS examination program, Compliance Assurance Process, "CAP." This program operates as a contemporaneous exam throughout the year in order to keep exam cycles current and achieve a higher level of compliance.

10. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company.
All outstanding nonvested shares that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents that participate in undistributed earnings with common stock are considered participating securities and are included in computing earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends or dividend equivalents and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The Company’s restricted common stock (“nonvested shares”) are considered participating securities.

114

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Basic and diluted earnings per share were calculated as follows:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings attributable to Lennar
$
679,124

 
92,199

 
95,261

Less: distributed earnings allocated to nonvested shares
531

 
380

 
310

Less: undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested shares
10,397

 
816

 
735

Numerator for basic earnings per share
668,196

 
91,003

 
94,216

Plus: interest on 2.00% convertible senior notes due 2020 and 3.25% convertible senior notes due 2021
11,330

 
3,485

 
1,994

Plus: undistributed earnings allocated to convertible shares
10,397

 
816

 
735

Less: undistributed earnings reallocated to convertible shares
9,050

 
815

 
734

Numerator for diluted earnings per share
$
680,873

 
94,489

 
96,211

Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average common shares outstanding
186,662

 
184,541

 
182,960

Effect of dilutive securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Shared based payments
984

 
558

 
161

Convertible senior notes
31,049

 
10,086

 
5,736

Denominator for diluted earnings per share - weighted average common shares outstanding
218,695

 
195,185

 
188,857

Basic earnings per share
$
3.58

 
0.49

 
0.51

Diluted earnings per share
$
3.11

 
0.48

 
0.51

For the year ended November 30, 2012 , there were no options to purchase shares that were outstanding and anti-dilutive. For the years ended November 30, 2011 and 2010 , there were 1.2 million shares and 4.0 million shares, respectively, in total of Class A and Class B common stock that were outstanding and anti-dilutive.

11. Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income attributable to Lennar represents changes in stockholders’ equity from non-owner sources. For the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , comprehensive income attributable to Lennar was the same as net earnings attributable to Lennar. Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was the same as the net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. There was no accumulated other comprehensive income at November 30, 2012 and 2011 .

12. Capital Stock
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 500,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $10 per share and 100 million shares of participating preferred stock with a par value of $0.10 per share. No shares of preferred stock or participating preferred stock have been issued as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 .
Common Stock
During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , the Company’s Class A and Class B common stockholders received a per share annual dividend of $0.16 . The only significant difference between the Class A common stock and Class B common stock is that Class A common stock entitles holders to one vote per share and the Class B common stock entitles holders to ten votes per share .
As of November 30, 2012 , Stuart A. Miller, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a Director, directly owned, or controlled through family-owned entities, shares of Class A and Class B common stock, which represented approximately 46% voting power of the Company’s stock.
The Company has a stock repurchase program adopted in 2006 which originally permitted the Company to purchase up to 20 million shares of its outstanding common stock. During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , there

115

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

were no share repurchases of common stock under the stock repurchase program. As of November 30, 2012 , 6.2 million shares of common stock can be repurchased in the future under the program.
During the year ended November 30, 2012 , treasury stock increased by 0.2 million Class A common shares due to activity related to the Company’s equity compensation plan. During the year ended November 30, 2011 , treasury stock increased by 0.3 million Class A common shares due to activity related to the Company’s equity compensation plan and forfeitures of restricted stock.
Restrictions on Payment of Dividends
There are no restrictions on the payment of dividends on common stock by the Company. There are no agreements which restrict the payment of dividends by subsidiaries of the Company other than to maintain the financial ratios and net worth requirements under the Lennar Financial Services segment’s warehouse lines of credit, which restrict the payment of dividends from the Company’s mortgage subsidiaries following the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default thereunder and limit dividends to 50% of net income in the absence of an event of default.
401(k) Plan
Under the Company’s 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”), contributions made by associates can be invested in a variety of mutual funds or proprietary funds provided by the Plan trustee. The Company may also make contributions for the benefit of associates. The Company records as compensation expense its contribution to the Plan. For the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , this amount was $6.2 million , $5.0 million and $4.5 million , respectively.

13. Share-Based Payments
The Company has share-based awards outstanding under one plan which provides for the granting of stock options and stock appreciation rights and awards of restricted common stock (“nonvested shares”) to key officers, associates and directors. These awards are primarily issued in the form of new shares. The exercise prices of stock options and stock appreciation rights may not be less than the market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. Exercises are permitted in installments determined when options are granted. Each stock option and stock appreciation right will expire on a date determined at the time of the grant, but not more than ten years after the date of the grant.
Cash flows resulting from tax benefits related to tax deductions in excess of the compensation expense recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows. For the year ended November 30, 2012 there was $10.8 million of excess tax benefits from share based awards. For the years ended November 30, 2011 and 2010 there was an immaterial amount of excess tax benefits from share-based awards.
Compensation expense related to the Company’s share-based awards was as follows:
 
Years ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Stock options
$
2,433

 
4,382

 
5,985

Nonvested shares
29,312

 
19,665

 
22,090

Total compensation expense for share-based awards
$
31,745

 
24,047

 
28,075

Cash received from stock options exercised during the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was $26.5 million , $6.2 million , and $2.0 million , respectively. The tax deductions related to stock options exercised during the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 were $14.8 million , $0.8 million and $0.2 million , respectively.
The fair value of each of the Company’s stock option awards is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. The fair value of the Company’s stock option awards, which are subject to graded vesting, is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock over the most recent period equal to the expected life of the award. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the stock option award is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the stock option award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the stock option award granted. The Company uses historical data to estimate stock option exercises and forfeitures within its valuation model. The expected life of stock option awards granted is derived from historical exercise experience under the Company’s share-based payment plans and represents the period of time that stock option awards granted are expected to be outstanding.

116

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The fair value of these options was determined at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The significant weighted average assumptions for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Dividends yield
0.6%
 
0.9%
 
0.9% - 1.1%
Volatility rate
47.0%
 
46.7%
 
80% - 112%
Risk-free interest rate
0.2%
 
0.6%
 
0.2% - 0.6%
Expected option life (years)
1.5
 
1.5
 
1.5
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the year ended November 30, 2012 was as follows:
 
Stock Options
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(In thousands)
Outstanding at November 30, 2011
3,861,286

 
$
18.43

 
 
 
 
Grants
17,500

 
$
25.75

 
 
 
 
Forfeited or expired
(636,412
)
 
$
42.97

 
 
 
 
Exercises
(1,962,302
)
 
$
13.52

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at November 30, 2012
1,280,072

 
$
13.85

 
0.7 years
 
$
30,969

Vested and expected to vest in the future at November 30, 2012
1,280,072

 
$
13.85

 
0.7 years
 
$
30,969

Exercisable at November 30, 2012
1,280,072

 
$
13.85

 
0.7 years
 
$
30,969

Available for grant at November 30, 2012
11,819,055

 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was $5.72 , $4.01 and $8.66 , respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 was $38.1 million , $2.1 million and $0.6 million , respectively.
The fair value of nonvested shares is determined based on the trading price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The weighted average fair value of nonvested shares granted during the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was $30.62 , $18.40 and $15.21 , respectively. A summary of the Company’s nonvested shares activity for the year ended November 30, 2012 was as follows:
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested restricted shares at November 30, 2011
2,963,750

 
$
16.48

Grants
1,335,087

 
$
30.62

Vested
(1,728,056
)
 
$
15.95

Forfeited

 
$

Nonvested restricted shares at November 30, 2012
2,570,781

 
$
24.18

At November 30, 2012 , there was $56.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested share-based awards granted under the Company’s share-based payment plans, of which none relates to stock options and $56.7 million relates to nonvested shares. The unrecognized expense related to nonvested shares is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years. During the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , 1.7 million nonvested shares, 1.4 million nonvested shares and 1.3 million nonvested shares, respectively, vested. For the year ended November 30, 2012 , the Company recorded a tax benefit related to nonvested share activity of $11.7 million . For the years ended November 30, 2011 and 2010 , there was no tax provision related to nonvested share activity because the Company had recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.


117

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

14. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Disclosures
The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments held by the Company at November 30, 2012 and 2011 , using available market information and what the Company believes to be appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies might have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The table excludes cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, defeasance cash to retire notes payable, receivables, net, and accounts payable, which had fair values approximating their carrying amounts due to the short maturities and liquidity of these instruments.
 
 
 
November 30,
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
Carrying
 
Fair
(In thousands)
Hierarchy
 
Amount
 
Value
 
Amount
 
Value
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans receivable
Level 3
 
$
436,535

 
450,281

 
713,354

 
749,382

Investments held-to-maturity
Level 3
 
$
15,012

 
14,904

 
14,096

 
13,996

Lennar Financial Services:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment, net
Level 3
 
$
23,982

 
24,949

 
24,262

 
22,736

Investments held-to-maturity
Level 2
 
$
63,924

 
63,877

 
48,860

 
47,651

LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes and other debts payable
Level 2
 
$
4,005,051

 
5,035,670

 
3,362,759

 
3,491,212

Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes payable
Level 2
 
$
574,480

 
568,702

 
765,541

 
729,943

Lennar Financial Services:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes and other debts payable
Level 2
 
$
457,994

 
457,994

 
410,134

 
410,134

The following methods and assumptions are used by the Company in estimating fair values:
Lennar Homebuilding —For senior notes and other debts payable, the fair value of fixed-rate borrowings is based on quoted market prices and the fair value of variable-rate borrowings is based on expected future cash flows calculated using current market forward rates.
Rialto Investments —The fair values for loans receivable is based on discounted cash flows, or the fair value of the collateral less estimated cost to sell. The fair value for investments held-to-maturity is based on discounted cash flows. For notes payable, the fair value of the zero percent interest notes guaranteed by the FDIC was calculated based on a 2 -year treasury yield, and the fair value of other notes payable was calculated based on discounted cash flows using the Company’s weighted average borrowing rate
Lennar Financial Services —The fair values above are based on quoted market prices, if available. The fair values for instruments that do not have quoted market prices are estimated by the Company on the basis of discounted cash flows or other financial information.
Fair Value Measurements
GAAP provides a framework for measuring fair value, expands disclosures about fair value measurements and establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value summarized as follows:
Level 1    Fair value determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.
Level 2    Fair value determined using significant other observable inputs.
Level 3    Fair value determined using significant unobservable inputs.

118

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:
Financial Instruments
(In thousands)
Fair
Value
Hierarchy
 
Fair Value at November 30, 2012
 
Fair Value at November 30, 2011
Lennar Financial Services:
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale (1)
Level 2
 
$
502,318

 
303,780

Mortgage loan commitments
Level 2
 
$
12,713

 
4,192

Forward contracts
Level 2
 
$
(2,570
)
 
(1,404
)
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
Investments available-for-sale
Level 3
 
$
19,591

 
42,892

(1)
The aggregate fair value of loans held-for-sale of $502.3 million at November 30, 2012 exceeds their aggregate principal balance of $479.1 million by $23.2 million . The aggregate fair value of loans held-for-sale of $303.8 million at November 30, 2011 exceeds their aggregate principal balance of $292.2 million by $11.6 million .
The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments have been determined by using available market information and what the Company believes to be appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies might have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The following methods and assumptions are used by the Company in estimating fair values:
Loans held-for-sale — Fair value is based on independent quoted market prices, where available, or the prices for other mortgage whole loans with similar characteristics.
Mortgage loan commitments — Fair value of commitments to originate loans is based upon the difference between the current value of similar loans and the price at which the Lennar Financial Services segment has committed to originate the loans. The fair value of commitments to sell loan contracts is the estimated amount that the Lennar Financial Services segment would receive or pay to terminate the commitments at the reporting date based on market prices for similar financial instruments.
Forward contracts — Fair value is based on quoted market prices for similar financial instruments.
Investments available-for-sale — For the year ended November 30, 2012, the fair value of these investments are based on third party valuations. For the year ended November 30, 2011, since the investments were acquired closed to November 30, 2011, their fair value approximated their carrying value as of November 30, 2011, thus there was no change in fair value from the time of acquisition until November 30, 2011.
Gains and losses of financial instruments measured at fair value from initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in the Lennar Financial Services segment’s operating earnings. There were no gains or losses recognized for the Lennar Homebuilding investments available-for-sale during the years ended November 30, 2012 and 2011 . The changes in fair values that are included in operating earnings are shown, by financial instrument and financial statement line item, below:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Changes in fair value included in Lennar Financial Services revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
11,654

 
2,743

 
(2,607
)
Mortgage loan commitments
$
8,521

 
6,954

 
(3,251
)
Forward contracts
$
(1,166
)
 
(4,309
)
 
6,463

Interest income on loans held-for-sale measured at fair value is calculated based on the interest rate of the loan and recorded in interest income in the Lennar Financial Services’ statement of operations.
The Lennar Financial Services segment uses mandatory mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) forward commitments, option contracts and investor commitments to hedge its mortgage-related interest rate exposure. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk. Credit risk associated with MBS forward commitments, option contracts and loan sales transactions is managed by limiting the Company’s counterparties to investment banks, federally

119

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

regulated bank affiliates and other investors meeting the Company’s credit standards. The segment’s risk, in the event of default by the purchaser, is the difference between the contract price and fair value of the MBS forward commitments and option contracts. At November 30, 2012 , the segment had open commitments amounting to $594.0 million to sell MBS with varying settlement dates through February 2013.
The following table represents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance for the Company’s Level 3 recurring fair value measurements (investments available-for-sale) included in the Lennar Homebuilding segment’s other assets:
 
Years Ended November 30,
(In thousands)
2012
 
2011
Investments available-for-sale, beginning of year
$
42,892

 
$

Purchases and other (1)
25,419

 
42,892

Sales
(14,161
)
 

Settlements (2)
(34,559
)
 

Investments available-for-sale, end of year
$
19,591

 
$
42,892

(1)
Represents investments in community development district bonds that mature in 2039.
(2)
The investments available-for-sale that were settled during the year ended November 30, 2012 related to investments in community development district bonds, which were in default by the borrower and which the Company foreclosed on the underlying real estate collateral. Therefore, these investments were reclassified from other assets to land and land under development.
The Company’s assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are those assets for which the Company has recorded valuation adjustments and write-offs and Rialto Investments real estate owned assets. The fair value included in the tables below represent only those assets whose carrying value were adjusted to fair value during the respective years disclosed. The assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are summarized below:
Non-financial assets
(In thousands)
Fair
Value
Hierarchy
 
Fair Value Year Ended November 30, 2012
 
Total Gains
(Losses) (1)
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
Finished homes and construction in progress (2)
Level 3
 
$
14,755

 
(11,029
)
Land and land under development (3)
Level 3
 
$
16,166

 
(1,878
)
Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
REO - held-for-sale (4)
Level 3
 
$
27,126

 
(6,917
)
REO - held-and-used, net (5)
Level 3
 
$
201,414

 
(4,243
)
 
(1)
Represents total losses due to valuation adjustments or gains (losses) from acquisition of real estate through foreclosure recorded during the year ended November 30, 2012 .
(2)
Finished homes and construction in progress with an aggregate carrying value of $25.8 million were written down to their fair value of $14.8 million , resulting in valuation adjustments of $11.0 million , which were included in Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2012 .
(3)
Land and land under development with an aggregate carrying value of $18.0 million were written down to their fair value of $16.2 million , resulting in valuation adjustments of $1.9 million , which were included in Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2012 .
(4)
REO, held-for-sale, assets are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the time of acquisition through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure. Upon acquisition, the REO, held-for-sale, had a carrying value of $14.3 million and a fair value of $10.0 million . The fair value of REO, held-for-sale, is based upon the appraised value at the time of foreclosure or management’s best estimate. The losses upon acquisition of REO, held-for-sale, were $4.3 million . As part of management’s periodic valuations of its REO, held-for-sale, during the year ended November 30, 2012 , REO, held-for-sale, with an aggregate value of $19.7 million were written down to their fair value of $17.1 million , resulting in impairments of $2.6 million . These losses and impairments are included within Rialto Investments other income (expense), net, in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2012 .

120

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(5)
REO, held-and-used, net, assets are initially recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure. Upon acquisition, the REO, held-and-used, net, had a carrying value of $172.6 million and a fair value of $175.1 million . The fair value of REO, held-and-used, net, is based upon the appraised value at the time of foreclosure or management’s best estimate. The gains upon acquisition of REO, held-and-used, net, were $2.5 million . As part of management’s periodic valuations of its REO, held-and-used, net, during the year ended November 30, 2012 , REO, held-and-used, net, with an aggregate value of $33.0 million were written down to their fair value of $26.3 million , resulting in impairments of $6.7 million . These gains and impairments are included within Rialto Investments other income (expense), net, in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2012 .
Non-financial assets
(In thousands)
Fair
Value
Hierarchy
 
Fair Value Year Ended November 30, 2011
 
Total Gains
(Losses) (1)
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
Finished homes and construction in progress (2)
Level 3
 
$
48,115

 
(32,953
)
Land and land under development (3)
Level 3
 
$
2,368

 
(2,773
)
Investments in unconsolidated entities (4)
Level 3
 
$
42,855

 
(10,489
)
Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
REO - held-for-sale (5)
Level 3
 
$
460,214

 
66,172

REO - held-and-used, net (6)
Level 3
 
$
110,649

 
4,607

(1)
Represents total losses due to valuation adjustments or gains from acquisition of real estate through foreclosure recorded during the year ended November 30, 2011 .
(2)
Finished homes and construction in progress with an aggregate carrying value of $81.1 million were written down to their fair value of $48.1 million , resulting in valuation adjustments of $33.0 million , which were included in Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2011 .
(3)
Land under development with an aggregate carrying value of $5.2 million were written down to their fair value of $2.4 million , resulting in valuation adjustments of $2.8 million , which were included in Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2011 .
(4)
For the year ended November 30, 2011 , Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities with an aggregate carrying value of $53.4 million were written down to their fair value of $42.9 million , resulting in valuation adjustments of $10.5 million , which were included in other income, net in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2011 .
(5)
REO, held-for-sale, assets are initially recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure. Upon acquisition, the REO, held-for-sale, had a carrying value of $385.2 million and a fair value of $452.9 million . The fair value of REO, held-for-sale, is based upon the appraised value at the time of foreclosure or management's best estimate. The gains upon acquisition of REO, held-for-sale, were $67.7 million , and are included within Rialto Investments other income (expense), net in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2011 . As part of management’s periodic valuations of its REO, held-for-sale, during the year ended November 30, 2011 , REO, held-for-sale, with an aggregate value of $8.8 million were written down to their fair value of $7.3 million , resulting in impairments of $1.5 million . These gains and impairments are included within Rialto Investments other income (expense), net, in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2011 .
(6)
REO, held-and-used, net, assets are initially recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure. Upon acquisition, the REO, held-for-sale, had a carrying value of $82.5 million and a fair value of $93.7 million . The fair value of REO, held-and-used, net, is based upon the appraised value at the time of foreclosure or management's best estimate. The gains upon acquisition of REO, held-for-sale, were $11.2 million , and are included within Rialto Investments other income (expense), net in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2011 . As part of management’s periodic valuations of its REO, held-and-used, net, during the year ended November 30, 2011 , REO, held-and-used, net, with an aggregate value of $23.6 million were written down to their fair value of $17.0 million , resulting in impairments of $6.6 million . These gains and impairments are included within Rialto Investments other income (expense), net, in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2011 .

121

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Non-financial assets
(In thousands)
Fair Value Hierarchy
 
Fair Value Year Ended November 30, 2010
 
Total Gains (Losses) (1)
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
Finished homes and construction in progress (2)
Level 3
 
$
88,049

 
(41,057
)
Land and land under development (3)
Level 3
 
$
10,807

 
(5,639
)
Investments in unconsolidated entities (4)
Level 3
 
$
(1,383
)
 
(1,735
)
Rialto Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
REO - held-for-sale (5)
Level 3
 
$
204,049

 
18,089

(1)
Represents total losses due to valuation adjustments or gains from acquisition of real estate through foreclosure recorded during the year ended November 30, 2010 .
(2)
Finished homes and construction in progress with an aggregate carrying value of $129.1 million were written down to their fair value of $88.0 million , resulting in valuation adjustments of $41.1 million , which were included in Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2010 .
(3)
Land under development with an aggregate carrying value of $16.4 million were written down to their fair value of $10.8 million , resulting in valuation adjustments of $5.6 million , which were included in Lennar Homebuilding costs and expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2010 .
(4)
Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities with an aggregate carrying value of $0.4 million were written down to their fair value of ($1.4) million , which represents the Company’s obligation for guarantees related to debt of certain unconsolidated entities recorded as a liability during the year ended November 30, 2010 . The valuation charges were included in other income, net in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2010 .
(5)
REO, held-for-sale, assets are initially recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure. Upon acquisition, the REO, held-for-sale, had a carrying value of $186.0 million and a fair value of $204.1 million . The fair value of REO, held-for-sale, is based upon the appraised value at the time of foreclosure or management's best estimate. The gains upon acquisition of REO, held-for-sale, were $18.1 million and are included within Rialto Investments other income (expense), net in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended November 30, 2010 .
See Note 1 for a detailed description of the Company’s process for identifying and recording valuation adjustments related to Lennar Homebuilding inventory, Lennar Homebuilding investments in unconsolidated entities and Rialto Investments real estate owned assets.

15. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
GAAP requires the consolidation of VIEs in which an enterprise has a controlling financial interest. A controlling financial interest will have both of the following characteristics: (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIEs economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
The Company’s variable interest in VIEs may be in the form of (1) equity ownership, (2) contracts to purchase assets, (3) management and development agreements between the Company and a VIE, (4) loans provided by the Company to a VIE or other partner and/or (5) guarantees provided by members to banks and other third parties. The Company examines specific criteria and uses its judgment when determining if the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. Factors considered in determining whether the Company is the primary beneficiary include risk and reward sharing, experience and financial condition of other partner(s), voting rights, involvement in day-to-day capital and operating decisions, representation on a VIE’s executive committee, existence of unilateral kick-out rights or voting rights, level of economic disproportionality, if any, between the Company and the other partner(s) and contracts to purchase assets from VIEs.
Generally, all major decision making in the Company’s joint ventures is shared between all partners. In particular, business plans and budgets are generally required to be unanimously approved by all partners. Usually, management and other fees earned by the Company are nominal and believed to be at market and there is no significant economic disproportionality between the Company and other partners. Generally, the Company purchases less than a majority of the joint venture’s assets and the purchase prices under the Company’s option contracts are believed to be at market.
Generally, Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities become VIEs and consolidate when the other partner(s) lack the intent and financial wherewithal to remain in the entity. As a result, the Company continues to fund operations and debt paydowns through partner loans or substituted capital contributions.

122

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company evaluated the joint venture agreements of its joint ventures that had reconsideration events during the year ended November 30, 2012 . Based on the Company’s evaluation, it consolidated an entity within its Lennar Homebuilding segment that at November 30, 2012 had total assets of $7.3 million and an immaterial amount of liabilities. In addition, during the year ended November 30, 2012 , there were no VIEs that deconsolidated.
At November 30, 2012 and 2011 , the Company’s recorded investments in Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities were $565.4 million and $545.8 million , respectively, and the Rialto Investments segment’s investments in unconsolidated entities as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 were $108.1 million and $124.7 million , respectively.
Consolidated VIEs
As of November 30, 2012 , the carrying amount of the VIEs’ assets and non-recourse liabilities that consolidated were $2.1 billion and $0.7 billion , respectively. As of November 30, 2011 , the carrying amount of the VIEs’ assets and non-recourse liabilities that consolidated were $2.3 billion and $0.9 billion , respectively. Those assets are owned by, and those liabilities are obligations of, the VIEs, not the Company.
A VIE’s assets can only be used to settle obligations of that VIE. The VIEs are not guarantors of Company’s senior notes and other debts payable. In addition, the assets held by a VIE usually are collateral for that VIE’s debt. The Company and other partners do not generally have an obligation to make capital contributions to a VIE unless the Company and/or the other partner(s) have entered into debt guarantees with a VIE’s banks. Other than debt guarantee agreements with a VIE’s banks, there are no liquidity arrangements or agreements to fund capital or purchase assets that could require the Company to provide financial support to a VIE. While the Company has option contracts to purchase land from certain of its VIEs, the Company is not required to purchase the assets and could walk away from the contract.
Unconsolidated VIEs
At November 30, 2012 and November 30, 2011 , the Company’s recorded investments in VIEs that are unconsolidated and its estimated maximum exposure to loss were as follows:
November 30, 2012
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Investments in
Unconsolidated
VIEs
 
Lennar’s
Maximum
Exposure to Loss
Lennar Homebuilding (1)
$
85,500

 
109,278

Rialto Investments (2)
23,587

 
23,587

 
$
109,087

 
132,865

November 30, 2011
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Investments in
Unconsolidated
VIEs
 
Lennar’s
Maximum
Exposure to Loss
Lennar Homebuilding (1)
$
94,517

 
123,038

Rialto Investments (2)
88,076

 
95,576

 
$
182,593

 
218,614

(1)
At November 30, 2012 , the maximum exposure to loss of Lennar Homebuilding’s investments in unconsolidated VIEs is limited to its investment in the unconsolidated VIEs, except with regard to $18.7 million of recourse debt of one of the unconsolidated VIEs, which is included in the Company’s maximum recourse exposure related to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, and $4.8 million of letters of credit outstanding for certain of the unconsolidated VIEs that in the event of default under its debt agreement the letter of credit will be drawn upon. At November 30, 2011 , the maximum exposure to loss of Lennar Homebuilding’s investments in unconsolidated VIEs is limited to its investment in the unconsolidated VIEs, except with regard to $28.3 million of recourse debt of one of the unconsolidated VIEs, which is included in the Company’s maximum recourse exposure related to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities.
(2)
At November 30, 2012 , the maximum recourse exposure to loss of Rialto’s investment in unconsolidated VIEs was limited to its investments in the unconsolidated entities. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the AB PPIP fund finalized its operations and made liquidating distributions; therefore, the Company does not have any outstanding commitment to the AB PPIP fund as of November 30, 2012 . As of November 30, 2011 , the Company had contributed $67.5 million of the $75 million commitment to fund capital in the AB PPIP fund, and it could not walk away from its remaining commitment to fund capital. Therefore, as of November 30, 2011 , the maximum exposure to loss for Rialto’s unconsolidated VIEs was

123

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

higher than the carrying amount of its investments. In addition, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 , investments in unconsolidated VIEs and Lennar’s maximum exposure to loss include $15.0 million and $14.1 million , respectively, related to Rialto’s investments held-to-maturity.
While these entities are VIEs, the Company has determined that the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most significantly impact the VIEs’ economic performance is generally shared. While the Company generally manages the day-to-day operations of the VIEs, the VIEs have an executive committee made up of representatives from each partner. The members of the executive committee have equal votes and major decisions require unanimous consent and approval from all members. The Company does not have the unilateral ability to exercise participating voting rights without partner consent. Furthermore, the Company’s economic interest is not significantly disproportionate to the point where it would indicate that the Company has the power to direct these activities.
The Company and other partners do not generally have an obligation to make capital contributions to the VIEs, except for $18.7 million of recourse debt of one of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated VIEs and $4.8 million of letters of credit outstanding for certain of the Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated VIEs that in the event of default under its debt agreement the letter of credit will be drawn upon. Except for Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated VIEs discussed above, the Company and the other partners did not guarantee any debt of these unconsolidated VIEs. There are no liquidity arrangements or agreements to fund capital or purchase assets that could require the Company to provide financial support to the VIEs. While the Company has option contracts to purchase land from certain of its unconsolidated VIEs, the Company is not required to purchase the assets and could walk away from the contracts.
Option Contracts
The Company has access to land through option contracts, which generally enables it to control portions of properties owned by third parties (including land funds) and unconsolidated entities until the Company has determined whether to exercise the option.
A majority of the Company’s option contracts require a non-refundable cash deposit or irrevocable letter of credit based on a percentage of the purchase price of the land. The Company’s option contracts sometimes include price adjustment provisions, which adjust the purchase price of the land to its approximate fair value at the time of acquisition or are based on the fair value at the time of takedown.
The Company’s investments in option contracts are recorded at cost unless those investments are determined to be impaired, in which case the Company’s investments are written down to fair value. The Company reviews option contracts for indicators of impairment during each reporting period. The most significant indicator of impairment is a decline in the fair value of the optioned property such that the purchase and development of the optioned property would no longer meet the Company’s targeted return on investment with appropriate consideration given to the length of time available to exercise the option. Such declines could be caused by a variety of factors including increased competition, decreases in demand or changes in local regulations that adversely impact the cost of development. Changes in any of these factors would cause the Company to re-evaluate the likelihood of exercising its land options.
Some option contracts contain a predetermined take-down schedule for the optioned land parcels. However, in almost all instances, the Company is not required to purchase land in accordance with those take-down schedules. In substantially all instances, the Company has the right and ability to not exercise its option and forfeit its deposit without further penalty, other than termination of the option and loss of any unapplied portion of its deposit and pre-acquisition costs. Therefore, in substantially all instances, the Company does not consider the take-down price to be a firm contractual obligation.
When the Company does not intend to exercise an option, it writes off any unapplied deposit and pre-acquisition costs associated with the option contract. For the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , the Company wrote-off $2.4 million , $1.8 million and $3.1 million , respectively, of option deposits and pre-acquisition costs related to land under option that it does not intend to purchase.
The Company evaluates all option contracts for land to determine whether they are VIEs and, if so, whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of certain of these option contracts. Although the Company does not have legal title to the optioned land, if the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, it is required to consolidate the land under option at the purchase price of the optioned land. During the year ended November 30, 2012 , the effect of consolidation of these option contracts was a net increase of $12.2 million to consolidated inventory not owned with a corresponding increase to liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2012 . To reflect the purchase price of the inventory consolidated, the Company reclassified the related option deposits from land under development to consolidated inventory not owned in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2012 . The liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned primarily represent the difference between the option exercise prices for the optioned land and the Company’s cash deposits. The increase to consolidated inventory not owned was offset by the

124

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company exercising its options to acquire land under previously consolidated contracts, resulting in a net decrease in consolidated inventory not owned of $62.5 million for the year ended November 30, 2012 .
The Company’s exposure to loss related to its option contracts with third parties and unconsolidated entities consisted of its non-refundable option deposits and pre-acquisition costs totaling $176.7 million and $156.8 million , respectively, at November 30, 2012 and 2011 . Additionally, the Company had posted $42.5 million and $44.1 million , respectively, of letters of credit in lieu of cash deposits under certain option contracts as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 .

16. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
The Company is party to various claims, legal actions and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company is subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts (including option contracts) for the purchase, development and sale of real estate, which it does in the routine conduct of its business. Option contracts generally enable the Company to control portions of properties owned by third parties (including land funds) and unconsolidated entities until the Company determines whether to exercise the option. The use of option contracts allows the Company to reduce the financial risks associated with long-term land holdings. At November 30, 2012 , the Company had $176.7 million of non-refundable option deposits and pre-acquisition costs related to certain of these homesites, which were included in inventories in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company has entered into agreements to lease certain office facilities and equipment under operating leases. Future minimum payments under the non-cancellable leases in effect at November 30, 2012 are as follows:
(In thousands)
Lease
Payments
2013
$
26,321

2014
21,187

2015
15,465

2016
9,040

2017
8,111

Thereafter
20,950

Rental expense for the years ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was $38.7 million , $40.0 million and $40.9 million , respectively.
The Company is committed, under various letters of credit, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit under these arrangements totaled $312.2 million at November 30, 2012 . The Company also had outstanding performance and surety bonds related to site improvements at various projects (including certain projects in the Company’s joint ventures) of $606.5 million . Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, these bonds are generally not released until all development and construction activities are completed. As of November 30, 2012 , there were approximately $347.8 million , or 57% , of costs to complete related to these site improvements. The Company does not presently anticipate any draws upon these bonds that would have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.


125

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

17. Supplemental Financial Information
The indentures governing the principal amounts of the Company’s 5.95% senior notes due 2013 , 5.50% senior notes due 2014 , 5.60% senior notes due 2015 , 6.50% senior notes due 2016 , 4.75% senior notes due 2017 , 12.25% senior notes due 2017 , 6.95% senior notes due 2018 , 2.00% convertible senior notes due 2020 , 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2020 , 3.25% convertible senior notes due 2021 and 4.750% senior notes due 2022 require that, if any of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries, other than its finance company subsidiaries and foreign subsidiaries, directly or indirectly guarantee at least $75 million principal amount of debt of Lennar Corporation, those subsidiaries must also guarantee Lennar Corporation’s obligations with regard to its senior notes. The entities referred to as “guarantors” in the following tables are subsidiaries that were guaranteeing the senior notes because they were guaranteeing the $150 million LC Agreement, the $200 million Letter of Credit Facility and the Credit Facility at November 30, 2012 . The guarantees are full and unconditional and the guarantor subsidiaries are 100% directly or indirectly owned by Lennar Corporation. The guarantees are joint and several, subject to limitations as to each guarantor designed to eliminate fraudulent conveyance concerns. Supplemental information for the guarantors is as follows:
Consolidating Balance Sheet
November 30, 2012
(In thousands)
Lennar
Corporation
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and receivables, net
$
962,116

 
226,047

 
20,545

 

 
1,208,708

Inventories

 
4,532,755

 
538,958

 

 
5,071,713

Investments in unconsolidated entities

 
521,662

 
43,698

 

 
565,360

Other assets
55,625

 
677,692

 
222,753

 

 
956,070

Investments in subsidiaries
3,488,054

 
770,119

 

 
(4,258,173
)
 

 
4,505,795

 
6,728,275

 
825,954

 
(4,258,173
)
 
7,801,851

Rialto Investments

 

 
1,647,360

 

 
1,647,360

Lennar Financial Services

 
77,637

 
835,358

 

 
912,995

Total assets
$
4,505,795

 
6,805,912

 
3,308,672

 
(4,258,173
)
 
10,362,206

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
$
279,926

 
533,882

 
42,406

 

 
856,214

Liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned

 
268,159

 

 

 
268,159

Senior notes and other debts payable
3,533,463

 
245,665

 
225,923

 

 
4,005,051

Intercompany
(2,722,358
)
 
2,239,096

 
483,262

 

 

 
1,091,031

 
3,286,802

 
751,591

 

 
5,129,424

Rialto Investments

 

 
600,602

 

 
600,602

Lennar Financial Services

 
31,056

 
599,916

 

 
630,972

Total liabilities
$
1,091,031

 
3,317,858

 
1,952,109

 

 
6,360,998

Stockholders’ equity
3,414,764

 
3,488,054

 
770,119

 
(4,258,173
)
 
3,414,764

Noncontrolling interests

 

 
586,444

 

 
586,444

Total equity
3,414,764

 
3,488,054

 
1,356,563

 
(4,258,173
)
 
4,001,208

Total liabilities and equity
$
4,505,795

 
6,805,912

 
3,308,672

 
(4,258,173
)
 
10,362,206


126

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidating Balance Sheet
November 30, 2011
(In thousands)
Lennar
Corporation
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and receivables, net
$
871,376

 
190,483

 
24,920

 

 
1,086,779

Inventories

 
3,822,009

 
538,526

 

 
4,360,535

Investments in unconsolidated entities

 
502,363

 
43,397

 

 
545,760

Other assets
35,722

 
269,392

 
219,580

 

 
524,694

Investments in subsidiaries
3,368,336

 
611,311

 

 
(3,979,647
)
 

 
4,275,434

 
5,395,558

 
826,423

 
(3,979,647
)
 
6,517,768

Rialto Investments

 

 
1,897,148

 

 
1,897,148

Lennar Financial Services

 
149,842

 
589,913

 

 
739,755

Total assets
$
4,275,434

 
5,545,400

 
3,313,484

 
(3,979,647
)
 
9,154,671

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
$
290,337

 
483,590

 
29,405

 

 
803,332

Liabilities related to consolidated inventory not owned

 
326,200

 

 

 
326,200

Senior notes and other debts payable
2,922,855

 
215,840

 
224,064

 

 
3,362,759

Intercompany
(1,634,226
)
 
1,105,872

 
528,354

 

 

 
1,578,966

 
2,131,502

 
781,823

 

 
4,492,291

Rialto Investments

 

 
796,120

 

 
796,120

Lennar Financial Services

 
45,562

 
517,173

 

 
562,735

Total liabilities
$
1,578,966

 
2,177,064

 
2,095,116

 

 
5,851,146

Stockholders’ equity
2,696,468

 
3,368,336

 
611,311

 
(3,979,647
)
 
2,696,468

Noncontrolling interests

 

 
607,057

 

 
607,057

Total equity
2,696,468

 
3,368,336

 
1,218,368

 
(3,979,647
)
 
3,303,525

Total liabilities and equity
$
4,275,434

 
5,545,400

 
3,313,484

 
(3,979,647
)
 
9,154,671


127

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidating Statement of Operations
Year Ended November 30, 2012
(In thousands)
Lennar
Corporation
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding
$

 
3,580,827

 
405

 

 
3,581,232

Lennar Financial Services

 
156,478

 
246,566

 
(18,426
)
 
384,618

Rialto Investments

 

 
138,856

 

 
138,856

Total revenues

 
3,737,305

 
385,827

 
(18,426
)
 
4,104,706

Cost and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding

 
3,201,036

 
15,872

 
(542
)
 
3,216,366

Lennar Financial Services

 
151,455

 
165,419

 
(17,038
)
 
299,836

Rialto Investments

 

 
138,990

 

 
138,990

Corporate general and administrative
122,277

 

 

 
5,061

 
127,338

Total costs and expenses
122,277

 
3,352,491

 
320,281

 
(12,519
)
 
3,782,530

Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities

 
(26,157
)
 
(519
)
 

 
(26,676
)
Lennar Homebuilding other income (expense), net
(90
)
 
9,226

 

 
128

 
9,264

Other interest expense
(5,779
)
 
(94,353
)
 

 
5,779

 
(94,353
)
Rialto Investments equity in earnings from unconsolidated entities

 

 
41,483

 

 
41,483

Rialto Investments other expense, net

 

 
(29,780
)
 

 
(29,780
)
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
(128,146
)
 
273,530

 
76,730

 

 
222,114

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
20,711

 
457,850

 
(43,343
)
 

 
435,218

Equity in earnings from subsidiaries
786,559

 
55,179

 

 
(841,738
)
 

Net earnings (including net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests)
679,124

 
786,559

 
33,387

 
(841,738
)
 
657,332

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(21,792
)
 

 
(21,792
)
Net earnings attributable to Lennar
$
679,124

 
786,559

 
55,179

 
(841,738
)
 
679,124


128

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidating Statement of Operations
Year Ended November 30, 2011
(In thousands)
Lennar
Corporation
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding
$

 
2,654,660

 
20,464

 

 
2,675,124

Lennar Financial Services

 
138,602

 
144,674

 
(27,758
)
 
255,518

Rialto Investments

 

 
164,743

 

 
164,743

Total revenues

 
2,793,262

 
329,881

 
(27,758
)
 
3,095,385

Cost and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding

 
2,495,101

 
40,586

 
(6,864
)
 
2,528,823

Lennar Financial Services

 
141,159

 
111,881

 
(18,251
)
 
234,789

Rialto Investments

 

 
132,583

 

 
132,583

Corporate general and administrative
90,195

 

 

 
5,061

 
95,256

Total costs and expenses
90,195

 
2,636,260

 
285,050

 
(20,054
)
 
2,991,451

Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities

 
(62,192
)
 
(524
)
 

 
(62,716
)
Lennar Homebuilding other income, net
8,441

 
116,071

 

 
(8,403
)
 
116,109

Other interest expense
(16,107
)
 
(90,650
)
 

 
16,107

 
(90,650
)
Rialto Investments equity in loss from unconsolidated entities

 

 
(7,914
)
 

 
(7,914
)
Rialto Investments other income, net

 

 
39,211

 

 
39,211

Earnings (loss) before income taxes
(97,861
)
 
120,231

 
75,604

 

 
97,974

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
48,407

 
(24,516
)
 
(9,321
)
 

 
14,570

Equity in earnings from subsidiaries
141,653

 
45,938

 

 
(187,591
)
 

Net earnings (including net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests)
92,199

 
141,653

 
66,283

 
(187,591
)
 
112,544

Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
20,345

 

 
20,345

Net earnings attributable to Lennar
$
92,199

 
141,653

 
45,938

 
(187,591
)
 
92,199


129

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidating Statement of Operations
Year Ended November 30, 2010
(In thousands)
Lennar
Corporation
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding
$

 
2,657,189

 
48,450

 

 
2,705,639

Lennar Financial Services

 
154,607

 
180,283

 
(59,104
)
 
275,786

Rialto Investments
1,901

 
4,942

 
85,754

 

 
92,597

Total revenues
1,901

 
2,816,738

 
314,487

 
(59,104
)
 
3,074,022

Cost and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lennar Homebuilding

 
2,467,117

 
75,247

 
959

 
2,543,323

Lennar Financial Services

 
151,812

 
148,325

 
(55,635
)
 
244,502

Rialto Investments
24,717

 
1,839

 
41,348

 

 
67,904

Corporate general and administrative
88,795

 

 

 
5,131

 
93,926

Total costs and expenses
113,512

 
2,620,768

 
264,920

 
(49,545
)
 
2,949,655

Lennar Homebuilding equity in loss from unconsolidated entities

 
(10,724
)
 
(242
)
 

 
(10,966
)
Lennar Homebuilding other income, net
38,194

 
19,096

 

 
(38,155
)
 
19,135

Other interest expense
(47,714
)
 
(70,425
)
 

 
47,714

 
(70,425
)
Rialto Investments equity in earnings from unconsolidated entities
15,363

 

 

 

 
15,363

Rialto Investments other income (expense), net

 
(22
)
 
17,273

 

 
17,251

Earnings (loss) before income taxes
(105,768
)
 
133,895

 
66,598

 

 
94,725

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
67,368

 
(34,838
)
 
(6,796
)
 

 
25,734

Equity in earnings from subsidiaries
133,661

 
34,604

 

 
(168,265
)
 

Net earnings (including net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests)
95,261

 
133,661

 
59,802

 
(168,265
)
 
120,459

Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
25,198

 

 
25,198

Net earnings attributable to Lennar
$
95,261

 
133,661

 
34,604

 
(168,265
)
 
95,261


130

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended November 30, 2012
(In thousands)
Lennar
Corporation
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (including net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests)
$
679,124

 
786,559

 
33,387

 
(841,738
)
 
657,332

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (including net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
68,287

 
(1,790,158
)
 
(201,847
)
 
841,738

 
(1,081,980
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
747,411

 
(1,003,599
)
 
(168,460
)
 

 
(424,648
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in and contributions to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, net

 
(27,113
)
 
(842
)
 

 
(27,955
)
Distributions of capital from Rialto Investments unconsolidated entities, net

 

 
39,813

 

 
39,813

Increase in Rialto Investments defeasance cash to retire notes payable

 

 
(4,427
)
 

 
(4,427
)
Receipts of principal payments on Rialto Investments loans receivable

 

 
81,648

 

 
81,648

Proceeds from sales of Rialto Investments real estate owned

 

 
183,883

 

 
183,883

Other
(218
)
 
3,720

 
(31,173
)
 

 
(27,671
)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
(218
)
 
(23,393
)
 
268,902

 

 
245,291

Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net borrowings (repayments) under Lennar Financial Services debt

 
(76
)
 
47,936

 

 
47,860

Net proceeds from convertible and senior notes
790,882

 

 

 

 
790,882

Partial redemption of senior notes
(210,862
)
 

 

 

 
(210,862
)
Net repayments on other borrowings

 
(51,918
)
 
(195,694
)
 

 
(247,612
)
Exercise of land option contracts from an unconsolidated land investment venture

 
(50,396
)
 

 

 
(50,396
)
Net receipts related to noncontrolling interests

 

 
1,179

 

 
1,179

Excess tax benefits from share-based awards
10,814

 

 

 

 
10,814

Common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuances
32,174

 

 

 

 
32,174

Repurchases
(17,149
)
 

 

 

 
(17,149
)
Dividends
(30,394
)
 

 

 

 
(30,394
)
Intercompany
(1,233,417
)
 
1,149,737

 
83,680

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(657,952
)
 
1,047,347

 
(62,899
)
 

 
326,496

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
89,241

 
20,355

 
37,543

 

 
147,139

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
864,237

 
172,018

 
127,349

 

 
1,163,604

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
953,478

 
192,373

 
164,892

 

 
1,310,743


131

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended November 30, 2011
(In thousands)
Lennar
Corporation
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (including net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests)
$
92,199

 
141,653

 
66,283

 
(187,591
)
 
112,544

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (including net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
(10,137
)
 
(288,642
)
 
(260,491
)
 
187,591

 
(371,679
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
82,062

 
(146,989
)
 
(194,208
)
 

 
(259,135
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in and contributions to Lennar homebuilding unconsolidated entities, net

 
(62,130
)
 
(5,246
)
 

 
(67,376
)
Investments in and contributions to Rialto Investments unconsolidated entities, net

 

 
(50,297
)
 

 
(50,297
)
Increase in Rialto Investments defeasance cash to retire notes payable

 

 
(118,077
)
 

 
(118,077
)
Receipts of principal payments on Rialto Investments loans receivable

 

 
74,888

 

 
74,888

Proceeds from sales of Rialto Investments real estate owned

 

 
91,034

 

 
91,034

Other
(12
)
 
(46,963
)
 
(19,351
)
 

 
(66,326
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(12
)
 
(109,093
)
 
(27,049
)
 

 
(136,154
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net borrowings (repayments) under Lennar Financial Services debt

 
(20
)
 
138,476

 

 
138,456

Net proceeds from convertible and senior notes
342,562

 

 

 

 
342,562

Redemption of senior notes
(113,242
)
 

 

 

 
(113,242
)
Net repayments on other borrowings

 
(86,185
)
 
(45,675
)
 

 
(131,860
)
Exercise of land option contracts from an unconsolidated land investment venture

 
(40,964
)
 

 

 
(40,964
)
Net payments related to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(1,315
)
 

 
(1,315
)
Common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuances
6,751

 

 

 

 
6,751

Repurchases
(5,724
)
 

 

 

 
(5,724
)
Dividends
(29,906
)
 

 

 

 
(29,906
)
Intercompany
(489,795
)
 
376,054

 
113,741

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(289,354
)
 
248,885

 
205,227

 

 
164,758

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(207,304
)
 
(7,197
)
 
(16,030
)
 

 
(230,531
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
1,071,541

 
179,215

 
143,379

 

 
1,394,135

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
864,237

 
172,018

 
127,349

 

 
1,163,604


132

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended November 30, 2010
(In thousands)
Lennar
Corporation
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (including net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests)
$
95,261

 
133,661

 
59,802

 
(168,265
)
 
120,459

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (including net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
424,475

 
(338,204
)
 
(100,767
)
 
168,265

 
153,769

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
519,736

 
(204,543
)
 
(40,965
)
 

 
274,228

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in and contributions to Lennar Homebuilding unconsolidated entities, net

 
(176,493
)
 
(3,380
)
 

 
(179,873
)
(Investments in and contributions to) and distributions of capital from Rialto Investments consolidated and unconsolidated entities, net
(329,369
)
 

 
93,660

 

 
(235,709
)
Acquisitions of Rialto Investments portfolios of distressed real estate assets and improvements to REO

 
(184,699
)
 

 

 
(184,699
)
Increase in Rialto Investments defeasance cash to retire notes payable

 

 
(101,309
)
 

 
(101,309
)
Other
(1,003
)
 
(16,861
)
 
46,083

 

 
28,219

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
(330,372
)
 
(378,053
)
 
35,054

 

 
(673,371
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net borrowings (repayments) under Lennar Financial Services debt

 
(26
)
 
54,147

 

 
54,121

Net proceeds from convertible notes
951,408

 

 

 

 
951,408

Redemption and partial redemption of senior notes
(474,654
)
 

 

 

 
(474,654
)
Net repayments on other borrowings

 
(80,076
)
 
(55,753
)
 

 
(135,829
)
Exercise of land option contracts from an unconsolidated land investment venture

 
(39,301
)
 

 

 
(39,301
)
Net receipts related to noncontrolling interests

 

 
9,240

 

 
9,240

Common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuances
2,238

 

 

 

 
2,238

Repurchases
(1,806
)
 

 

 

 
(1,806
)
Dividends
(29,577
)
 

 

 

 
(29,577
)
Intercompany
(788,601
)
 
726,901

 
61,700

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(340,992
)
 
607,498

 
69,334

 

 
335,840

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(151,628
)
 
24,902

 
63,423

 

 
(63,303
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
1,223,169

 
154,313

 
79,956

 

 
1,457,438

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
1,071,541

 
179,215

 
143,379

 

 
1,394,135



133

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

18. Quarterly Data (unaudited)
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
724,856

 
930,155

 
1,099,758

 
1,349,937

Gross profit from sales of homes
$
127,878

 
178,950

 
216,211

 
270,307

Earnings before income taxes
$
6,453

 
52,103

 
58,635

 
104,923

Net earnings attributable to Lennar
$
14,968

 
452,703

 
87,109

 
124,344

Earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.08

 
2.39

 
0.46

 
0.65

Diluted
$
0.08

 
2.06

 
0.40

 
0.56

2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
558,045

 
764,493

 
820,193

 
952,654

Gross profit from sales of homes
$
91,670

 
125,746

 
147,584

 
158,371

Earnings before income taxes
$
36,321

 
25,800

 
24,079

 
11,774

Net earnings attributable to Lennar
$
27,406

 
13,785

 
20,730

 
30,278

Earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.15

 
0.07

 
0.11

 
0.16

Diluted
$
0.14

 
0.07

 
0.11

 
0.16

Quarterly and year-to-date computations of per share amounts are made independently. Therefore, the sum of per share amounts for the quarters may not agree with per share amounts for the year.


134


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer participated in an evaluation by our management of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of our fiscal quarter that ended on November 30, 2012 . Based on their participation in that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of November 30, 2012 to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or furnished under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Our CEO and CFO also participated in an evaluation by our management of any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended November 30, 2012 . That evaluation did not identify any changes that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting except for new internal controls over financial reporting that were designed and implemented related to the Company’s Rialto Investments segment during the quarter ended November 30, 2012 .
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm obtained from Deloitte & Touche LLP relating to the effectiveness of Lennar Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting are included elsewhere in this document.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of November 30, 2012 . The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2012 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report which is included herein.

Item 9B. Other Information.
Not applicable.


135

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lennar Corporation
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lennar Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of November 30, 2012 , based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2012 , based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended November 30, 2012 of the Company and our report dated January 29, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Certified Public Accountants
 
Miami, Florida
January 29, 2013


136


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required by this item for executive officers is set forth under the heading “Executive Officers of Lennar Corporation” in Part I. The other information called for by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than March 29, 2013 (120 days after the end of our fiscal year).

Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than March 29, 2013 (120 days after the end of our fiscal year).

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than March 29, 2013 (120 days after the end of our fiscal year), except for the information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K, which is provided below.
The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of November 30, 2012 :
 
Plan category
Number of shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
(a)
 
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b)
 
Number of shares remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding shares reflected in column (a)) c(1)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
1,280,072

 
$
13.85

 
11,819,055

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

 

 

Total
1,280,072

 
$
13.85

 
11,819,055

(1)
Both Class A and Class B common stock may be issued.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than March 29, 2013 (120 days after the end of our fiscal year).

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than March 29, 2013 (120 days after the end of our fiscal year).


137

Table of Contents

PART IV
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)
Documents filed as part of this Report.
1.
The following financial statements are contained in Item 8:


2.
The following financial statement schedule is included in this Report:

Information required by other schedules has either been incorporated in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes or is not applicable to us.
3.
The following exhibits are filed with this Report or incorporated by reference:

3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 28, 1998—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2004.
 
 
3.2
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 9, 1999—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1999.
 
 
3.3
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 8, 2003—Incorporated by reference to Annex IV of the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A dated March 10, 2003.
 
 
3.4
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 8, 2008—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 8, 2008.
 
 
3.5
Bylaws of the Company as amended effective January 17, 2013—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 17, 2013.
 
 
4.1
Indenture, dated as of December 31, 1997, between Lennar and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as trustee—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-45527, filed with the Commission on February 3, 1998.
 
 
4.2
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated February 5, 2003, between Lennar and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (relating to 5.950% Senior Notes due 2013)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 31, 2003.
 
 
4.3
Indenture, dated August 12, 2004, between Lennar and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 5.50% Senior Notes due 2014)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-121130, filed with the Commission on December 10, 2004.
 
 
4.4
Indenture, dated April 28, 2005, between Lennar and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 5.60% Senior Notes due 2015)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-127839, filed with the Commission on August 25, 2005.
 
 
4.5
Indenture, dated April 26, 2006, between Lennar and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 6.50% Senior Notes due 2016)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 26, 2006.

138

Table of Contents

 
 
4.6
Indenture, dated April 30, 2009, between Lennar and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 12.25% Senior Notes due 2017)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 30, 2009.
 
 
4.7
Indenture, dated May 4, 2010, between Lennar and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 6.95% Senior Notes due 2018)— Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-167622, filed with the Commission on June 18, 2010.
 
 
4.8
Indenture, dated May 4, 2010, between Lennar and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2010.
 
 
4.9
Indenture, dated November 10, 2010, between Lennar and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 2.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2010.
 
 
4.10
Indenture, dated November 23, 2011, between Lennar and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 3.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2021)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 1, 2012.
 
 
4.11
Indenture, dated July 20, 2012, between Lennar and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 4.75% Senior Notes due 2017)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-183755, filed with the Commission on September 6, 2012.
 
 
4.12
Indenture, dated October 23, 2012, between Lennar and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (relating to Lennar’s 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022).
 
 
10.1*  
Lennar Corporation 2007 Equity Incentive Plan—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A dated February 28, 2007.
 
 
10.2*  
Lennar Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A dated February 28, 2007.
 
 
10.3*  
Lennar Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust—Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 2-89104.
 
 
10.4*  
Amendment dated December 13, 1989 to Lennar Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan—Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1990.
 
 
10.5*  
Lennar Corporation Employee Stock Ownership/401(k) Trust Agreement dated December 13, 1989—Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1990.
 
 
10.6*  
Amendment dated April 18, 1990 to Lennar Corporation Employee Stock Ownership/401(k) Plan—Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1990.
 
 
10.7*  
Lennar Corporation Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2002.
 
 
10.8*
Aircraft Time-Sharing Agreement, dated August 17, 2005, between U.S. Home Corporation and Stuart Miller—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated August 17, 2005.
 
 
10.9*
Amendment No. 1 to Aircraft Time-Sharing Agreement, dated September 1, 2005, between U.S. Home Corporation and Stuart Miller—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005.
 
 
10.10
Master Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated March 29, 2006, between Lennar Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 29, 2006.
 
 
10.11
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2007, by and among Lennar, Lennar Homes of California, Inc., the Sellers named in the agreement and MS Rialto Residential Holdings, LLC.—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.
 
 
10.12
Distribution Agreement, dated April 20, 2009, between Lennar and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as agent (relating to sales by the Company of its Class A common stock)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 20, 2009.
 
 

139

Table of Contents

10.13
Distribution Agreement, dated April 20, 2009, between Lennar and Citigroup Capital Markets Inc., as agent (relating to sales by the Company of its Class A common stock)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 20, 2009.
 
 
10.14
Distribution Agreement, dated April 20, 2009, between Lennar and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated., as agent (relating to sales by the Company of its Class A common stock)—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 20, 2009.
 
 
10.15*
Aircraft Time-Sharing Agreement, dated January 26, 2010, between U.S. Home Corporation and Richard Beckwitt.
 
 
10.16
Credit Agreement, dated May 2, 2012, by and among Lennar, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders named in the Credit Agreement—Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 2, 2012.
 
 
21
List of subsidiaries.
 
 
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
31.1
Rule 13a-14a/15d-14(a) Certification of Stuart A. Miller.
 
 
31.2
Rule 13a-14a/15d-14(a) Certification of Bruce E. Gross.
 
 
32
Section 1350 Certifications of Stuart A. Miller and Bruce E. Gross.
 
 
101
The following financial statements from Lennar Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2012, filed on January 29, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language); (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (iv) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (1).
*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(1)
In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related to information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration or other document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

140

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
LENNAR CORPORATION
 
 
 
/ S /    S TUART  A. M ILLER        
 
Stuart A. Miller
 
Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Date:
January 29, 2013
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Principal Executive Officer:
 
 
 
 
 
Stuart A. Miller
/ S /    S TUART  A. M ILLER        
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
Principal Financial Officer:
 
 
 
 
 
Bruce E. Gross
/ S /    B RUCE  E. G ROSS        
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
Principal Accounting Officer:
 
 
 
 
 
David M. Collins
/ S /    D AVID  M. C OLLINS        
Controller
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
Irving Bolotin
/ S /    I RVING  B OLOTIN        
 
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
Steven L. Gerard
/ S /    S TEVEN  L. G ERARD        
 
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
Theron I. (“Tig”) Gilliam, Jr.
/s/    Theron I. (“Tig”) Gilliam, Jr.        
 
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
Sherrill W. Hudson
/ S /    S HERRILL  W. H UDSON        
 
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
R. Kirk Landon
/ S /    R. K IRK  L ANDON        
 
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
Sidney Lapidus
/ S /    S IDNEY  L APIDUS        
 
Date:
January 29, 2013
 
 
 
Jeffrey Sonnenfeld
/ S /    J EFFREY  S ONNENFELD        
 
Date:
January 29, 2013

141

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lennar Corporation
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Lennar Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of November 30, 2012 and 2011 , and for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2012 , and the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2012 and have issued our reports thereon dated January 29, 2013 ; such consolidated financial statements and reports are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of the Company listed in Item 15. This consolidated financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Certified Public Accountants
 
Miami, Florida
January 29, 2013


142

Table of Contents

LENNAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Years Ended November 30, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
 
 
 
Additions
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning
balance
 
Charged to costs and expenses
 
Charged (credited) to other accounts
 
Deductions
 
Ending
balance
Year ended November 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from assets to which they apply:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances for doubtful accounts and notes and other receivables
$
3,376

 
558

 
(101
)
 
(650
)
 
3,183

Allowance for loan losses and loans receivable
$
6,868

 
28,828

 
52

 
(14,395
)
 
21,353

Allowance against net deferred tax assets
$
576,890

 

 
51,259

 
(539,355
)
 
88,794

Year ended November 30, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from assets to which they apply:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances for doubtful accounts and notes and other receivables
$
3,696

 
334

 
(4
)
 
(650
)
 
3,376

Allowance for loan losses and loans receivable
$
7,577

 
14,470

 

 
(15,179
)
 
6,868

Allowance against net deferred tax assets
$
609,463

 

 
7,287

 
(39,860
)
 
576,890

Year ended November 30, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from assets to which they apply:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances for doubtful accounts and notes and other receivables
$
11,710

 
1,525

 
(85
)
 
(9,454
)
 
3,696

Allowance for loan losses and loans receivable
$
7,444

 
1,328

 
170

 
(1,365
)
 
7,577

Allowance against net deferred tax assets
$
647,385

 
4,806

 
(26,331
)
 
(16,397
)
 
609,463


143
Exhibit 4.12
EXECUTION VERSION


LENNAR CORPORATION
as Issuer,
the GUARANTORS
party hereto
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
as Trustee

INDENTURE
Dated as of October 23, 2012

4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A
4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series B





CROSS REFERENCE TABLE
TIA Section      Indenture Section
310(a)(1).....................................................................................................7.10
(a)(2).................................................................................................7.10
(a)(3).................................................................................................N.A.
(a)(4).................................................................................................N.A.
(a)(5).................................................................................................7.10
(b)......................................................................................................7.8; 7.10; 11.2
(c)......................................................................................................N.A.
311(a)..........................................................................................................7.11
(b)......................................................................................................7.11
(c)......................................................................................................N.A.
312(a)..........................................................................................................2.5
(b).....................................................................................................11.4
(c).....................................................................................................11.4
313(a)..........................................................................................................7.6
(b)(1).................................................................................................N.A.
(b)(2).................................................................................................7.6
(c)......................................................................................................7.6; 11.2
(d)......................................................................................................7.6
314(a)..........................................................................................................4.2; 4.4; 11.2
(b)......................................................................................................N.A.
(c)(1).................................................................................................7.2; 11.5
(c)(2).................................................................................................7.2; 11.5
(c)(3).................................................................................................N.A.
(d).....................................................................................................N.A.
(e).....................................................................................................11.6
(f)......................................................................................................N.A.
315(a)..........................................................................................................7.1(b)
(b)......................................................................................................7.5; 11.2
(c)......................................................................................................7.1(a)
(d)......................................................................................................6.5; 7.1(c)
(e)......................................................................................................6.12
316(a)(1)(A)................................................................................................6.5
(a)(1)(B)............................................................................................6.4
(a)(2).................................................................................................N.A.
(b)......................................................................................................6.7
(c)......................................................................................................1.1, 2.5, 9.4
317(a)(1)......................................................................................................6.8
(a)(2)..................................................................................................6.9
(b)......................................................................................................2.4
318(a)..........................................................................................................11.1
(c)......................................................................................................11.1
___________________
N.A. means Not Applicable.
Note:
This cross-reference table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

(i)



TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I.    DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE    1
Section 1.1. Definitions.
1
Section 1.2. Incorporation by Reference of TIA
10
Section 1.3. Rules of Construction
10
ARTICLE II.    THE NOTES    11
Section 2.1. Form and Dating
11
Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication; Aggregate Principal Amount
12
Section 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent
12
Section 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust
13
Section 2.5. Holder Lists
13
Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange
13
Section 2.7. Replacement Notes
14
Section 2.8. Outstanding Notes
14
Section 2.9. Treasury Notes
15
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes
15
Section 2.11. Cancellation
15
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest
15
Section 2.13. CUSIP Number
16
Section 2.14. Deposit of Monies
17
Section 2.15. Restrictive Legends
17
Section 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Security.
17
Section 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.
18
Section 2.18. Additional Interest Under Registration Rights Agreement
21
ARTICLE III.    REDEMPTION    21
Section 3.1. Optional Redemption by the Company.
21
ARTICLE IV.    COVENANTS    22
Section 4.1. Payment of Notes
22
Section 4.2. Reporting
23
Section 4.3. Corporate Existence
23
Section 4.4. Compliance Certificate
23
Section 4.5. Further Instruments and Acts
23
Section 4.6. Limitations on Liens
23
Section 4.7. Sale-Leaseback Transactions
26
Section 4.8. Furnishing Guarantees
27
Section 4.9. Change of Control.
27
ARTICLE V.    SUCCESSOR CORPORATION    30
Section 5.1. Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms
30
Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted
30
ARTICLE VI.    DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES    31

(ii)



Section 6.1. Events of Default.
31
Section 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
32
Section 6.3. Other Remedies
33
Section 6.4. Waiver of Existing Defaults
33
Section 6.5. Control by Majority
33
Section 6.6. Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor
34
Section 6.7. Limitation on Suits.
34
Section 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee
35
Section 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
35
Section 6.10. Restoration of Positions
35
Section 6.11. Priorities
35
Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs
35
Section 6.13. Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
36
Section 6.14. Liability of Stockholders, Officers, Directors and Incorporators
36
ARTICLE VII.    TRUSTEE    36
Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee.
36
Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee.
37
Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee
39
Section 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer
39
Section 7.5. Notice of Defaults
39
Section 7.6. Reports by Trustee
39
Section 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity
39
Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee
40
Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
41
Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
41
Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims
42
ARTICLEVIII.    DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE    42
Section 8.1. Termination of the Company’s Obligations
42
Section 8.2. Application of Trust Money
42
Section 8.3. Officers’ Certificate; Opinion of Counsel
43
Section 8.4. Repayment to the Company
43
Section 8.5. Reinstatement
43
ARTICLE IX.    MODIFICATION OF THE INDENTURE    43
Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders
43
Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders
44
Section 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
44
Section 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents
44
Section 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
45
Section 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
45
ARTICLE X.    GUARANTEE OF NOTES    45
Section 10.1. Unconditional Guarantee
45

(iii)



Section 10.2. Limitations on Guarantees; Release or Suspension of Particular Guarantors’ Obligations
46
Section 10.3. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
47
Section 10.4. Release of a Guarantor due to Extraordinary Events
47
Section 10.5. Waiver of Subrogation
48
Section 10.6. No Set-Off
48
Section 10.7. Obligations Absolute
48
Section 10.8. Obligations Continuing
48
Section 10.9. Obligations Not Reduced
49
Section 10.10. Obligations Reinstated
49
Section 10.11. Obligations Not Affected
49
Section 10.12. Waiver
50
Section 10.13. No Obligation to Take Action Against the Company
50
Section 10.14. Dealing with the Company and Others
50
Section 10.15. Default and Enforcement
51
Section 10.16. Amendment, etc
51
Section 10.17. Acknowledgment
51
Section 10.18. Costs and Expenses
51
Section 10.19. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
51
Section 10.20. Survival of Obligations
52
Section 10.21. Guarantee in Addition to Other Obligations
52
Section 10.22. Severability
52
Section 10.23. Successors and Assigns
52
Section 10.24. Acknowledgement under TIA
52
ARTICLE XI.    MISCELLANEOUS    52
Section 11.1. TIA Controls.
52
Section 11.2. Notices.
52
Section 11.3. Electronic Instructions/Directions
53
Section 11.4. Communications by Holders with Other Holders
54
Section 11.5. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
54
Section 11.6. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
54
Section 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.
55
Section 11.8. Legal Holidays.
55
Section 11.9. Governing Law.
55
Section 11.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
55
Section 11.11. No Personal Liability.
55
Section 11.12. Successors
56
Section 11.13. Duplicate Originals
56
Section 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial..
56
Section 11.15. Force Majeure
56
Section 11.16. Severability
56

(iv)



Exhibit A:    Form of Series A Note
Exhibit B:    Form of Series B Note
Exhibit C:     Restrictive Legend
Exhibit D:
Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
Exhibit E:
Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
Exhibit F:
Form of Guarantee
Schedule I:
Guarantors


(v)



INDENTURE, dated as of October 23, 2012, among LENNAR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the Guarantors party hereto and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of its 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A and its 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series B to be issued in exchange for the 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) and, to provide therefor, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes (as defined), when duly issued and executed by the Company, and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Company, and to make this Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, have been done.
Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the Company’s 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A and Series B.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.1.          Definitions.
Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.
Agent Members ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16.
Authenticating Agent ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.2.
Bankruptcy Law ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.1.
Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Board Resolution ” means a resolution by the Board of Directors or Executive Committee of the Company certified by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary as being duly adopted and in full force and effect.

- 1 -



Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday which is not a Legal Holiday in New York, New York.
Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of or in such Person’s capital stock or other equity interests, and options, rights or warrants to purchase such capital stock or other equity interests, whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date.
Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.9(a).
Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.9(a).
Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.9(a).
Class A Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $.10 per share.
Comparable Treasury Issue means the United States Treasury security selected by the Reference Treasury Dealer as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.
Comparable Treasury Price means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (i) the average of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date, as set forth in the daily statistical release (or any successor release) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and designated “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities,” or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain such prices on such Business Day, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (B) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations.
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets means the total amount of assets which would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries under GAAP (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom:
(A)
all short-term liabilities, i.e., liabilities payable by their terms less than one year from the date of determination and not renewable or extendable at the option of the obligor for a period ending more than one year after such date, and liabilities in respect of retiree benefits other than pensions for which the Restricted Subsidiaries are required to accrue pursuant to former Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106 (now ASC No. 715);

- 2 -



(B)
investments in Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(C)
all assets reflected on the Company’s balance sheet as the carrying value of goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount, unamortized expense incurred in the issuance of debt and other intangible assets.
Corporate Trust Office ” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 10161 Centurion Parkway North, Jacksonville, Florida 32256 Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).
Custodian ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.1.
Default ” means any event which, upon the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
Default Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.12.
Depositary ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors.
“$” means the lawful currency of the United States.
Event of Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.1.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Notes ” means the 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series B to be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to (i) the Registration Rights Agreement, or (ii) with respect to Initial Notes issued under this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, a registration rights agreement substantially identical to the Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Offer ” has the meaning provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Fiscal Year ” means the period commencing on December 1 of a year and ending on the next November 30 or such other period (not to exceed 12 months or 53 weeks) as the Company may from time to time adopt as its fiscal year.
Funded Debt of any Person means all Indebtedness for borrowed money created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed in any manner by such Person, and all Indebtedness, contingent or otherwise, incurred or assumed by such Person in connection with the acquisition of any business, property or asset, which in each case matures more than one year after, or which

- 3 -



by its terms is renewable or extendible or payable out of the proceeds of similar Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the terms of any revolving credit agreement or any similar agreement at the option of such Person for a period ending more than one year after the date as of which Funded Debt is being determined; provided, however , that Funded Debt shall not include (i) any Indebtedness for the payment, redemption or satisfaction of which money (or evidences of indebtedness, if permitted under the instrument creating or evidencing such indebtedness) in the necessary amount shall have been irrevocably deposited in trust with a trustee or proper depositary either on or before the maturity or redemption date thereof or (ii) any Indebtedness of such Person to any of its subsidiaries or of any subsidiary to such Person or any other subsidiary or (iii) any Indebtedness incurred in connection with the financing of operating, construction or acquisition projects, provided that the recourse for such Indebtedness is limited to the assets of such projects.
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as in effect on the Issue Date.
Global Note ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
Guarantee ” has the meaning provided in Section 10.1.
Guarantor ” means (a) initially, each of the Guarantors set forth on Schedule I to this Indenture, and (b) each of the Company’s Subsidiaries that in the future executes a Guarantee in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto in which such Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms hereof as Guarantor, in each case, subject to release or suspension as provided in Article X.
Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.
IAI Global Note ” means a permanent global note in registered form representing the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.
Indebtedness means, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, and without duplication, (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on, and fees, costs, enforcement expenses, collateral protection expenses and other reimbursement or indemnity obligations in respect to all indebtedness or obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary to any Person, including but not limited to banks and other lending institutions, for money borrowed that is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture, loan agreement, or similar instrument or agreement (including purchase money obligations with original maturities in excess of one year and noncontingent reimbursement obligations in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit); (b) all reimbursement obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances, (c) all obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) in respect of leases of the Company or any

- 4 -



Subsidiary required, in conformity with GAAP, to be accounted for as capital lease obligations on the balance sheet of the Company, (d) all obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary (contingent or otherwise) with respect to an interest rate or other swap, cap or collar agreement or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement, (e) all direct or indirect guaranties or similar agreements by the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of, and obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Company or such Subsidiary to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another Person of the kind described in clauses (a) through (d), (f) any indebtedness or other obligations, excluding any operating leases the Company or any Subsidiary is currently (or may become) a party to, described in clauses (a) through (d) secured by any Lien existing on property which is owned or held by the Company or Subsidiary, regardless of whether the indebtedness or other obligation secured thereby shall have been assumed by the Company or such Subsidiary and (g) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions and refinancing of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kind described in clauses (a) through (f).
Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
Initial Notes ” means, collectively, (i) the 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A, of the Company issued on the Issue Date and (ii) any other 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A that are issued under this Indenture, subsequent to the Issue Date, pursuant to Section 2.2, for so long as each such securities constitute Restricted Securities.
Initial Purchasers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, UBS Securities LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, PNC Capital Markets LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
Interest Payment Date means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.
Issue Date ” means October 23, 2012.
Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or required by law to remain closed.
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge or security interest of any kind.
Maturity Date ” means November 15, 2022.
“Net Worth” of any Person means the total consolidated stockholders’ equity of

- 5 -



the Person determined in accordance with GAAP.
Non-Recourse Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for which the holder of such Indebtedness has no recourse, directly or indirectly, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary for the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, and for which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not, directly or indirectly, obligated or otherwise liable for the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, except pursuant to mortgages, deeds of trust or other security interests or other recourse, obligations or liabilities, in respect of specific land or other real property interests of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary securing such Indebtedness; provided, however , that recourse, obligations or liabilities solely for indemnities, breaches of warranties or representations contained in such mortgages, deeds of trust or grants of security interests in respect of Indebtedness will not prevent that Indebtedness from being classified as Non-Recourse Indebtedness.
Non-U.S. Person ” means a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
Notes ” means, collectively, the Initial Notes, the Private Exchange Notes, if any, and the Unrestricted Notes, treated as a single class of securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.
Obligations ” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing the Notes.
Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, the Controller or any Assistant Secretary of a Person.
Officers’ Certificate ” when used with respect to the Company means a certificate signed by two Officers. Each such certificate will comply with Section 314 of the TIA and include the statements described in Section 11.6.
Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel. That counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.
Paying Agent ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.3.
Permitted Liens has the meaning provided in Section 4.6.
Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transactions ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.7.
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government

- 6 -



or any government agency or political subdivision.
Physical Notes ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
Primary Treasury Dealer ” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in the United States.
Private Exchange Notes ” shall have the meaning provided in the Registration Rights Agreement(s).
Private Placement Legend ” means the legend initially set forth on the Initial Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit A.
Property ” of any Person means all types of real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed property owned by such Person, whether or not included in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries under GAAP.
Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A.
Quotation Agent means any Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the Company.
Record Date means the Record Date specified in the Notes.
Redemption Date ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
Redemption Price when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, the Redemption Price excludes accrued interest to the Redemption Date.
Reference Treasury Dealer means (a) each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, UBS Securities LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (or their respective affiliates which are Primary Treasury Dealers), and their respective successors; provided, however , that if any of the foregoing shall not be a Primary Treasury Dealer the Company shall substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (b) any other Primary Treasury Dealer(s) selected by the Company.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.
Registrar ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.3.

- 7 -



Registration Rights Agreement ” means, as applicable, (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantors and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, UBS Securities LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as the representatives of the Initial Purchasers, relating to the Notes or (b) any registration rights agreement, substantially identical to the Registration Rights Agreement, entered into among the Company, the Guarantors and the respective purchasers or their representatives or representative, on substantially identical terms, relating to any Initial Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.2.
Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Global Note ” means a permanent global note in registered form representing the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.
Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of the principal (or the portion of the principal) that is being redeemed and interest thereon that would be due after the related Redemption Date but for such redemption; provided, however , that, if such Redemption Date is not an Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment thereon will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued thereon to such Redemption Date.
Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Note to be repurchased, the price at which it is to be repurchased pursuant to this Indenture.
Restricted Security ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided , however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.
Restricted Subsidiary ” means (a) all existing wholly-owned Subsidiaries, other than finance company Subsidiaries and any foreign Subsidiaries, and (b) all future wholly-owned Subsidiaries that become Guarantors, in each case, until such time as such Subsidiary is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
Sale-Leaseback Transaction ” means a sale or transfer made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property which is either (A) a manufacturing facility, office building or warehouse whose book value equals or exceeds 1% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the date of determination, or (B) another property (not including a model home) which exceeds 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the date of determination, if such sale or transfer is made with the agreement, commitment or intention of leasing such property to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

- 8 -



Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
State ” means any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (a) whose revenues exceed 10% of the Total Consolidated Revenues of the Company, in each case for the most recent Fiscal Year, or (b) whose Net Worth exceeds 10% of the Company’s Total Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity, in each case as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Year.
Subsidiary means (i) a corporation or other entity of which a majority in voting power of the stock or other interests is owned by the Company, by a Subsidiary of the Company or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or (ii) a partnership, the sole general partner or partners of which are the Company and/or any Subsidiary and of which the Company or any Subsidiary owns at least 25% in value of the equity.
Total Consolidated Revenues ” means, with respect to any date of determination, the Company’s total consolidated revenues as shown on its most recent consolidated statement of operations that is contained or incorporated in the latest annual report on Form 10-K (or equivalent report) or quarterly report on Form 10-Q (or equivalent report) filed with the SEC, and is as of a date not more than 181 days prior to the date of determination, in the case of the consolidated statement of operations contained or incorporated in an annual report on Form 10-K, or 135 days prior to the date of determination, in the case of the consolidated condensed statement of operations contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q.
Total Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity ” means, with respect to any date of determination, the Company’s total consolidated stockholders’ equity as shown on its most recent consolidated balance sheet that is contained or incorporated in the latest annual report on Form 10-K (or equivalent report) or quarterly report on Form 10-Q (or equivalent report) filed with the SEC, and is as of a date not more than 181 days prior to the date of determination, in the case of the consolidated balance sheet contained or incorporated in an annual report on Form 10-K, or 135 days prior to the date of determination, in the case of the consolidated condensed balance sheet contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q.
Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.
Trustee means the Person named as such in this Indenture and, subject to the provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture, any successor to that Person.
TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3.
Trust Officer ” means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, senior associate, assistant

- 9 -



secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
United States ” means the United States of America.
Unrestricted Notes ” means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend, including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes.
U.S. Government Obligations ” means direct obligations of, and obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.
U.S. Legal Tender ” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
Section 1.2.           Incorporation by Reference of TIA . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
indenture securities ” means the Notes.
indenture security holder ” means a Holder.
indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.
indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.
obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company or any other obligor on the Notes.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.
Section 1.3.           Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1)    a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2)    an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP as of any date of determination;
(3)
“or” is not exclusive;
(4)    words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include

- 10 -



the singular;
(5)    “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;
(6)    any reference to a statute, law or regulation means that statute, law or regulation as amended and in effect from time to time and includes any successor statute, law or regulation; provided , however , that any reference to the Bankruptcy Law shall mean the Bankruptcy Law as applicable to the relevant case; and
(7)    any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note in this Indenture shall be deemed to include Additional Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to Section 2.18.
ARTICLE II.
THE NOTES
Section 2.1.           Form and Dating . The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, provided , that any Initial Notes issued in a public offering shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. The Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or depositary rule or usage. The Company and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and authentication and shall show the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be designated as the “4.750% Senior Notes due 2022.”
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A and Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (each, a “ Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legend set forth in Exhibit C. The aggregate principal amount of a Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, as hereinafter provided.
Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued and Notes offered and sold in reliance on any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act other than as described in the preceding paragraph shall be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in

- 11 -



Exhibit A (the “ Physical Notes ”).
All Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall remain in the form of a Global Note until the consummation of the Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; provided , however , that all of the time periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement to be complied with by the Company have been so complied with.
Section 2.2.           Execution and Authentication; Aggregate Principal Amount . An Officer of the Company (duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign and attest to the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office or position at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
The Trustee shall authenticate all (i) Initial Notes, (ii) Private Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes and (iii) Unrestricted Notes from time to time upon a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Company. Each such written order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Private Exchange Notes or Unrestricted Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as Physical Notes or Global Notes or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or with any Affiliate of the Company.
The Notes shall be issuable in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. Subject to applicable law, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes which may be authenticated and delivered on the Issue Date shall not exceed $350 million; provided, however , that the Company may, without the consent of the Holders, issue additional Notes under this Indenture at any time thereafter.
Section 2.3.           Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which shall be located in the City of Jacksonville, State of Florida) where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (“ Paying Agent ”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The

- 12 -



Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. The Company may act as its own Paying Agent. If the Company elects to act as its own Paying Agent, the Company will notify the Trustee of its election and will hold for the benefit of the Holders all assets for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes.
The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA and implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company shall fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and custodian for service of demands and notices in connection with the Notes. Any of the Registrar, the Paying Agent or any other agent may resign upon 30 days’ notice to the Company.
Section 2.4.           Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust . The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Company and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.
Section 2.5.           Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee five (5) Business Days before each Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list as of such date and in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).
Each date on which such list is issued shall serve as a record date under TIA Section 316(c) for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action authorized or permitted by TIA Section 316(a).
Section 2.6.           Transfer and Exchange . Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer of

- 13 -



such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company and the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, fee or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges or transfers pursuant to Section 2.10 or 3.1, in which event the Company shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes or charges).
The Registrar or co-Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing and (ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article III, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry system.
Section 2.7.           Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order from the Company, authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity of reasonable tenor, sufficient in the reasonable judgment of the Company and the Trustee, to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. Every replacement Note shall constitute an additional obligation of the Company.
Section 2.8.           Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or any of its Affiliates holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.7.

- 14 -



If, on a Redemption Date, a repurchase date or the Maturity Date, the Paying Agent holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay all of the principal, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed not to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.
Section 2.9.           Treasury Notes . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver, consent or notice, Notes owned by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has been informed in writing by the Company to be so owned shall be so considered. The Company shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when either it or, to its knowledge, any of its Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes, of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired and such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely thereon.
Section 2.10.           Temporary Notes . Until typewritten or printed Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate. The Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of temporary Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the temporary Notes are to be authenticated. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of typewritten or printed Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and so indicates in the Officers’ Certificate. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a written order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.2, typewritten or printed Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Section 2.11.           Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. At the written direction of the Company, the Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee acting pursuant to such direction from the Company, the Registrar or the Paying Agent, and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Company, shall dispose, in its customary manner, of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7, the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.
Section 2.12.           Defaulted Interest . The Company shall pay from time to time on demand (i) interest on overdue principal and (ii) to the extent lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), in each case, at the rate of interest borne by the Notes, plus one percent per annum from and including the relevant

- 15 -



payment date to but excluding the date on which such defaulted amounts shall have been paid by the Company. All such interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months, and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed.
If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which special record date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (a “ Default Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section; provided, however , that in no event shall the Company deposit monies proposed to be paid in respect of defaulted interest later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the proposed Default Interest Payment Date. At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Company shall mail (or cause to be mailed) to each Holder, as of a recent date selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee at least 20 days prior to such special record date, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the Default Interest Payment Date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.1(1) shall be paid to Holders as of the regular record date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange.
Section 2.13.           CUSIP Number . In issuing the Notes, the Company may use a “CUSIP” number, and, if so, the Company shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is thereby deemed to be made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP number.
In the event that the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate any Notes issued under this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain the same CUSIP number for such Notes as is printed on the Notes outstanding at such time and provide written notice to the Trustee to such effect; provided , however , that if any series of Notes issued under this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date is determined, pursuant to an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, to be a different class of security than the Notes outstanding at such time for federal income tax or securities laws purposes, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain a “CUSIP”

- 16 -



number for such Notes that is different than the CUSIP number printed on the Notes then outstanding and cause such opinion to be delivered to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision herein to the contrary, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.
Section 2.14.           Deposit of Monies . Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date or Redemption Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be.
Section 2.15.           Restrictive Legends . Each Global Note and Physical Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the Private Placement Legend on the face thereof until after the first anniversary of the later of the Issue Date and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or any predecessor security) (or such shorter period of time as permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereunder, provided that any restrictive legend shall have been removed) (or such longer period of time as may be required under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws in an Opinion of Counsel for the Company, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Holder thereof); provided, however , that if any Initial Notes are issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, the period of resale restrictions applicable to Initial Notes previously offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act that constitute Restricted Securities shall automatically be extended to the last day of the period of any resale restrictions imposed on such additional Initial Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.2.
Each Global Note shall also bear the legend as set forth in Exhibit C.
Section 2.16.           Book-Entry Provisions for Global Security .
(a)      The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear the legend as set forth in Exhibit C.
(b)      Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any Agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any Agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.
(c)      Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to

- 17 -



the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Notes.
(d)      In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.16, the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a written order from the Company, shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
(e)      In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.16, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a written order from the Company, shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.
(f)      Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.16 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.17(a)(i)(x) and (c), bear the Private Placement Legend.
(g)      The Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
Section 2.17.           Special Transfer Provisions .
(a)      Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person:
(i)      the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the first anniversary of the Issue Date ( provided , however , that (1) neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, or predecessor security at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Issue Date and (2) if any Initial Notes are issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, the period of resale restrictions applicable to

- 18 -



such Note shall automatically be extended to the last day of the period of any resale restrictions imposed on such additional Initial Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.2) or (y) (1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person, the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto; and
(ii)      if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the IAI Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the appropriate certificate, if any, required by clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred; and
(iii)      if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member seeking to transfer an interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the appropriate certificate, if any, required by clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interests are to be transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to which the interests are to be transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred.
(b)      Transfers to QIBs . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):
(i)      the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Restricted Security if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that

- 19 -



the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and
(ii)      if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred; and
(iii)      if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member seeking to transfer an interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred.
(c)      Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
(d)      Private Placement Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the requested transfer is after the first anniversary of the Issue Date ( provided , however , that (x) neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, or any predecessor security at any time prior to or on the first anniversary of the Issue Date and (y) if any Initial Notes are issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, the period of resale restrictions applicable to such Note bearing the Private Placement Legend shall automatically be extended to the last day of the period of any resale restrictions imposed on such additional Initial Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.2), or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.
(e)      General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.
The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written

- 20 -



communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time during the Registrar’s normal business hours upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.
(f)      Transfer of Notes Held by Affiliates . Any certificate (i) evidencing a Note that has been transferred to an Affiliate of the Company within one year after the Issue Date (or if any Initial Notes are issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, the last day of the period of any resale restrictions imposed on such additional Initial Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.2), as evidenced by a notation on the Assignment Form for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof or (ii) evidencing a Note that has been acquired from an Affiliate of the Company (other than by an Affiliate of the Company) in a transaction or a chain of transactions not involving any public offering, shall, until the later of (x) one year after the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was an owner of such Note and (y) if any Initial Notes are issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, the last day of the period of any resale restrictions imposed on such additional Initial Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.2, in each case, bear the Private Placement Legend, unless otherwise agreed by the Company (with written notice thereof to the Trustee).
(g)      Notice of Affiliate Purchases . In connection with the purchase or sale of any Note or any beneficial interest therein by the Company or any Affiliate thereof (other than a sale to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2012, by and among the Company and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, UBS Securities LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as the representatives of the Initial Purchasers), the Company shall file with the Trustee and Registrar a written notice identifying the transaction as such for the purposes hereof.
Section 2.18.           Additional Interest Under Registration Rights Agreement . Under certain circumstances, the Company shall be obligated to pay Additional Interest to the Holders, all as set forth in Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement.
ARTICLE III.
REDEMPTION
Section 3.1.           Optional Redemption by the Company .
(a)      Right to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . The Company, at its option, may redeem the Notes in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Notes. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price that would be in effect if such Notes were being redeemed on the date of the notice. The Company shall give the notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1(a) at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee).

- 21 -



(b)      Notice of Redemption . At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of redemption by first-class mail to the Trustee and to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s address as it appears on the Note register.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(i)      the Redemption Date;
(ii)      the Redemption Price that would be in effect if such Notes were being redeemed on the date of the notice;
(iii)      the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(iv)      that Notes called for redemption must be presented and surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price and any accrued interest;
(v)      that interest on Notes called for redemption shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, the only remaining right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon presentation and surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes;
(vi)      if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate number (if any) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed; and
(vii)      the CUSIP number or numbers for the Notes called for redemption.
At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense. In such event, the Company will provide the Trustee with the notice to be delivered to the Holders, which shall contain the information required by clauses (i) through (vii).
(c)      Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price stated in the notice. Upon presentation and surrender to the Paying Agent, Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price, together with any accrued interest.
(d)      Sinking Fund . There shall be no sinking fund provided for the Notes.
ARTICLE IV.
COVENANTS
Section 4.1.           Payment of Notes . The Company will promptly pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on each of the Notes at the places and time and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium or interest will be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent

- 22 -



holds on that date in accordance with this Indenture money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment then due.
The Company will pay or cause to be paid interest on overdue principal at the rate specified in the Notes; it will also pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate, to the extent lawful.
Section 4.2.           Reporting . The Company will file with the Trustee within 15 days after filing with the SEC, copies of its annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company also will comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).
Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
Section 4.3.           Corporate Existence . Subject to Article V, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however , that the Company will not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors determines that the preservation of the right or franchise is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that its loss will not be disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.
Section 4.4.           Compliance Certificate . The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the authorized signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default by the Company and whether or not the authorized signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the Fiscal Year. If they do, the Officers’ Certificate will describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also will comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4). For the purposes of this provision of this Indenture, compliance is determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice under this Indenture.
Section 4.5.           Further Instruments and Acts . Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
Section 4.6.           Limitations on Liens . The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien, upon any of its properties or assets, whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, unless (1) if such Lien secures Indebtedness which is pari passu with the Notes, then the Notes are secured by a

- 23 -



Lien on the same properties or assets on an equal and ratable basis with the obligation so secured until such time as such obligation is no longer secured by a Lien, (2) if such Lien secures Indebtedness which is subordinated to the Notes, then the Notes are secured by a Lien on the same properties or assets and the Lien securing such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Lien granted to the Holders to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or (3) such Lien is a Permitted Lien (as defined below).
The following Liens constitute “ Permitted Liens ”:
(a)      Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with or otherwise acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, and were not created in contemplation of, such merger, consolidation or acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(b)      Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, and were not created in contemplation of, such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than the property acquired;
(c)      Liens imposed by law such as carriers’, warehouseman’s or mechanics’ Liens, and other Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(d)      Liens incurred in connection with pollution control, industrial revenue, water, sewage or any similar bonds;
(e)      Liens securing Indebtedness representing, or incurred to finance, the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving any assets, provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed 100% of such cost, including construction charges;
(f)      Liens securing Indebtedness (A) between a Restricted Subsidiary and the Company, or (B) between Restricted Subsidiaries;
(g)      Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case which are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the Company’s business taken as a whole;
(h)      pledges or deposits under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of indebtedness) or leases to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the

- 24 -



Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(i)      Liens granted to any bank or other institution on the payments to be made to such institution by the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to any interest rate swap or similar agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange or similar agreement designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates, respectively, provided that such agreements are entered into in, or are incidental to, the ordinary course of business;
(j)      Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set off or similar rights and remedies;
(k)      Liens arising from the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;
(l)      Liens securing indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, improvement, development or expansion of a property which is given within 180 days of the acquisition, construction, improvement, development or expansion of such property and which is limited to such property;
(m)      Liens incurred in connection with Non-Recourse Indebtedness;
(n)      Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(o)      Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(p)      Liens securing refinancing Indebtedness; provided that any such Lien does not extend to or cover any property or assets other than the property or assets securing Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended;
(q)      easements, rights-of-way and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business and encumbrances consisting of zoning restrictions, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or minor imperfections in title thereto which, in the aggregate, are not material in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the Company’s properties subject thereto; and
(r)      any extensions, substitutions, modifications, replacements or renewals of the Permitted Liens described above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its properties or assets that is not a Permitted Lien without equally and ratably securing the Notes if, at the time the Indebtedness secured by the Lien is incurred, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness then

- 25 -



outstanding secured by such Lien and all other Liens, together with the aggregate net sale proceeds from all Sale-Leaseback Transactions which are not Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transactions, does not exceed 20% of the Total Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity of the Company; provided that Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens shall not be included in the amount of such secured Indebtedness.
Section 4.7.           Sale-Leaseback Transactions . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, after the date hereof, enter into any Sale-Leaseback Transaction other than Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transactions (as defined below). The following Sale-Leaseback Transactions constitute “ Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transactions ”:
(a)      a Sale-Leaseback Transaction involving the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of model homes in the Company’s (including its Subsidiaries’) communities;
(b)      a Sale-Leaseback Transaction relating to a property entered into within 180 days after the later of the date of acquisition of such property by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the date of the completion of construction or commencement of full operations on such property, whichever is later;
(c)      a Sale-Leaseback Transaction where the Company, within 365 days after such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, applies or causes to be applied to the retirement of any Funded Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Funded Debt which by its terms or the terms of the instrument by which it was issued is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes) proceeds of the sale of such property, but only to the extent of the amount of proceeds so applied;
(d)      a Sale-Leaseback Transaction where the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary would, on the effective date of such sale or transfer, be entitled, pursuant to this Indenture, to issue, assume or guarantee Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon the relevant property, at least equal in amount to the then present value (discounted at the actual rate of interest of the Sale-Leaseback Transaction) of the obligation for the net rental payments in respect of such Sale-Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes;
(e)      a Sale-Leaseback Transaction between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or among Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that the lessor shall be the Company or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; and
(f)      a Sale-Leaseback Transaction which has a lease of no more than three years in length.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, effect any Sale-Leaseback Transaction involving any real or tangible personal property which is not a Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transaction, provided that at the time of the Sale-Leaseback Transaction the aggregate net sales proceeds from all Sale-Leaseback Transactions which are not Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transactions, together with all Indebtedness secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens, does not exceed 20% of the Total

- 26 -



Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity of the Company.
Section 4.8.           Furnishing Guarantees . The Company shall cause each existing or future wholly-owned Subsidiary (other than its finance company Subsidiaries and any foreign Subsidiaries) that guarantees any of the Company’s Indebtedness or guarantees the obligations of any Subsidiary as a guarantor of the Company’s Indebtedness to become a Guarantor by causing such Subsidiary, as promptly as practicable, but in any event not later than the date on which such Subsidiary becomes a guarantor of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto and the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
Section 4.9.           Change of Control .
(a)      If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Notes by notifying the Holders to that effect as described in Section 3.1 above, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes on the terms set forth in this Section 4.9. In a Change of Control Offer, the Company shall offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase (a “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to Holders, describing the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date that notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (a “ Change of Control Payment Date ”). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the applicable Change of Control Payment Date.
(b)      On each Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
(i)      accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(ii)      deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
(iii)      deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions

- 27 -



of Notes being repurchased and that all conditions precedent provided for herein to the Change of Control Offer and to the repurchase by the Company of Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer have been complied with.
(c)      The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.
The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions herein, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions herein by virtue of any such conflict.
(d)      As used herein:
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and the assets of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person, other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding Voting Stock or other Voting Stock into which the Company’s Voting Stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; (3) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any person, or any person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the Company’s outstanding Voting Stock or the Voting Stock of such other person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the shares of the Company’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving person or any direct or indirect parent company of the surviving person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors; or (5) the adoption of a plan relating to the Company’s liquidation or dissolution.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction (or series of related transactions) will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control under clause (2) above if, either:
(i)(A) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company and (B)(1) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding

- 28 -



company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (2) the shares of the Company’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately after giving effect to such transaction; or
(ii)(A) Stuart Miller, together with members of his immediate family, directly or indirectly, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50%, but less than 66
The term “person,” as used in this definition of Change of Control, has the meaning given thereto in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.
Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors at the time of the nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which that member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to the nomination).
Fitch ” means Fitch Inc. and its successors.
Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement rating agency or rating agencies selected by the Company.
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
Rating Agencies ” means (1) each of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch; and (2) if any of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons beyond the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, or all of them, as the case may be.
Rating Event ” means the rating on the Notes is lowered by at least two of the three Rating Agencies and the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies, (and, if there is a split among the three Rating Agencies, by the two Rating Agencies with the lowest ratings) in any case on any day during the period (which period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies) commencing 60 days prior to the earlier of (1) the first public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or (2) the first public notice of

- 29 -



the Company’s intention to effect a Change of Control and ending 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.
Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, the capital stock of that person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of that person.
ARTICLE V.
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
Section 5.1.           Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms . The Company will not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
(1)      the corporation formed by the consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety will be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, a State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes, by one or more supplemental indentures, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on all the Notes and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company;
(2)      immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing; and
(3)      the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and the supplemental indenture (or the supplemental indentures together) comply with this Article and that all the conditions precedent relating to the transaction set forth in this Section have been fulfilled.
Section 5.2.           Successor Corporation Substituted . Upon any event described in Section 5.1, the successor corporation will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and, except in connection with a lease transaction, the predecessor corporation will be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture.

- 30 -



ARTICLE VI.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.1.           Events of Default .
An “Event of Default” occurs if:
(1)      there is a default by the Company in the payment when due of interest on the Notes, which default continues for a period of 30 days;
(2)      there is a default by the Company in the payment when due of the principal or Redemption Price or Repurchase Price due with respect to the Notes;
(3)      there is a default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to its obligation to pay Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Non-Recourse Indebtedness), which default shall have resulted in the acceleration of, or be a failure to pay at final maturity, Indebtedness aggregating more than $50 million;
(4)      there is a failure to perform any other covenant or warranty of the Company herein, which continues for 30 days after written notice;
(5)      final judgments or orders are rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which require the payment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of an amount (to the extent not covered by insurance) in excess of $50 million and such judgments or orders remain unstayed or unsatisfied for more than 60 days and are not being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(6)      the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), pursuant to any Bankruptcy Law applicable to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary): (A) commences a voluntary case; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it or them in an involuntary case against it or them; (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or them or for any substantial part of its or their property; or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its or their creditors; or
(7)      a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any applicable Bankruptcy Law: (A) for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); (B) appointing a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for any substantial part of its or their respective property; or (C) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant

- 31 -



Subsidiary); and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days.
Each of the occurrences described in clauses (1) through (7) of this Section 6.1 will constitute an Event of Default whatever the reason for the occurrence and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar United States Federal or State law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
A Default under clause (4) of this Section 6.1 is not an Event of Default until the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with regard to which the Company has failed to comply with a covenant or agreement notify the Company and the Trustee, of the Default and the Company does not cure the Default within 30 days after the giving of the notice. The notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a “Notice of Default.”
The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 20 days after it occurs, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event of which the Company is aware which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (4), its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect to it.
Section 6.2.           Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, unless the principal of the Notes has already become due and payable, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the outstanding principal of the Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest through the date of such declaration on all of the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(6) or (7) occurs and is continuing, the outstanding principal amount of the Notes shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, by notice to the Company and the Trustee (and without notice to any other Holder), may rescind any acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of the outstanding principal amount of any of the Notes that has become due solely as a result of acceleration and if all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.7 have been paid. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such waiver or rescission and annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the

- 32 -



Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.
The Trustee shall, within 90 days after a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or any Event of Default, mail to all Holders, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear upon the Note register, notice of all Defaults or Events of Default known to such Trust Officer, unless such Default or Event of Default is cured or waived before the giving of such notice and provided that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal, interest, Redemption Price or Repurchase Price, as the case may be, on any of the Notes, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee of directors and/or officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to the limitations specified herein.
Section 6.3.           Other Remedies . If an Event of Default as to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision under this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default will not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.
Section 6.4.           Waiver of Existing Defaults . The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, by notice to the Trustee may consent to the waiver of any past Default with regard to the Notes and its consequences except (i) a default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, Notes, (ii) a failure to redeem or repurchase any Notes as required under this Indenture or (iii) a default in respect of a covenant or a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holders of all Notes then outstanding. The defaults described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) in the previous sentence may be waived with the consent of the Holders of all Notes then outstanding. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured and not continuing, but no waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. Without limiting the provisions of Section 7.7, the Trustee shall be compensated by the Company for all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.4.
Section 6.5.           Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any

- 33 -



proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee with regard to the Notes or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with regard to the Notes. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.1, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action as a result of a direction given under this Section, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking that action.
Section 6.6.           Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor . The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(1) or (2), then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, the whole amount that will then have become due and payable on all such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, with interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on the overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes, plus one percent; and, in addition, such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any expenses or liabilities incurred by the Trustee hereunder other than through its negligence or bad faith. Until such demand by the Trustee, the Company may pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the registered Holders, whether or not the Notes are overdue.
Section 6.7.           Limitation on Suits . A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture unless:
(1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;
(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any cost, loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and the Event of Default has not been waived; and
(5) the Trustee has received no inconsistent direction from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding during such 60-day period.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

- 34 -



Section 6.8.           Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid (together with interest on that unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.
Section 6.9.           Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, if the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.
Section 6.10.           Restoration of Positions . If a judicial proceeding by the Trustee or a Holder to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture is dismissed or decided favorably to the Company, except as otherwise provided in the judicial proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to the positions they would have been in if the judicial proceeding had not been instituted.
Section 6.11.           Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article VI with respect to the Notes, it will pay out the money or property in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;
SECOND: to the Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, respectively; and
THIRD: to the Company.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before the record date, the Company will mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.
Section 6.12.           Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This

- 35 -



Section 6.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7, or a suit by Holders of in aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note held by that Holder on or after the due date provided in the Note.
Section 6.13.           Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . The Company agrees (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim, and will resist any and all efforts to be compelled to take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other law, wherever enacted, now or at any subsequent time in force, which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on any of the Notes as contemplated in this Indenture, or which may affect the covenants or performance of this Indenture, and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and agrees that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power granted to the Trustee in this Indenture, but (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) will suffer and permit the execution of any such power as though no such law had been enacted.
Section 6.14.      Liability of Stockholders, Officers, Directors and Incorporators . No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or partner, as such, past, present or future, of the Company, any of its successor corporations or any Subsidiary of the foregoing will have any personal liability in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture or any Notes by reason of his or its status as such; provided, however , that nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes will prevent recourse to and enforcement of the liability of any stockholder or subscriber to Capital Stock in respect of shares of Capital Stock which have not been fully paid up.
ARTICLE VII.
TRUSTEE
Section 7.1.           Duties of Trustee .
(a)      If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
(b)      Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i)      the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii)      the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed in them, upon certificates or opinions furnished to

- 36 -



the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture in the absence of bad faith on the Trustee’s part; provided, however , that, in the case of any such certificates or opinions whereby any provisions thereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, then the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they substantially conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein.
(c)      The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1)      this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1;
(2)      the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(3)      the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and
(4)      the Trustee will not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties under this Indenture or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it has reasonable grounds to believe repayment of the funds or adequate indemnity against the risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(d)      Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee is subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the TIA.
(e)      The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
(f)      The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree with the Company. Money and Government Obligations held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds or items except to the extent required by law.
Section 7.2.           Rights of Trustee .
(a)      The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
(b)      Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’

- 37 -



Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such an Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c)      The Trustee may act through agents or attorneys and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
(d)      The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, except conduct which constitutes willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
(e)      The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits in reliance on, and in accordance with, the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel.
(f)      The Trustee will not be required to investigate any facts or matters stated in any document, but if it decides to investigate any matters or facts, the Trustee or its agents or attorneys will be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(g)      In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(h)      The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(i)      The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
(j)      The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default occurring pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.1 if, at the time of the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default, the Trustee is the Paying Agent, unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.
(k)      The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.
(l)      Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Officers’ Certificate and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be

- 38 -



sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.
(m)      Subject to Section 7.1, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
Section 7.3.           Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any of its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
Section 7.4.           Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee (i) is not responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, (ii) will not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and (iii) will not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture, other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, or in any document used in the sale of the Notes, other than statements, if any, provided in writing by the Trustee for use in such a document.
Section 7.5.           Notice of Defaults . The Trustee will give to the Holders notice of any Default with regard to the Notes known to the Trustee, within 90 days after it occurs, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee will be protected in withholding notice of the Default if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that the withholding of the notice is in the interests of the Holders.
Section 7.6.           Reports by Trustee . Within 60 days after each November 30 beginning with the November 30 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee will mail to each Holder, at the name and address which appears on the registration books of the Company, and to each Holder who has, within the two years preceding the mailing, filed that person’s name and address with the Trustee for that purpose and each Holder whose name and address have been furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.5, a brief report dated as of that November 30 which complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also will comply with TIA Section 313(b).
A copy of each report will at the time of its mailing to Holders be filed with each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed and also with the SEC. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on, or delisted from, any stock exchange and of any delisting of the Notes.
Section 7.7.           Compensation and Indemnity . The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or disbursements and advances made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its

- 39 -



services. Those expenses will include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company will indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the administration of the trust created by this Indenture and the performance of its duties under this Indenture. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company of its obligations under this Section. The Company will defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, expense or liability incurred by the Trustee to the extent it is due to the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
To secure the Company’s obligation to make payments to the Trustee under this Section 7.7, the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal or interest on the Notes. Those obligations of the Company will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.1 occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services of the Trustee are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
For purposes of this Section 7.7, “Trustee” will include any predecessor Trustee, but the willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith of any Trustee will not affect the rights of any other Trustee under this Section 7.7.
The provisions of this Section 7.7 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
Section 7.8.           Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee

- 40 -



for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
No removal or appointment of a Trustee will be valid if that removal or appointment would conflict with any law applicable to the Company.
A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee will, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7, transfer all property held by it as a Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee will mail notice of its succession to each Holder.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Company), the Company or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.9.           Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will, without any further act, be the successor Trustee.
If at the time a successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee succeeds to the trusts created by this Indenture and any of the Notes have been authenticated but not delivered, the successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of the predecessor Trustee, and deliver the Notes which were authenticated by the predecessor Trustee; and if at that time any of the Notes have not been authenticated, the successor to the Trustee may authenticate those Notes either in the name of the predecessor or in its own name as the successor to the Trustee; and in either case the certificates of authentication will have the full force provided in this Indenture for certificates of authentication.
Section 7.10.           Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee will at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee will at all times have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recently published annual report of condition, which will be deemed for this paragraph to be its combined capital and surplus. The Trustee will comply with TIA Section 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the

- 41 -



second sentence of TIA Section 310(b)(9).
Section 7.11.           Preferential Collection of Claims . The Trustee will comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.
ARTICLE VIII.
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
Section 8.1.           Termination of the Company’s Obligations . When (1) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) and not theretofore canceled, or (2) all the Notes not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year, whether at stated maturity or upon redemption and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, monies and/or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay at the Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as applicable, all sums which will become due with regard to all Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes which shall have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) and not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including the principal amount and interest accrued to the Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as applicable, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes (except as to (i) remaining rights of registration of transfer, substitution and exchange of Notes, (ii) rights hereunder of Holders to receive payments of the principal amount, including interest due with respect to the Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Holders, as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with the Trustee and (iii) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Notes), and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as required by Section 8.3 and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to the Notes; the Company, however, hereby agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee, and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by the Trustee, in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.
Section 8.2.           Application of Trust Money . Subject to Section 8.4, the Trustee will hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.1. It will apply the deposited money and the money from the U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes with regard to which the money or U.S. Government Obligations were deposited.

- 42 -



Section 8.3.           Officers’ Certificate; Opinion of Counsel . Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under Section 8.1, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
Each such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant pursuant to the previous paragraph shall comply with the provisions of Section 11.5.
Section 8.4.           Repayment to the Company . The Trustee and the Paying Agent will promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time. The Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After such payment, all liability of the Trustee and the Paying Agent with respect to that money will cease.
Section 8.5.           Reinstatement . If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 8.2 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture shall be revived and reinstated with respect to the Notes as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.1 until such time as the Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2; provided, however , that if the Company makes any payment of principal amount or Redemption Price of or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE IX.
MODIFICATION OF THE INDENTURE
Section 9.1.           Without Consent of Holders . The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder:
(1)      to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;
(2)      to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;
(3)      to comply with Article 5;
(4)      to add to the covenants of the Company further covenants, restrictions or conditions that the Board of Directors and the Trustee shall consider to be for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance,

- 43 -



of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture;
(5)      to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes; or
(6)      to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary for this Indenture to comply with the TIA, or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect in a notice, will not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
Section 9.2.           With Consent of Holders . The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Holder but with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Holder. However, without the consent of the Holder so affected, no amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.4, may:
(1)      extend the fixed maturity of any Note or any installment of interest thereon, reduce the principal amount, interest rate, Redemption Price, Repurchase Price or amount due upon acceleration, impair the right of a Holder to institute suit for the payment thereof, change the currency in which the Notes are payable;
(2)      reduce the percentage of Notes required to consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(3)      release any Guarantor except as provided in Article X hereof; or
(4)      make any change in Section 6.2 or Section 6.4 or the second sentence of this Section.
It will not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it will be sufficient if the consent approves the substance of the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.3.           Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will comply with the TIA as then in effect.
Section 9.4.           Revocation and Effect of Consents . A consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver by a Holder will bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation

- 44 -



of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to the Holder’s Note or portion of a Note. For a revocation to be effective, the Trustee must receive notice of the revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, it will bind every Holder of every Note.
Section 9.5.           Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of the Notes, the Trustee may require the Holder of a Note to deliver the Holder’s Note to the Trustee, who will place an appropriate notation about the amendment, supplement or waiver on the Note and will return it to the Holder. Alternatively, the Company may, in exchange for the Note, issue, and the Trustee will authenticate, a new Note that reflects the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.6.           Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee will sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to Article II or this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does adversely affect those rights, liabilities or immunities, the Trustee may but need not sign it. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplement until the amendment or supplement is approved by an appropriate Board Resolution.
In signing such amendment the Trustee shall receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.4, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and the TIA.
ARTICLE X.
GUARANTEE OF NOTES
Section 10.1.           Unconditional Guarantee . Except as provided in Section 10.2 or Section 10.4, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees (such guarantee to be referred to herein as a “Guarantee”) to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, that: (a) all amounts due with respect to the Notes shall be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company or the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder and all other obligations shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Company to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under each Guarantee, and shall entitle the Holders of Notes

- 45 -



to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Company.
Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, subject to Section 10.2 and Section 10.4, its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and each Guarantee. Each Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article X, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of each Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of each Guarantee.
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or partner, as such, past, present or future, of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any personal liability under any Guarantee by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or partner.
Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount pro rata, based on the net assets of each Guarantor, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 10.2.           Limitations on Guarantees; Release or Suspension of Particular Guarantors’ Obligations . The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount which, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantors in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantors under their Guarantees or pursuant to their contribution obligations under this Indenture, will result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law.
Additionally, if any Guarantor is released from its Guarantee (rather than a suspension of its Guarantee) of the outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or the obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary as a guarantor of the Company’s Indebtedness, such Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations as Guarantor, and from and after such date, such

- 46 -



Guarantor shall cease to constitute a Guarantor and a Restricted Subsidiary.
The obligations of a Guarantor will be automatically suspended, and such Guarantor shall not constitute a guarantor and shall not have any obligations with regard to the Notes, during any period when the principal amount of the Company’s obligations and any Subsidiary’s obligations as a guarantor of the Company’s obligations (without duplication), in each case other than the Notes and other Indebtedness containing provisions similar to this, that the Guarantor is guaranteeing total less than $75 million.
Section 10.3.           Execution and Delivery of Guarantee . To further evidence the Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto. Such Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of each Guarantor by either manual or facsimile signature of an officer or agent of each Guarantor, each of whom, in each case, shall have been duly authorized to so execute by all requisite corporate action. The validity and enforceability of any Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any Note or Notes.
If an officer or agent of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a Note to which such Guarantee relates or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.
Section 10.4.           Release of a Guarantor due to Extraordinary Events . If no Default exists or would exist under this Indenture, upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor, or all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor (including by consolidation, merger, issuance or otherwise), by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, or upon the consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into any Person (in each case, other than to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary), or if any Guarantor is dissolved or liquidated, such Guarantor and each Subsidiary of such Guarantor that is also a Guarantor, or the Person acquiring such assets (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor), shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all of its obligations under this Article X without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes under this Article X.
Nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

- 47 -



Section 10.5.           Waiver of Subrogation . Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to exercise any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture and such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture, in any such instance including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Holders against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders of Notes under the Notes, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in connection with such agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Trustee or the Holders and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of itself or such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.5 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 10.6.           No Set-Off . Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Obligations are denominated, and shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
Section 10.7.           Obligations Absolute . The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.
Section 10.8.           Obligations Continuing . Except as provided in Section 10.2 or Section 10.4, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force and effect until all the obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it will from time to time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of its continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as will prevent any action brought against it in respect of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make, execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of

- 48 -



counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the liability of such Guarantor hereunder.
Section 10.9.           Obligations Not Reduced . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.2 and 10.4, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged except solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article VIII be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture.
Section 10.10.           Obligations Reinstated . The Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from the Trustee or any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Company is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, all such Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein.
Section 10.11.           Obligations Not Affected . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.2 and 10.4, the Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including, without limitation:
(a)      any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to the Company or any other Person, including any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Company or any other Person;
(b)      any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument;
(c)      any failure of the Company, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor;
(d)      the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against the Company or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy;

- 49 -



(e)      the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Company or any other Person;
(f)      any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including, without limitation, any increase or decrease in any amount due with respect to any of the Notes;
(g)      any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or a Guarantor;
(h)      any merger or amalgamation of the Company or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons;
(i)      the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of the Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee; and
(j)      any other circumstance (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes or of a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee hereunder.
Section 10.12.           Waiver . Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.1 hereof, each Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Company, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Company or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.
Section 10.13.           No Obligation to Take Action Against the Company . Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies or to take any other steps under any security for the Obligations or against the Company or any other Person or any Property of the Company or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and Obligations under their Guarantees or under this Indenture.
Section 10.14.           Dealing with the Company and Others . The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may:
(a)      grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Company or any other Person;
(b)      take or abstain from taking security or collateral from the Company or from

- 50 -



perfecting security or collateral of the Company;
(c)      release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Company or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes;
(d)      accept compromises or arrangements from the Company;
(e)      apply all monies at any time received from the Company or from any security upon such part of the Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and
(f)      otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Company and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit.
Section 10.15.           Default and Enforcement . If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 10.1 hereof, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of any such Guarantor and such Guarantor’s obligations thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the Obligations.
Section 10.16.           Amendment, etc. No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or consent to any departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision will in any event be effective or affect the Obligation of any other Guarantor unless it is signed by such Guarantor and the Trustee.
Section 10.17.           Acknowledgment . Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same.
Section 10.18.           Costs and Expenses . Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any Guarantee.
Section 10.19.           No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No Guarantee shall operate by way of merger of any of the obligations of a Guarantor under any other agreement, including, without limitation, this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the Notes or the Guarantees, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges in the Guarantee and under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the Company and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights,

- 51 -



remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Section 10.20.           Survival of Obligations . Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 10.1 shall survive until the indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations and shall be enforceable against such Guarantor without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Company or any Guarantor.
Section 10.21.           Guarantee in Addition to Other Obligations . The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them.
Section 10.22.           Severability . Any provision of this Article X which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this Indenture and this Article X.
Section 10.23.      Successors and Assigns . Each Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its Obligations hereunder or thereunder.
Section 10.24.      Acknowledgement under TIA . Each Guarantor acknowledges that, by virtue of its Guarantee, it is becoming an “obligor” on indenture securities under the TIA.
ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.1.           TIA Controls .
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control; provided , however , that this Section 11.1 shall not of itself require that this Indenture or the Trustee be qualified under the TIA or constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party hereto that any such qualification is required prior to the time this Indenture and the Trustee are required by the TIA to be so qualified.
Section 11.2.           Notices .
Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by facsimile, by telecopier or overnight courier guaranteeing next-day delivery or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

- 52 -



if to the Company or the Guarantors:
Lennar Corporation
700 N.W. 107th Avenue
Miami, Florida 33172
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (305) 229-6650
with a copy to:
K&L Gates LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: David W. Bernstein
Facsimile: (212) 536-3901
if to the Trustee:
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
10161 Centurion Parkway North
2
nd Floor
Jacksonville, FL 32256
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Each of the Company and the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Company or the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if hand delivered; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if faxed; and five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).
Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered return receipt requested, or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar; provided that notices given to Holders holding Notes in book-entry form may be given through the facilities of the Depositary or any successor depository. Any notice or communication shall be mailed to any Person as described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
Section 11.3.           Electronic Instructions/Directions . The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided , however , that (a)

- 53 -



the party providing such written instructions, subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner, and (b) such originally executed instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party providing such instructions or directions.  If a party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction.  The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.
Section 11.4.      Communications by Holders with Other Holders .
Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).
Section 11.5.           Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
(5)      an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(6)      an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent to be performed, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with (which counsel, as to factual matters, may rely on an Officers’ Certificate).
Section 11.6.           Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.4, shall include:
(1)      a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(2)      a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

- 54 -



(3)      a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(4)      a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
Section 11.7.           Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar .
The Trustee may make reasonable rules in accordance with the Trustee’s customary practices for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.
Section 11.8.           Legal Holidays .
If any payment date is due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date that the relevant payment was due, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.
Section 11.9.           Governing Law .
THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THE INDENTURE OR THE NOTES, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES THAT WOULD APPLY THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. Each of the parties hereto agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture.
Section 11.10.           No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 11.11.           No Personal Liability .
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or partner, as such, past, present or future, of the Company, any of its successor corporations or any Subsidiary of the foregoing shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

- 55 -



Section 11.12.           Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors and permitted assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns.
Section 11.13.           Duplicate Originals . All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.
Section 11.14.           Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 11.15.      Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 11.16.      Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
[ Signature page follows ]


- 56 -



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Indenture have caused it to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
LENNAR CORPORATION
By: /s/ Bruce Gross    
Name:    Bruce Gross
Title:    Vice President and

    Chief Financial Officer
Authorized signatory for each of the Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto
By: /s/ Mark Sustana    
Name:    Mark Sustana
Title:    Secretary
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By: /s/ Melonee Young    
Name:    Melonee Young
Title:    Vice President


[Signature Page to Indenture]



EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF SERIES A NOTE]
THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (IV) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE U.S., AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY SUBSEQUENT PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

[THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THE SECURITY ON SATISFACTION OF THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE.]

A-1



CUSIP No.: [●]
LENNAR CORPORATION
4.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022, SERIES A
No. [●]    $[●]
Interest Rate:    4.750% per annum.
Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2013
Record Dates: May 1 and November 1
LENNAR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entities), for value received, promises to pay to or registered assigns, on November 15, 2022 (the “ Maturity Date ”), the principal amount of Dollars ($ ), together with interest thereon as hereinafter provided.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

A-2



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lennar Corporation has caused this instrument to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.
LENNAR CORPORATION

By:

Name:
Title:
Dated: _____________________

A-3



TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes described in
the within-mentioned Indenture.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Dated: _____________________

A-4



(REVERSE OF SECURITY)
4.750% Senior Note due 2022, Series A
Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture relating to the Notes, dated as of October 23, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), by and among Lennar Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
1.    INTEREST
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum set forth above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing as of the Interest Payment Date referred to above, on the Maturity Date and upon redemption. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed.
Payments of the Redemption Price, Change of Control Payment, principal and interest that are not made when due will accrue interest per annum at the rate of interest borne by the Notes, plus one percent, from and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which such defaulted amounts shall have been paid by the Company in accordance with the Indenture.
2.        METHOD OF PAYMENT
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall (a) pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if the Notes are canceled, transferred or exchanged after such Record Date, and (b) make all other payments in respect of the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Redemption Date or Maturity, as the case may be. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Notes referred to in clause (b) of the preceding sentence. The Company shall pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may make the cash payments by check payable in such money.
3.        PAYING AGENT, AND REGISTRAR
Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice, other than notice to the Trustee. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates may act as Paying Agent, Registrar

A-5



or co-registrar.
4.        INDENTURE
The Company issued the Notes under the Indenture. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A (the “ Initial Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Unrestricted Notes, as defined below, issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Unrestricted Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
5.        REDEMPTION AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY
No sinking fund is provided for the Notes. The Notes are redeemable as a whole, or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the Company. If the Company elects to redeem the Notes more than 90 days prior to the Maturity Date, the Redemption Price shall be equal to the greater of: (a) 100% of their principal amount; and (b) the present value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments on the Notes being redeemed on the Redemption Date, discounted to the Redemption Date, on a semiannual basis, at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points (0.50%). If the Company elects to redeem the Notes on or after the date that is 90 days prior to the Maturity Date, the Redemption Price shall be equal to 100% of their principal amount. In either case, the Company will also pay accrued interest on the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed up to, but not including, the Redemption Date.
6.        NOTICE OF REDEMPTION AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY
Notice of redemption at the option of the Company shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the Holder’s registered address. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, together with all interest thereon accrued to but not including the Redemption Date, is deposited with the Paying Agent prior to or on the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes or portions thereof beginning on such Redemption Date. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000.
7.        REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to

A-6



exchange this Note for the Company’s 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series B (the “ Unrestricted Notes ”), which will be registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects as the Initial Notes. The Holders of the Initial Notes shall be entitled to receive certain additional interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.
8.        DENOMINATIONS; TRANSFER; EXCHANGE
The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiplies of $1,000. A Holder may transfer Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not transfer or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before any selection of Notes to be redeemed.
9.        PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS
The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes.
10.        UNCLAIMED MONEY OR PROPERTY
The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company upon written request any money or property held by them for the payment of any amount with respect to the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such return, shall at the expense of the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or mail to each such Holder notice that such money or property remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing, any unclaimed money or property then remaining shall be returned to the Company. After return to the Company, Holders entitled to the money or property must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and Paying Agent with respect to the money or property will cease.
11.        AMENDMENT; WAIVER
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding and (ii) certain defaults or noncompliance with certain provisions may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to make any

A-7



change that does not adversely affect the right of any Holder, to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Notes any property or assets, to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company (or successive successions) and the assumption by the successor corporation of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions as the Board of Directors and the Trustee shall consider to be for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in the Indenture, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes, or to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of the Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary for the Indenture to comply with the TIA, or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted.
12.        DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) a default by the Company in the payment of any interest which continues for more than 30 days after the due date, (ii) a default by the Company in the payment of any principal or Redemption Price or Repurchase Price due with respect to the Notes; (iii) a default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to its obligation to pay Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness), which default shall have resulted in the acceleration of, or be a failure to pay at final maturity, Indebtedness aggregating more than $50 million; (iv) a failure to perform any other covenant or warranty of the Company herein and in the Indenture, which continues for 30 days after written notice; (v) final judgments or orders are rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which require the payment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of an amount (to the extent not covered by insurance) in excess of $50 million and such judgments or orders remain unstayed or unsatisfied for more than 60 days and are not being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (vi) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), pursuant to any Bankruptcy Law applicable to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary): (A) commences a voluntary case; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it or them in an involuntary case against it or them; (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or them or for any substantial part of its or their property; or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its or their creditors; or (vii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any applicable Bankruptcy Law: (A) for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); (B) appointing a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for any substantial part of its or their respective property; or (C) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate

A-8



principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, may declare the outstanding principal of the Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest through the date of such declaration on all of the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which shall result in the outstanding principal amount of all Notes being declared due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture and the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, conditions and exceptions, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power, including the annulment of a declaration of acceleration. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of amounts specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests.
13.        TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY
The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
14.        NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS
A director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or partner, as such, of the Company, any of the Company’s successor corporations or any Subsidiary of the foregoing shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
15.        GUARANTEES
This Note will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees, if any, made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.
16.        RANKING
The Notes shall be direct, unsecured obligations of the Company and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Guarantees shall be direct, unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors.

A-9



17.        AUTHENTICATION
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually signs the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication on the other side of this Note.
18.        ABBREVIATIONS
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TENANT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
19.        GOVERNING LAW
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE.
20.        CHANGE OF CONTROL
If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Notes by notifying the Holders to that effect as described above, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes on the terms set forth below. In a Change of Control Offer, the Company shall offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase (a “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to Holders, describing the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date that notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (a “ Change of Control Payment Date ”). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the applicable Change of Control Payment Date.
On each Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered, and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased and that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture to the Change of Control Offer and to the repurchase by the Company of Notes pursuant to the Change of Control

A-10



Offer have been complied with.
The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.
The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions herein, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions herein and in the Indenture by virtue of any such conflict.
The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:
Lennar Corporation
700 N.W. 107 th Avenue
Miami, Florida 33172
Attn: General Counsel

A-11



ASSIGNMENT FORM
If you, the Holder, want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
(Print or type name, address and zip code and social security or tax ID number of assignee)
and irrevocably appoint _____________________, agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Dated: ______________
Signed: _______________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears
on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee: ________________________
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution,” that is, a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date of the declaration by the SEC of the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering resales of this Note (which effectiveness shall not have been suspended or terminated at the date of the transfer) and (ii) the later of (x) the first anniversary of the Issue Date and (y) if the Note constitutes a Restricted Security and any Initial Notes are issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, the last day of the period of any resale restrictions imposed on such additional Initial Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture ( provided , however , that neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, or any predecessor security at any time on or prior to such date), the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer:
[Check One]

A-12



(1) ___
to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof; or
(2) ___
pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or
(3) ___
to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee); or
(4) ___
outside the United States to a “foreign person” in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
(5) ___
pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(6) ___
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
(7) ___
pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the Company as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an “ Affiliate ”):
The transferee is an Affiliate of the Company.
Unless one of the items is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if item (3), (4), (5) or (7) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment letter in the case of box (3) or (4) and other information as the Trustee or the Company have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
If none of the foregoing items are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
Dated: ___________________        Signed: ________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears
on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee: ___________________________

A-13



TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
Dated:                                                   
NOTICE:    To be executed by
                                an executive officer



A-14



EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF SERIES B NOTE]


CUSIP No.: [●]
LENNAR CORPORATION
4.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022
SERIES B
No. [●]    $[●]
Interest Rate:    4.750% per annum.
Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2013
Record Dates: May 1 and November 1
LENNAR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entities), for value received, promises to pay to or registered assigns, on November 15, 2022 (the “ Maturity Date ”), the principal amount of Dollars ($ ), together with interest thereon as hereinafter provided.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

B-1



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lennar Corporation has caused this instrument to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
LENNAR CORPORATION


By:

Name:
Title:
Dated: _____________________

B-2



TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes described in
the within-mentioned Indenture.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Dated: _____________________

B-3



(REVERSE OF SECURITY)
4.750% Senior Note due 2022, Series B
Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture relating to the Notes, dated as of October 23, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), by and among Lennar Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
1.    INTEREST
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum set forth above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing as of the Interest Payment Date referred to above, on the Maturity Date and upon redemption. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed.
Payments of the Redemption Price, Change of Control Payment, principal and interest that are not made when due will accrue interest per annum at the rate of interest borne by the Notes, plus one percent, from and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which such defaulted amounts shall have been paid by the Company in accordance with the Indenture.
2.        METHOD OF PAYMENT
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall (a) pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if the Notes are canceled transferred or exchanged after such Record Date, and (b) make all other payments in respect of the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Redemption Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Notes referred to in clause (b) of the preceding sentence. The Company shall pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may make the cash payments by check payable in such money.
3.        PAYING AGENT, AND REGISTRAR
Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice, other than notice to the Trustee. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates may act as Paying Agent, Registrar

B-4



or co-registrar.
4.        INDENTURE
The Company issued the Notes under the Indenture. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series B (the “ Unrestricted Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Unrestricted Notes, issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Unrestricted Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
5.        REDEMPTION AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY
No sinking fund is provided for the Notes. The Notes are redeemable as a whole, or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the Company. If the Company elects to redeem the Notes more than 90 days prior to the Maturity Date, the Redemption Price shall be equal to the greater of: (a) 100% of their principal amount; and (b) the present value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments on the Notes being redeemed on the Redemption Date, discounted to the Redemption Date, on a semiannual basis, at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points (0.50%). If the Company elects to redeem the Notes on or after the date that is 90 days prior to the Maturity Date, the Redemption Price shall be equal to 100% of their principal amount. In either case, the Company will also pay accrued interest on the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed up to, but not including, the Redemption Date.
6.        NOTICE OF REDEMPTION AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY
Notice of redemption at the option of the Company shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the Holder’s registered address. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, together with all interest thereon accrued to but not including the Redemption Date, is deposited with the Paying Agent prior to or on the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes or portions thereof beginning on such Redemption Date. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000.
7.        DENOMINATIONS; TRANSFER; EXCHANGE
The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiplies of $1,000. A Holder may transfer Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

B-5



The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not transfer or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before any selection of Notes to be redeemed.
8.        PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS
The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes.
9.        UNCLAIMED MONEY OR PROPERTY
The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company upon written request any money or property held by them for the payment of any amount with respect to the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such return, shall at the expense of the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or mail to each such Holder notice that such money or property remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing, any unclaimed money or property then remaining shall be returned to the Company. After return to the Company, Holders entitled to the money or property must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and Paying Agent with respect to the money or property will cease.
10.        AMENDMENT; WAIVER
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding and (ii) certain defaults or noncompliance with certain provisions may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to make any change that does not adversely affect the right of any Holder, to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Notes any property or assets, to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company (or successive successions) and the assumption by the successor corporation of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions as the Board of Directors and the Trustee shall consider to be for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in the Indenture, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes, or to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of the Indenture to such

B-6



extent as shall be necessary for the Indenture to comply with the TIA, or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted.
11.        DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) a default by the Company in the payment of any interest which continues for more than 30 days after the due date, (ii) a default by the Company in the payment of any principal or Redemption Price or Repurchase Price due with respect to the Notes; (iii) a default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to its obligation to pay Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness), which default shall have resulted in the acceleration of, or be a failure to pay at final maturity, Indebtedness aggregating more than $50 million; (iv) a failure to perform any other covenant or warranty of the Company herein and in the Indenture, which continues for 30 days after written notice; (v) final judgments or orders are rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which require the payment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of an amount (to the extent not covered by insurance) in excess of $50 million and such judgments or orders remain unstayed or unsatisfied for more than 60 days and are not being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (vi) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), pursuant to any Bankruptcy Law applicable to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary): (A) commences a voluntary case; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it or them in an involuntary case against it or them; (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or them or for any substantial part of its or their property; or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its or their creditors; or (vii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any applicable Bankruptcy Law: (A) for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); (B) appointing a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for any substantial part of its or their respective property; or (C) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, may declare the outstanding principal of the Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest through the date of such declaration on all of the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which shall result in the outstanding principal amount of all Notes being declared due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture and the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, conditions and exceptions, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power, including the annulment of a declaration

B-7



of acceleration. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of amounts specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests.
12.        TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY
The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
13.        NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS
A director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or partner, as such, of the Company, any of the Company’s successor corporations or any Subsidiary of the foregoing shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
14.        GUARANTEES
This Note will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees, if any, made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.
15.        RANKING
The Notes shall be direct, unsecured obligations of the Company and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Guarantees shall be direct, unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors.
16.        AUTHENTICATION
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually signs the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication on the other side of this Note.
17.        ABBREVIATIONS
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TENANT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

B-8



18.        GOVERNING LAW
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE.
19.        CHANGE OF CONTROL
If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem those Notes by notifying the Holders to that effect as described above, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes on the terms set forth below. In a Change of Control Offer, the Company shall offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase (a “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to Holders, describing the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date that notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (a “ Change of Control Payment Date ”). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the applicable Change of Control Payment Date.
On each Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered, and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased and that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture to the Change of Control Offer and to the repurchase by the Company of Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer have been complied with.
The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.
The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities

B-9



laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions herein, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions herein and in the Indenture by virtue of any such conflict.
The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:
Lennar Corporation
700 N.W. 107 th Avenue
Miami, Florida 33172
Attn: General Counsel

B-10



ASSIGNMENT FORM
If you, the Holder, want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
(Print or type name, address and zip code and social security or tax ID number of assignee)
and irrevocably appoint ________________________, agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Dated: ____________    Signed: ______________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears
on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee: ______________________
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution,” that is, a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.



B-11



EXHIBIT C
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY ANY SUCH NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT , AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. REPRESENTATIVE OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.17 OF THE INDENTURE.


C-1



EXHIBIT D
Form of Certificate To Be
Delivered in Connection with
Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed purchase of 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022, Series A (the “ Notes ”) of Lennar Corporation (“ the Company ”), we confirm that:
1.    We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the indenture relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and all applicable State securities laws.
2.    We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (i) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (ii) inside the United States in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a person who we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act), (iii) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.
3.    We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Company such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

D-1



4.    We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.
5.    We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
6.    We have received a copy of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated October 18, 2012, and acknowledge that we have had access to such financial and other information, and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase the Notes.
You, the Company, the Initial Purchasers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby .
Very truly yours,
 
[Name of Transferee]
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


D-2



EXHIBIT E
Form of Certificate To Be Delivered
in Connection with Transfers
Pursuant to Regulation S
Re:
Lennar Corporation (the “ Company ”) 4.750% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 (the “ Notes ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of $__________ aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:
(1)    the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(2)    either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
(3)    no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;
(4)    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and
(5)    we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.
You, the Company, the Initial Purchasers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
Very truly yours,
 
[Name of Transferor]
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

E-1



EXHIBIT F
GUARANTEE
For value received, each of the Persons named in Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”) hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holders of the 4.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”) of Lennar Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the cash payments in United States Dollars of any amounts due with respect to the Notes in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on all overdue amounts, to the extent lawful, and the payment or performance of all other obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Notes, to the Holders and the Trustee (as defined below), all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of the Notes, Article X of the Indenture and this Guarantee. The validity and enforceability of this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, dated as of October 23, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended or supplemented (the “Indenture”), governing the Company’s issuance of the Notes.
The obligations of each of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee and all of the other provisions of the Indenture to which this Guarantee relates.
THIS GUARANTEE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTEE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES THAT WOULD APPLY THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. Each of the Guarantors hereto agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guarantee.
This Guarantee is subject to suspension and release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.
The undersigned acknowledges that this Guarantee is subject to the TIA and each of the undersigned agrees to discharge its duties under the TIA.

F-1



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed.

Dated:                     
Authorized signatory for each of the Guarantors
listed on Schedule I hereto

By:     
Name:    
Title:






F-2



Schedule I

Guarantors


F-3



SCHEDULE I

Guarantors

308 Furman, Ltd.
360 Developers, LLC
Ann Arundel Farms, Ltd.
Aquaterra Utilities, Inc.
Asbury Woods L.L.C.
Astoria Options, LLC
Autumn Creek Development, Ltd.
Aylon, LLC
Bainebridge 249, LLC
Bay Colony Expansion 369, Ltd.
Bay River Colony Development, Ltd.
BB Investment Holdings, LLC
BCI Properties, LLC
Bellagio Lennar, LLC
Belle Meade LEN Holdings, LLC
Belle Meade Partners, LLC
BPH I, LLC
Bramalea California, Inc.
Bressi Gardenlane, LLC
Builders LP, Inc.
Cambria L.L.C.
Cary Woods, LLC
Casa Marina Development, LLC

Schedule I - 1



Caswell Acquisition Group, LLC
Cedar Lakes II, LLC
Chancellor Place at Hamilton, LLC
Cherrytree II LLC
CL Ventures, LLC
Colonial Heritage LLC
Concord Station, LLP
Coto de Caza, Ltd., Limited Partnership
Coventry L.L.C.
CPFE, LLC
CP Red Oak Management, LLC
CP Red Oak Partners, Ltd.
Creekside Crossing, L.L.C.
Danville Tassajara Partners, LLC (inactive but not formally dissolved)
Darcy-Joliet, LLC
DBJ Holdings, LLC
DTC Holdings of Florida, LLC
Estates Seven, LLC
Evergreen Village LLC
EV, LLC
F&R Florida Homes, LLC
F&R QVI Home Investments USA, LLC
FLORDADE LLC
Fox-Maple Associates, LLC
Friendswood Development Company, LLC

Schedule I - 2



Garco Investments, LLC
Greentree Holdings, LLC
Greystone Construction, Inc.
Greystone Homes of Nevada, Inc.
Greystone Homes, Inc.
Greystone Nevada, LLC
Greywall Club L.L.C.
Harveston, LLC
Haverford Venture L.L.C.
Haverton L.L.C.
HCC Investors, LLC
Heathcote Commons LLC
Heritage of Auburn Hills, L.L.C.
Hewitts Landing Trustee, LLC
Home Buyer's Advantage Realty, Inc.
Homecraft Corporation
HTC Golf Club, LLC
Inactive Companies, LLC
Independence L.L.C.
Isles at Bayshore Club, LLC
Lakelands at Easton, L.L.C.
Lakeside Farm, LLC
Largo Park Multifamily Developer, LLC
LCD Asante, LLC
Legends Club, LLC

Schedule I - 3



Legends Golf Club, LLC
LEN - Belle Meade, LLC
LEN – CG South, LLC
LEN - Palm Vista, LLC
LEN Paradise Cable, LLC
LEN Paradise Operating, LLC
Len Paradise, LLC
Lencraft, LLC
LENH I, LLC
Len-Hawks Point, LLC
Lennar - BVHP, LLC
Lennar Aircraft I, LLC
Lennar Arizona Construction, Inc.
Lennar Arizona, Inc.
Lennar Associates Management Holding Company
Lennar Associates Management, LLC
Lennar Bridges, LLC
Lennar Buffington Colorado Crossing, L.P.
Lennar Buffington Zachary Scott, L.P.
Lennar Carolinas, LLC
Lennar Central Park, LLC
Lennar Central Region Sweep, Inc.
Lennar Central Texas, L.P.
Lennar Chicago, Inc.
Lennar Cobra, LLC

Schedule I - 4



Lennar Colorado, LLC
Lennar Colorado Minerals LLC
Lennar Communities Development, Inc.
Lennar Communities Nevada, LLC
Lennar Communities of Chicago L.L.C.
Lennar Communities, Inc.
Lennar Construction, Inc.
Lennar Coto Holdings, L.L.C.
Lennar Developers, Inc.
Lennar Distressed Investments, LLC
Lennar Family of Builders GP, Inc.
Lennar Family of Builders Limited Partnership
Lennar Fresno, Inc.
Lennar Gardens, LLC
Lennar Georgia, Inc.
Lennar Greer Ranch Venture, LLC
Lennar Heritage Fields, LLC
Lennar Hingham Holdings, LLC
Lennar Hingham JV, LLC
Lennar Homes Holding, LLC
Lennar Homes of Arizona, Inc.
Lennar Homes of California, Inc.
Lennar Homes of Texas Land and Construction, Ltd.
Lennar Homes of Texas Sales and Marketing, Ltd.
Lennar Homes, LLC

Schedule I - 5



Lennar Illinois Trading Company, LLC
Lennar Imperial Holdings Limited Partnership
Lennar International Holding, LLC
Lennar International, LLC
Lennar Land Partners Sub II, Inc.
Lennar Land Partners Sub, Inc.
Lennar Layton, LLC
Lennar Long Beach Promenade Partners, LLC
Lennar Lytle, LLC
Lennar Mare Island, LLC
Lennar Marina A Funding, LLC
Lennar Massachusetts Properties, Inc.
Lennar Middletown, LLC
Lennar Multifamily Investors, LLC
Lennar New Jersey Properties, Inc.
Lennar New York, LLC
Lennar Northeast Properties LLC
Lennar Northeast Properties, Inc.
Lennar Northwest, Inc.
Lennar Pacific Properties Management, Inc.
Lennar Pacific Properties, Inc.
Lennar Pacific, Inc.
Lennar PI Acquisition, LLC
Lennar PI Property Acquisition, LLC
Lennar PIS Management Company, LLC

Schedule I - 6



Lennar PNW, Inc.
Lennar Point, LLC
Lennar Port Imperial South, LLC
Lennar Realty, Inc.
Lennar Renaissance, Inc.
Lennar Reno, LLC
Lennar Riverside West Urban Renewal Company, L.L.C.
Lennar Riverside West, LLC
Lennar Sacramento, Inc.
Lennar Sales Corp.
Lennar San Jose Holdings, Inc.
Lennar/Shadeland, LLC
Lennar Southland I, Inc.
Lennar Southwest Holding Corp.
Lennar Spencer's Crossing, LLC
Lennar Texas Holding Company
Lennar Trading Company, LP
Lennar Ventures, LLC
Lennar West Valley, LLC
Lennar.com Inc.
Lennar/LNR Camino Palomar, LLC
Lennar-Lantana Boatyard, Inc.
LEN-Ryan 1, LLC
Len-Verandahs, LLP
LFS Holding Company, LLC

Schedule I - 7



LH Eastwind, LLC
LH-EH Layton Lakes Estates, LLC
LHI Renaissance, LLC
LMI-Contractors, LLC
LMI-Jacksonville Investor, LLC
LMI-JC Developer, LLC
LMI-JC, LLC
LMI-Naperville, LLC
LMI-South Kings Development, LLC
LMI-West Seattle, LLC
LNC at Meadowbrook, LLC
LNC at Ravenna, LLC
LNC Communities I, Inc.
LNC Communities II, LLC
LNC Communities III, Inc.
LNC Communities IV, LLC
LNC Communities IX, LLC
LNC Communities V, LLC
LNC Communities VI, LLC
LNC Communities VII, LLC
LNC Communities VIII, LLC
LNC Northeast Mortgage, Inc.
LNC Pennsylvania Realty, Inc.
Long Beach Development, LLC
Lori Gardens Associates II, LLC

Schedule I - 8



Lori Gardens Associates III, LLC
Lori Gardens Associates, L.L.C.
Lorton Station, LLC
LW D'Andrea, LLC
Madrona Ridge L.L.C.
Madrona Village L.L.C.
Madrona Village Mews L.L.C.
Majestic Woods, LLC
Marble Mountain Partners, LLC
Mid-County Utilities, Inc.
Mission Viejo 12S Venture, LP
Mission Viejo Holdings, Inc.
Moffett Meadows Partners, LLC
NC Properties I, LLC
NC Properties II, LLC
Northbridge L.L.C.
Northeastern Properties LP, Inc.
OHC/Ascot Belle Meade, LLC
One SR, L.P.
Palm Gardens At Doral Clubhouse, LLC
Palm Gardens at Doral, LLC
Palm Vista Preserve, LLC
PD-Len Boca Raton, LLC
PD-Len Delray, LLC
PG Properties Holding, LLC

Schedule I - 9



Pioneer Meadows Development, LLC
Pioneer Meadows Investments, LLC
POMAC, LLC
Prestonfield L.L.C.
Providence Lakes, LLP
PT Metro, LLC
Raintree Village II L.L.C.
Raintree Village, L.L.C.
Renaissance Joint Venture
Reserve @ Pleasant Grove II LLC
Reserve @ Pleasant Grove LLC
Reserve at River Park, LLC
Reserve at South Harrison, LLC
Rivendell Joint Venture
Rivenhome Corporation
RMV, LLC
Rutenberg Homes of Texas, Inc.
Rutenberg Homes, Inc. (Florida)
Rye Hill Company, LLC
S. Florida Construction II, LLC
S. Florida Construction III, LLC
S. Florida Construction, LLC
San Lucia, LLC
Santa Ana Transit Village, LLC
Savannah Development, Ltd.

Schedule I - 10



Savell Gulley Development, LLC
Scarsdale, LTD.
Schulz Ranch Developers, LLC
Seminole/70th, LLC
Siena at Old Orchard, LLC
South Development, LLC
Southbank Holding, LLC
Spanish Springs Development, LLC
St. Charles Active Adult Community, LLC
Stoney Corporation
Stoney Holdings, LLC
Stoneybrook Clubhouse, Inc.
Stoneybrook Golf Club, Inc.
Stoneybrook Joint Venture
Strategic Cable Technologies, L.P.
Strategic Holdings, Inc. d/b/a Lennar Communications Ventures (LCV)
Strategic Technologies, LLC
Summerfield Venture L.L.C.
Summerwood, LLC
SunStreet Energy Group, LLC
TCO QVI, LLC
Temecula Valley, LLC
The Baywinds Land Trust
The Bridges at Rancho Santa Fe Sales Company, Inc.
The Bridges Club at Rancho Santa Fe, Inc.

Schedule I - 11



The LNC Northeast Group, Inc.
The Preserve at Coconut Creek, LLC
Treviso Holding, LLC
Tustin Villas Partners, LLC
Tustin Vistas Partners, LLC
U.S. Home Corporation
U.S. Home of Arizona Construction Co.
U.S. Home Realty, Inc.
U.S.H. Los Prados, Inc.
U.S.H. Realty, Inc.
USH - Flag, LLC
USH (West Lake), Inc.
USH Equity Corporation
USH LEE, LLC
USH Woodbridge, Inc.
UST Lennar GP PIS 10, LLC
UST Lennar GP PIS 7, LLC
Valencia at Doral, LLC
Vineyard Point 2009, LLC
WCP, LLC
West Chocolate Bayou Development, LLC
West Lake Village, LLC
West Van Buren L.L.C.
Westchase, Inc.
Willowbrook Investors, LLC

Schedule I - 12



Woodbridge Multifamily Developer I, LLC
Woodbridge Multifamily Developer II, LLC
Wright Farm, L.L.C.


Schedule I - 13


Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference to Registration Statement No. 333-183755 on Form S-4/A and Registration Statement Nos. 333-142732, 333-179290 and 333-180887 on Forms S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-179288 on Form S-3ASR of our reports dated January 29, 2013 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Lennar Corporation, and the effectiveness of Lennar Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lennar Corporation for the year ended November 30, 2012.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Miami, Florida
January 29, 2013





Exhibit 31.1
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER'S CERTIFICATION
I, Stuart A. Miller, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Lennar Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
/ S /    S TUART  A. M ILLER        
 
Name: Stuart A. Miller
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: January 29, 2013




Exhibit 31.2
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER'S CERTIFICATION
I, Bruce E. Gross, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Lennar Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
/ S /    B RUCE  E. G ROSS        
 
Name: Bruce E. Gross
 
Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: January 29, 2013




Exhibit 32
Officers' Section 1350 Certifications
Each of the undersigned officers of Lennar Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby certifies that (i) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2012 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (ii) the information contained in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2012 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company, at and for the periods indicated.

 
/ S /    S TUART  A. M ILLER        
 
Name: Stuart A. Miller
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
/ S /    B RUCE  E. G ROSS        
 
Name: Bruce E. Gross
 
Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: January 29, 2013